• Loading...

Notes to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Introduction, basis for the presentation of the Consolidated Financial Statements, Internal Control over Financial Reporting and other information

1.1 Introduction

Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. (hereinafter “the Bank”, “BBVA" or “BBVA, S.A.”) is a private-law entity subject to the laws and regulations governing banking entities operating in Spain. It carries out its activity through branches and agencies across the country and abroad.

The Bylaws and other public information are available for inspection at the Bank’s registered address (Plaza San Nicolás, 4 Bilbao) as noted on its web site (www.bbva.com).

In addition to the activities it carries out directly, the Bank heads a group of subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates which perform a wide range of activities and which together with the Bank constitute the Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Group (hereinafter, the “Group” or the “BBVA Group”). In addition to its own separate financial statements, the Bank is required to prepare Consolidated Financial Statements comprising all consolidated subsidiaries of the Group.

As of December 31, 2020, the BBVA Group had 269 consolidated entities and 48 entities accounted for using the equity method (see Notes 3 and 16 and Appendix I to V).

The Consolidated Financial Statements of the BBVA Group for the year ended December 31, 2019 were approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meetings (“AGM”) held on March 13, 2020.

BBVA Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements and the Financial Statements for the Bank and the majority of the remaining entities within the Group have been prepared as of December 31, 2020, and are pending approval by their respective AGMs. Notwithstanding, the Board of Directors of the Bank understands that said financial statements will be approved without changes.

1.2 Basis for the presentation of the Consolidated Financial Statements

The BBVA Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in compliance with IFRS-IASB (International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board), as well as in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards endorsed by the European Union (hereinafter, “EU-IFRS”) applicable as of December 31, 2020, considering the Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017, and with any other legislation governing financial reporting which is applicable and with the format and mark-up requirements established in the EU Delegated Regulation 2019/815 of the European Commission.

The BBVA Group’s accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 were prepared by the Group’s Directors (through the Board of Directors meeting held on February 8, 2021) by applying the principles of consolidation, accounting policies and valuation criteria described in Note 2, so that they present fairly the Group’s total consolidated equity and financial position as of December 31, 2020, together with the consolidated results of its operations and cash flows generated during the year ended December 31, 2020.

These Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared on the basis of the accounting records kept by the Bank and each of the other entities in the Group. Moreover, they include the adjustments and reclassifications required to harmonize the accounting policies and valuation criteria used by the Group (see Note 2.2).

All effective accounting standards and valuation criteria with a significant effect in the Consolidated Financial Statements were applied in their preparation.

The amounts reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in millions of euros, unless it is more appropriate to use smaller units. Some items that appear without a balance in these Consolidated Financial Statements are due to how the units are expressed. Also, in presenting amounts in millions of euros, the accounting balances have been rounded up or down. It is therefore possible that the totals appearing in some tables are not the exact arithmetical sum of their component figures.

The percentage changes in amounts have been calculated using figures expressed in thousands of euros.

1.3 Comparative information

The information included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, is presented in accordance with the applicable regulation, for the purpose of comparison with the information for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Agreement for the sale of BBVA’s U.S. subsidiary to PNC Financial Service Group

As mentioned in Note 3, in 2020 BBVA reached an agreement to sell its entire stake in BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc., parent company of the Group companies engaged in the banking business in the United States. As required by IFRS 5 "Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations", the balances of assets and liabilities corresponding to said companies for sale have been reclassified from their corresponding accounting headings to the headings "Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale” and “Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale” respectively, from the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. Similarly, as required by the aforementioned IFRS 5, the results generated by these companies during the financial year 2020 are presented in the heading “Profit (loss) after taxes from discontinued operations” of the consolidated income statement for such year, and in the heading "Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale" in the consolidated statements of recognized income and expense for such year. Additionally, the results corresponding to the years 2019 and 2018 have been reclassified, to facilitate the comparison between years, to that same section of the respective consolidated income statements and consolidated statements of recognized income and expense for both years. Finally, in the consolidated statements of cash flows, the balances corresponding to cash and cash equivalents have been reclassified to the heading "Total cash and cash equivalents classified as non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale" as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Note 21 includes the condensed consolidated balance sheets, the condensed consolidated income statements and the condensed consolidated cash flow statements of the companies for sale in the United States as of and for the years 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Hyperinflationary economies

Considering the interpretation issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) in its “IFRIC Update” of March 2020 on IAS 29 “Financial information in hyperinflationary economies”, the Group made an accounting policy change which involves recording the differences generated when translating the restated financial statements of the subsidiaries in hyperinflationary economies into euros in the line item “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Foreign currency translation” of our consolidated balance sheet net equity.

In order to make the information as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 comparable with information as of December 31, 2020, such information has been restated by reclassifying €2,985 million and €2,987 million, respectively, from “Shareholders’ funds – Retained earnings” and €6 million and €20 million, respectively, from “Shareholders’ funds – Other reserves” to the headings “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Foreign currency translation and “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Share of other recognized income and expense of investments in joint ventures and associates” as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The reclassifications corresponding to January 1, 2020 and 2019 are included as "Effect of changes in accounting policies" in the Consolidated Total Statements of Changes in Equity corresponding to the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

IFRS 9- collection of interest on impaired financial assets

As a consequence of the application of the interpretation issued by the IFRIC in its “IFRIC Update” of March 2019 regarding the collection of interest on impaired financial assets under IFRS 9, such collections are presented since 2020 as reductions in credit-related write-offs whereas previously they were included as interest income. In order to make the information comparable, the consolidated income statement information for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 has been restated by recognizing a €78 and €80 million reduction in the heading “Interest and other income”, respectively against the heading “Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss or net gains by modification”. This reclassification has had no net impact on the profit for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, nor on the consolidated net equity as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Trading derivatives recognition

Information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 has been subject to certain non-significant presentation modifications, in the balance sheet related to the derivative activity. In order to make the information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 comparable with the information as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, figures as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been restated by recognizing a €953 million and a €1,013 million reduction in the Total Assets and Total Liabilities, respectively.

1.4 Seasonal nature of income and expense

The nature of the most significant activities carried out by the BBVA Group’s entities is mainly related to typical activities carried out by financial institutions, and are not significantly affected by seasonal factors within the same year.

1.5 Management and impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic

The appearance of the Coronavirus COVID-19 in China and its global expansion to a large number of countries, motivated the viral outbreak to be classified as a global pandemic by the World Health Organization since last March 11, 2020. The pandemic has affected and continues to adversely affect the world economy and economic activity and conditions in the countries in which the Group operates, leading many of them to economic recession. The governments of the different countries in which the Group operates have adopted different measures that have conditioned the evolution of the year (see Note 7.2).

In this pandemic situation, BBVA has focused its attention on ensuring the continuity of the business operational security as a priority and monitoring the impacts on the business and on the risks of the Group (such as the impacts on results, capital or liquidity). Additionally, BBVA adopted from the beginning a series of measures to support its main interest groups. In this sense, the purpose and the Group's long-term strategic priorities remain the same and are even reinforced, with a commitment to technology and data-driven decision-making.

With the aim of mitigating the impact of COVID-19, various European and International bodies have made pronouncements aimed at allowing greater flexibility in the implementation of the accounting and prudential frameworks. The BBVA Group has taken these pronouncements into consideration when preparing these consolidated financial statements (see Note 7.2.1).

The main impacts of COVID-19 pandemic in the BBVA Group's consolidated Financial Statements are detailed in the following Notes:

  • Note 1.6 includes information on the consideration of the COVID-19 pandemic in the estimates made.
  • Note 4 mentions the amendment of the Group’s shareholder remuneration policy, in accordance with the recommendation issued by the European Central Bank, which no longer pays any amount as a dividend for the financial year 2020 until as long as the uncertainties generated by the pandemic remain.
  • Note 7.1 details the main risks associated with the pandemic as well as the impacts that have occurred both in the operations and in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020. Information on the impact of COVID-19 is included in the macroeconomic forecasts and in the calculation of expected losses.
  • Note 7.2 includes information related to the initiatives carried out by the Group to help the most affected clients, jointly with the corresponding governments. Likewise, it contains, among others, information regarding the level of activity and the amount corresponding to moratorium measures, both public and private, granted by the Group worldwide.
  • Note 7.5 presents information regarding the impact on liquidity and financing risk.
  • Note 18.1 includes information concerning the impairment of the goodwill in the United States carried out during the first quarter of 2020, mainly due to the impact of COVID-19 in updating the macroeconomic scenario and the expected evolution of interest rates.
  • Note 32 includes information with regard to the impact on the Group's capital.
  • Note 47 includes information on the impact of the update of the macroeconomic scenario affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.

1.6 Responsibility for the information and for the estimates made

The information contained in the BBVA Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements is the responsibility of the Group’s Directors.

Estimates were required to be made at times when preparing these Consolidated Financial Statements in order to calculate the recorded or disclosed amount of some assets, liabilities, income, expense and commitments. These estimates relate mainly to the following:

  • Loss allowances on certain financial assets (see Notes 7, 12, 13, 14 and 16).
  • The assumptions used to quantify certain provisions (see Notes 23 and 24) and for the actuarial calculation of post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments (see Note 25).
  • The useful life and impairment losses of tangible and intangible assets (see Notes 17, 18, 20 and 21).
  • The valuation of goodwill and price allocation of business combinations (see Note 18).
  • The fair value of certain unlisted financial assets and liabilities (see Notes 7, 8, 10, 11, 12 and 13).
  • The recoverability of deferred tax assets (see Note 19).

As mentioned before, on March 11, 2020, COVID-19 was declared as a global pandemic by the World Health Organization (see Note 1.5). The great uncertainty associated to the unprecedented nature of this pandemic entails a greater complexity of developing reliable estimations and applying judgment.

Therefore, these estimates were made on the basis of the best available information on the matters analyzed, as of December 31, 2020. However, it is possible that events may take place in the future which could make it necessary to amend these estimations (upward or downward), which would be carried out prospectively, recognizing the effects of the change in estimation in the corresponding consolidated income statement.

During 2020 there have been no relevant changes in the assumptions and estimates made as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, with the exception of those indicated in these consolidated Financial Statements.

1.7 BBVA Group’s Internal Control over Financial Reporting

BBVA Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared under an Internal Control over Financial Reporting Model (ICFR). It provides reasonable assurance with respect to the reliability and the integrity of the consolidated financial statements. It is also aimed to ensure that the transactions are processed in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations.

The ICFR is in accordance with the control framework established in 2013 by the “Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission” (hereinafter, "COSO"). The COSO 2013 framework sets five components that constitute the basis of the effectiveness and efficiency of the internal control systems:

  • The establishment of an appropriate control framework.
  • The assessment of the risks that could arise during the preparation of the financial information.
  • The design of the necessary controls to mitigate the identified risks.
  • The establishment of an appropriate system of information to detect and report system weaknesses.
  • The monitoring activities over the controls to ensure they perform correctly and are effective over time.

The ICFR is a dynamic model that evolves continuously over time to reflect the reality of the BBVA Group’s businesses and processes, as well as the risks and controls designed to mitigate them. It is subject to a continuous evaluation by the internal control units located in the different entities of BBVA Group.

These internal control units are integrated within the BBVA internal control model, defined and led by Regulation & Internal Control, and which is based in two pillars:

  • A control system organized into three lines of defense that has been updated and strengthened in 2020, as described below:
  • The first line of defense (1LoD) is located within the business and support units, which are responsible for identifying risks associated with their processes, as well as for implementing and executing the necessary controls to mitigate them. In 2019, in order to reinforce the adequate risk management in each area’s processes, the role of the Risk Control Assurer was created.
  • The second line of defense (2LoD) comprises the specialized control units for each type of risk (Finance, Legal, IT, Third Party, Compliance or Processes among others). This second line defines the mitigation and control frameworks for their areas of responsibility across the entire organization and performs challenge to the control model (supervises the implementation and design of the controls and assesses their effectiveness).
  • The third line of defense (3LoD) is the Internal Audit unit, which conducts an independent review of the model, verifying the compliance and effectiveness of the model.
  • A committee structure in the Group, called Corporate Assurance, which enables the escalation of possible weaknesses and internal control issues to the management at a Group level and also in each of the countries where the Group operates.

The internal control units within Finance comply with a common and standard methodology established at the Group level, as set out in the following diagram:

BBVA's INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING


The ICFR Model is subject to annual evaluations by the Group’s Internal Audit Unit. It is also supervised by the Audit Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors.

The BBVA Group is also required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (hereafter “SOX”) for Consolidated Financial Statements as a listed company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The main senior executives of the Group are involved in the design, compliance and implementation of the internal control model to make it effective and to ensure the quality and accuracy of the financial information.

The description of the ICFR is included in the Corporate Governance Annual Report within the Management Report attached to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020.

2. Principles of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases applied and recent IFRS pronouncements

The Glossary includes the definition of some of the financial and economic terms used in Note 2 and subsequent Notes of the accompanying consolidated Financial Statements.

2.1 Principles of consolidation

In terms of its consolidation, in accordance with the criteria established by IFRS, the BBVA Group is made up of four types of entities: subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and structured entities, defined as follows:

  • Subsidiaries
  • Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group (for definition of control, see Glossary). The financial statements of the subsidiaries are fully consolidated with those of the Bank. The share of non-controlling interests from subsidiaries in the Group’s consolidated total equity is presented under the heading “Minority interests (Non-controlling interests)” in the consolidated balance sheet. Their share in the profit or loss for the period or year is presented under the heading “Attributable to minority interest (non-controlling interests)” in the accompanying consolidated income statement (see Note 31).
  • Note 3 includes information related to the main subsidiaries in the Group as of December 31, 2020. Appendix I includes other significant information on all entities.
  • Joint ventures
  • Joint ventures are those entities for which there is a joint arrangement to joint control with third parties other than the Group (for definitions of joint arrangement, joint control and joint venture, refer to Glossary).
  • The investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method (see Note 16). Appendix II shows the main figures for joint ventures accounted for using the equity method as of December 31, 2020.
  • Associates
  • Associates are entities in which the Group is able to exercise significant influence (for definition of significant influence, see Glossary). Significant influence is deemed to exist when the Group owns 20% or more of the voting rights of an investee directly or indirectly, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that this is not the case.
  • However, certain entities in which the Group owns 20% or more of the voting rights are not included as Group associates, since the Group does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over these entities. Investments in these entities, which do not represent material amounts for the Group, are classified as “Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” or “Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss”.
  • In contrast, some investments in entities in which the Group holds less than 20% of the voting rights are accounted for as Group associates, as the Group is considered to have the ability to exercise significant influence over these entities. As of December 31, 2020, these entities are not significant to the Group.
  • Appendix II shows the most significant information related to the associates (see Note 16), which are accounted for using the equity method.
  • Structured Entities
  • A structured entity is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when the voting rights relate to administrative matters only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements (see Glossary).
  • In those cases where the Group sets up entities or has a holding in such entities, in order to allow its customers access to certain investments, to transfer risks or for other purposes, in accordance with internal criteria and procedures and with applicable regulations, the Group determines whether control over the entity in question actually exists and therefore whether it should be subject to consolidation.
  • Such methods and procedures determine whether there is control by the Group, considering how the decisions are made about the relevant activities, assessing whether the Group has control over the relevant elements, exposure to variable returns from involvement with the investee and the ability to use control over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns.
  • Structured entities subject to consolidation
  • To determine if a structured entity is controlled by the Group, and therefore should be consolidated into the Group, the existing contractual rights (different from the voting rights) are analyzed. For this reason, an analysis of the structure and purpose of each investee is performed and, among others, the following factors will be considered:
  • - Evidence of the current ability to manage the relevant activities of the investee according to the specific business needs including any decisions that may arise only in particular circumstances).
  • - Potential existence of a special relationship with the investee.
  • - Implicit or explicit Group commitments to support the investee.
  • - The ability to use the Group´s power over the investee to affect the amount of the Group’s returns.
  • These types of entities include cases where the Group has a high exposure to variable returns and retains decision-making power over the investee, either directly or through an agent.
  • The main structured entities of the Group are the asset securitization funds, to which the BBVA Group transfers loans and advances, and other vehicles, which allow the Group’s customers to gain access to certain investments or to allow for the transfer of risks or for other purposes (see Appendices I and V). The BBVA Group maintains the decision-making power over the relevant activities of these vehicles and financial support through securitized market standard contracts. The most common ones are: investment positions in equity note tranches, funding through subordinated debt, credit enhancements through derivative instruments or liquidity lines, management rights of defaulted securitized assets, “clean-up” call derivatives, and asset repurchase clauses by the grantor.
  • For these reasons, the loans and receivable portfolios related to the vast majority of the securitizations carried out by the Bank or Group subsidiaries are not derecognized in the books of said entity and the issuances of the related debt securities are recorded as liabilities within the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.
  • For additional information on the accounting treatment for the transfer and derecognition of financial instruments, see Note 2.2.2. “Transfers and derecognition of financial assets and liabilities”.
  • Non-consolidated structured entities
  • The Group owns other vehicles also for the purpose of allowing customers access to certain investments, to transfer risks, and for other purposes, but without the Group having control of the vehicles, which are not consolidated in accordance with IFRS 10 – “Consolidated Financial Statements”. The balance of assets and liabilities of these vehicles is not material in relation to the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
  • As of December 31, 2020, there was no material financial support from the Bank or its subsidiaries to unconsolidated structured entities.
  • The Group does not consolidate any of the mutual funds it manages since the necessary control conditions are not met. Particularly, the BBVA Group does not act as arranger but as agent since it operates the mutual funds on behalf and for the benefit of investors or parties (arranger or arrangers) and, for this reason it does not control the mutual funds when exercising its authority for decision making.
  • The mutual funds managed by the Group are not considered structured entities (generally, retail funds without corporate identity over which investors have participations which gives them ownership of said managed equity). These funds are not dependent on a capital structure that could prevent them from carrying out activities without additional financial support, being in any case insufficient as far as the activities themselves are concerned. Additionally, the risk of the investment is absorbed by the fund participants, and the Group is only exposed when it becomes a participant, and as such, there is no other risk for the Group.

In all cases, the operating results of equity method investees acquired by the BBVA Group in a particular period only include the period from the date of acquisition to the financial statements date. Similarly, the results of entities disposed of during any year only include the period from the start of the year to the date of disposal.

The consolidated financial statements of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group have the same presentation date as the Consolidated Financial Statements. If financial statements at those same dates are not available, the most recent will be used, as long as these are not older than three months, and adjusted to take into account the most significant transactions. As of December 31, 2020, financial statements as of December 31 of all Group entities were utilized except for the case of the consolidated financial statements of 6 associates deemed non-significant for which financial statements as of November 30, 2020 were used.

Separate financial statements

The separate financial statements of the parent company of the Group are prepared under Spanish regulations (Circular 4/2017 of the Bank of Spain, and following other regulatory requirements of financial information applicable to the Bank). The Bank uses the cost method to account in its separate financial statements for its investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint venture entities, which are consistent with the requirements of Bank of Spain Circular 4/2017 and IAS 27 “Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements”.

Appendix IX shows BBVA’s financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

2.2 Accounting principles and policies and applied valuation methods

The accounting principles and policies and the valuation methods applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements may differ from those used, at the individual level, by some of the entities that are part of the BBVA Group; This is why, in the consolidation process, the necessary adjustments and reclassifications are made to standardize such principles and criteria among themselves and bring them into line with the IFRS-EU.

In preparing the accompanying consolidated Annual Accounts, the following accounting principles and policies and assessment criteria have been applied:

2.2.1 Financial instruments

IFRS 9 became effective as of January 1, 2018 and replaced IAS 39 regarding the classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities, the impairment of financial assets and hedge accounting. However, the Group has chosen to continue applying IAS 39 for accounting for hedges, until the completion of the macro-hedging project of IFRS 9 as permitted by IFRS 9.

Classification and measurement of financial assets
Classification of financial assets

IFRS 9 contains three main categories for financial assets classification: measured at amortized cost, measured at fair value with changes through other comprehensive income, and measured at fair value through profit or loss.

The classification of financial instruments in the categories of amortized cost or fair value depends on the business model with which the entity manages the assets and the contractual characteristics of the cash flows, commonly known as the "solely payments of principle and interest" criterion (hereinafter, the SPPI).

The assessment of the business model should reflect the way the Group manages groups of financial assets and does not depend on the intention for an individual instrument. Thus, for each entity within the BBVA Group there are different business models for managing assets.

In order to determine the business model, the following aspects are taken into account:

  • The way in which the performance of the business model (and that of the assets which comprise such business model) is evaluated and reported to the entity's key personnel;
  • The risks and the way in which the risks that affect the performance of the business model are managed;
  • The way in which business model managers are remunerated;
  • The frequency, amount and timing of sales in previous years, the reasons for such sales and expectations regarding future sales.

Regarding the SPPI test, the analysis of the cash flows aims to determine whether the contractual cash flows of the assets correspond only to payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding at the beginning of the transaction. Interest is understood here as the consideration for the time value of money; and for the credit risk associated with the principal amount outstanding during a specific period; and for financing and structure costs, plus a profit margin.

The most significant judgments used by the Group in evaluating compliance with the conditions of the SPPI test are the following:

  • Modified time value: in the event that a financial asset includes a periodic interest rate adjustment but the frequency of this adjustment does not coincide with the term of the reference interest rate (for example, the interest rate reset every six months to a one-year rate), the Group assesses, at the time of the initial recognition, this mismatch to determine whether the contractual cash flows (undiscounted) differ significantly or not from the cash flows (undiscounted) of a benchmark financial asset, for which there would be no change in the time value of money. The defined tolerance thresholds are 10% for the differences in each period and 5% for the analysis accumulated throughout the financial asset life.
  • Contractual clauses: The contractual clauses can modify the calendar or the amount of the contractual cash flows are analyzed to verify if the contractual cash flows that would be generated during the life of the instrument due to the exercise of those clauses are only payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. To do this, the contractual cash flows that may be generated before and after the modification are analyzed.
  • The main criteria taken into account in the analysis are:
  • Early termination clauses: generally a contractual clause that permits the debtor to prepay a debt instrument before maturity is consistent with SPPI when the prepayment amount substantially represents unpaid amounts of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding (which may include reasonable additional compensation for the early termination of the contract).
  • Instruments with an interest rate linked to contingent events:
  • An instrument whose interest rate is reset to a higher rate if the debtor misses a particular payment may meet the SPPI criterion because of the relationship between missed payments and an increase in credit risk.
  • An instrument with contractual cash flows that are indexed to the debtor’s performance – e.g. net income or is adjusted based on a certain index or stock market value would not meet the SPPI criterion.
  • Perpetual instruments: to the extent that they can be considered instruments with continuous (multiple) extension options, they meet the SPPI test if the contractual flows meet it. When the issuer can defer the payment of interest, if such payment would affect their solvency, they would meet the SPPI test if the deferred interest accrues additional interest, while if they do not, they would not meet the test.
  • Non-recourse financial instruments: In the case of debt instruments that are repaid primarily with the cash flows of specific assets or projects and the debtor has no legal responsibility, the underlying assets or cash flows are evaluated to determine whether the contractual cash flows of the instrument are consistent with payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
  • If the contractual terms do not give rise to additional cash flows to payments of principal and interest on the amount of principal outstanding or limitations to these payments, the SPPI test is met.
  • If the debt instrument effectively represents an investment in the underlying assets and its cash flows are inconsistent with principal and interest (because they depend on the performance of a business), the SPPI test is not met.
  • Contractually linked instruments: a look-through analysis is carried out in the case of transactions that are set through the issuance of multiple financial instruments forming tranches that create concentrations of credit risk in which there is an order of priority that specifies how the flows of cash generated by the underlying set of financial instruments are allocated to the different tranches. The debt tranches of the instrument will comply with the requirement that their cash flows represent only payment of principal and interest on the outstanding principal if:
  • the contractual terms of the tranche being assessed for classification (without looking through to the underlying pool of financial instruments) give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding
  • the underlying pool of financial instruments comprises instruments with cash flow that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, and
  • the exposure to credit risk in the underlying pool of financial instruments inherent in the tranche is equal to or lower than the exposure to credit risk of the underlying pool of financial instruments (for example, the credit rating of the tranche being assessed for classification is equal to or higher than the credit rating that would apply to a single tranche that funded the underlying pool of financial instruments)

In any event, the contractual conditions that, at the time of the initial recognition, have a minimal effect on cash flows or depend on the occurrence of exceptional and highly unlikely events do not prevent compliance with the conditions of the SPPI test.

Based on the above characteristics, financial assets will be classified and valued as described below.

A debt instrument will be classified in the amortized cost portfolio if the two following conditions are fulfilled:

  • The financial asset is managed within a business model whose purpose is to maintain the financial assets to maturity, to receive contractual cash flows; and
  • The contractual conditions of the financial asset give rise to cash flows that are only payments of principal and interest.

A debt instrument will be classified in the portfolio of financial assets at fair value with changes through other comprehensive income if the two following conditions are fulfilled:

  • The financial asset is managed with a business model whose purpose combines collection of the contractual cash flows and sale of the assets, and
  • The contractual characteristics of the instrument generate cash flows which only represent the return of the principal and interest.

A debt instrument will be classified at fair value with changes in profit and loss provided that the entity's business model for their management or the contractual characteristics of its cash flows do not require classification into one of the portfolios described above.

In general, equity instruments will be measured at fair value through profit or loss. However the Group may make an irrevocable election, at initial recognition to present subsequent changes in the fair value through “other comprehensive income”.

Financial assets will only be reclassified when BBVA Group decides to change the business model. In this case, all of the financial assets assigned to this business model will be reclassified. The change of the objective of the business model should occur before the date of the reclassification.

Measurement of financial assets

All financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value, plus, those transaction costs which are directly attributable to the issue of the particular instrument, with the exception of those financial assets which are classified at fair value through profit or loss.

All changes in the value of financial assets due to the interest accrual and similar items are recorded in the headings "Interest income and other similar income" or "Interest expenses", of the consolidated income statement of the year in which the accrual occurred (see Note 37), except for trading derivatives that are not economic and accounting hedges.

The changes in fair value after the initial recognition, for reasons other than those mentioned in the preceding paragraph, are treated as described below, according to the categories of financial assets.

“Financial assets held for trading”, “Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit and loss” or “Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss”

Financial assets are recorded under the heading “Financial assets held for trading” if the objective of the business model is to generate gains by buying and selling these financial instruments or generate short-term results. The financial assets recorded in the heading “Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss” are assigned to a business model which objective is to obtain the contractual cash flows and / or to sell those instruments but its contractual cash flows do not comply with the requirements of the SPPI test. Financial assets are classified in “Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss” only if it eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency (an ‘accounting mismatch’) that would otherwise arise from measuring financial assets or financial liabilities, or recognizing gains or losses on them, on different bases.

The assets recognized under these headings of the consolidated balance sheet are measured upon acquisition at fair value and changes in the fair value (gains or losses) are recognized as their net value under the headings “Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net”, “Gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net” and “Gains (losses) on financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss, net” in the accompanying consolidated income statement (see Note 41). Changes in fair value resulting from variations in foreign exchange rates are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences, net” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (Note 41).

”Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income”
  • Debt instruments

Assets recognized under this heading in the consolidated balance sheets are measured at their fair value. This category of valuation implies the recognition of the information in the income statement as if it were an instrument valued at amortized cost, while the instrument is valued at fair value in the balance sheet. Thus, both interest income on these instruments and the exchange differences and impairment that arise in their case are recorded in the profit and loss account, while subsequent changes in its fair value (gains or losses) are recognized temporarily (by the amount net of tax effect) under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Fair value changes of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 30).

The amounts recognized under the headings “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Fair value changes of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income” continue to form part of the Group's consolidated equity until the corresponding asset is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet or until a loss allowance is recognized on the corresponding financial instrument. If these assets are sold, these amounts are derecognized and included under the headings “Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities, net” (see Note 41).

The net loss allowances in “Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” over the year are recognized under the heading “Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss or net gains by modification - Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” (see Note 48) in the consolidated income statement for that period.

Interest income on these instruments are recorded in the consolidated profit and loss account (see Note 37). Changes in foreign exchange rates are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences, net" in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 41).

  • Equity instruments

At the time of initial recognition of specific investments in equity instruments, the BBVA Group may make the irrevocable decision to present subsequent changes in fair value in other comprehensive income. Subsequent changes in this valuation will be recognized in "Other accumulated comprehensive income - Items that will not be reclassified in results - Changes in the fair value of equity instruments measured at fair value with changes in other comprehensive income". Dividends received from these investments are recorded in the heading "Dividend income" in the consolidated income statement (see Note 38). These instruments are not subject to the impairment model of IFRS 9.

“Financial assets at amortized cost”

The assets under this category are subsequently measured at amortized cost, using the effective interest rate method.

Net loss allowances of assets recorded under these headings arising in each period are recognized under the heading “Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss or net gains by modification – financial assets measured at amortized cost” in the consolidated income statement for such period (see Note 47).

Classification and measurement of financial liabilities
Classification of financial liabilities

Under IFRS 9, financial liabilities are classified in the following categories:

  • Financial liabilities at amortized cost;
  • Financial liabilities that are held for trading, including derivatives, are financial instruments which are recorded in this category when the Group’s objective is to generate gains by buying and selling these financial instruments;
  • Financial liabilities that are designated at fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition under the Fair Value Option. The Group has the option to designate irrevocably, on the initial moment of recognition, a financial liability as at fair value through profit or loss provided that doing so results in the elimination or significant reduction of measurement or recognition inconsistency, or if a group of financial liabilities, or a group of financial assets and financial liabilities, has to be managed, and its performance evaluated, on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy.
Measurement of financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are initially recorded at fair value, less transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of instruments, except for financial instruments that are classified at fair value through profit or loss.

Variations in the value of financial liabilities due to the interest accrual and similar items are recorded in the headings “Interest income and other similar income” or “Interest expense”, of the consolidated income statement for the period in which the accrual occurred (see Note 37), except for trading derivatives that are not economic and accounting hedges.

The changes in fair value after the initial recognition, for reasons other than those mentioned in the preceding paragraph, are treated as described below, according to the categories of financial liabilities.

“Financial liabilities held for trading” and “Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss“

The subsequent changes in the fair value (gains or losses) of the liabilities recognized under these headings of the consolidated balance sheets are recognized as their net value under the headings “Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net” and “Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, net” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 41). Nevertheless, the changes in the own credit risk of the liabilities designated under the fair value option is presented in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) – Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss – Fair value changes of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in their credit risk”, unless this treatment brings about or increases an asymmetry in the income statement. However, changes in fair value resulting from variations in foreign exchange rates are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences, net” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (Note 41).

“Financial liabilities at amortized cost”

The liabilities under this category are subsequently measured at amortized cost, using the “effective interest rate” method.

Hybrid financial liabilities

When a financial liability contains an embedded derivative, the Group analyzes whether the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative and the host instrument are closely related.

If the characteristics and risks of the host and the derivative are closely related, the instrument as a whole will be classified and measured according to the general rules for financial liabilities. If, on the other hand, the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host, its terms meet the definition of a derivative and the hybrid contract is not measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss, the embedded derivative shall be separated from the host and accounted for as a derivative separately at fair value with changes in profit and loss and the host instrument will be classified and measured according to its nature.

“Derivatives-Hedge Accounting” and “Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest-rate risk”

The Group uses financial derivatives as a tool for managing financial risks, mainly interest rates and exchange rates (See Note 7).

When these transactions meet certain requirements, they are considered "hedging".

Changes occurring subsequent to the designation of the hedging relationship in the measurement of financial instruments designated as hedged items as well as financial instruments designated as hedge accounting instruments are recognized as follows:

  • In fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized under the heading “Gains (losses) from hedge accounting, net” in the consolidated income statement, with a corresponding offset under the headings where hedging items ("Hedging derivatives") and the hedged items are recognized, as applicable, except for interest-rate risks hedges (which are almost all of the hedges used by the Group), for which the valuation changes are recognized under the headings “Interest and other income” or “Interest expense”, as appropriate, in the accompanying consolidated income statement (see Note 37).
  • In fair value hedges of interest rate risk of a portfolio of financial instruments (portfolio-hedges), the gains or losses that arise in the measurement of the hedging instrument are recognized in the consolidated income statement, with the corresponding offset on the headings “Derivatives-Hedge Accounting” and the gains or losses that arise from the change in the fair value of the hedged item (attributable to the hedged risk) are also recognized in the consolidated income statement (in both cases under the heading “Gains (losses) from hedge accounting, net”, using, as a balancing item, the headings "Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk" in the consolidated balance sheets, as applicable).
  • In cash flow hedges, the gain or loss on the hedging instruments relating to the effective portion are recognized temporarily under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Hedging derivatives. Cash flow hedges (effective portion)” in the consolidated balance sheets, with a balancing entry under the heading “Hedging derivatives” of the Assets or Liabilities of the consolidated balance sheets as applicable. These differences are recognized under the headings “Interest and other income” or “Interest expense” at the time when the gain or loss in the hedged instrument affects profit or loss, when the forecast transaction is executed or at the maturity date of the hedged item (see Note 37).
  • Differences in the measurement of the hedging items corresponding to the ineffective portions of cash flow hedges are recognized directly in the heading “Gains (losses) from hedge accounting, net” in the consolidated income statement (see Note 41).
  • In the hedges of net investments in foreign operations, the differences attributable to the effective portions of hedging items are recognized temporarily under the heading "Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Hedging of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion)" in the consolidated balance sheets with a balancing entry under the heading “Hedging derivatives” of the Assets or Liabilities of the consolidated balance sheets as applicable. These differences in valuation are recognized under the heading “Exchange differences, net" in the consolidated income statement when the investment in a foreign operation is disposed of or derecognized (see Note 41).
Loss allowances on financial assets

The “expected losses” impairment model is applied to financial assets valued at amortized cost, to debt instruments valued at fair value with changes in other accumulated comprehensive income, to financial guarantee contracts and other commitments. All financial instruments valued at fair value through profit or loss are excluded from the impairment model

The standard classifies financial instruments into three categories, which depend on the evolution of their credit risk from the moment of initial recognition. The first category includes the transactions when they are initially recognized (Stage 1); the second comprises the financial assets for which a significant increase in credit risk has been identified since its initial recognition (Stage 2) and the third one, the impaired financial assets (Stage 3).

The calculation of the provisions for credit risk in each of these three categories must be done differently. In this way, expected loss up to 12 months for the financial assets classified in the first of the aforementioned categories must be recorded, while expected losses estimated for the remaining life of the financial assets classified in the other two categories must be recorded. Thus, IFRS 9 differentiates between the following concepts of expected loss:

  • Expected loss at 12 months: expected credit loss that arises from possible default events within 12 months following the presentation date of the financial statements; and
  • Expected loss during the life of the transaction: this is the expected credit loss that arises from all possible default events over the remaining life of the financial instrument.

Both, the modeling for expected losses estimates and the factors affecting such losses forecasts require considerable judgment, which must be carried out on a weighted probability basis.

The BBVA Group has applied the following definitions:

  • Default
  • The Group has applied a definition of default for financial instruments that is consistent with that used in internal credit risk management, and coherent with the definition applied by the Group within the prudential context. The Group has considered the existence of default when one of the following situations occurs:
  • Payment past-due for more than 90 days; or
  • There are reasonable doubts regarding the full reimbursement of the instrument.

In accordance with IFRS 9, the 90-day past-due stipulation may be waived in cases where the entity considers it appropriate, based on reasonable and documented information that it is appropriate to use a longer term. As of December 31, 2020, the Group has not considered periods higher than 90 days for any significant portfolio.

These criteria are aligned in all the geographies where the Group operates, being only minor differences kept in order to facilitate management adoption al a national level. In this sense, national criteria are permitted, within the Group standards and searching for consistency and coherence between the geographies, easing the adoption of the default definition management.

  • Credit impaired asset
  • An asset is credit-impaired according to IFRS 9 if one or more events have occurred and they have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the asset. Evidence that a financial asset is credit-impaired includes observable data about the following events:
  • Significant financial difficulty of the issuer or the borrower.
  • A breach of contract (e.g. a default or past due event).
  • A lender having granted a concession to the borrower – for economic or contractual reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty – that the lender would not otherwise consider.
  • It becoming probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganization.
  • The disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties, or
  • The purchase or origination of a financial asset at a deep discount that reflects the incurred credit losses.

It may not be possible to identify a single discrete event. Instead, the combined effect of several events may cause financial assets to become credit-impaired.

The definition of impaired financial assets in the Group is aligned with the definition of default explained in the above paragraphs.

Credit risk management for wholesale counterparties is carried out at the customer (or group) level. For this reason, the classification of any of a client's exposures as impaired, whether due to more than 90 days of default or due to any of the subjective criteria, implies the classification as impaired of all the client's exposures. There may be some justified exception that, in any case, are not significant.

Regarding retail clients, which are managed at the operation level, the scoring systems review their score, among other reasons, in the event of a breach in any of their transactions which also triggers the necessary recovery actions. These include refinancing measures that, where appropriate, may lead to all customer transactions being considered impaired. Furthermore, given the granularity of the retail portfolios, the differential behavior of these clients in relation to their products and collateral provided, as well as the time necessary to find the best solution, the Group has established as an indicator that when a transaction of a retail client has default in excess of 90 days and this represents more than 20% of the client's total balance, all its transactions are considered impaired, this without prejudice to the fact that lower limits have been established due to management practices in some geography.

  • Significant increase in credit risk

The objective of the impairment requirements is to recognize lifetime expected credit losses for financial instruments for which there have been significant increases in credit risk since initial recognition considering all reasonable and supportable information, including that which is forward-looking.

The model developed by the Group for assessing the significant increase in credit risk has a two-prong approach that is applied globally (for more detail on the methodology used, see Note 7.2.1):

  • Quantitative criterion: the Group uses a quantitative analysis based on comparing the current expected probability of default over the life of the transaction with the original adjusted expected probability of default, so that both values are comparable in terms of expected default probability for their residual life (see Note 7.2.1).
  • Qualitative criterion: most indicators for detecting significant risk increase are included in the Group's systems through rating and scoring systems or macroeconomic scenarios, so the quantitative analysis covers the majority of circumstances. The Group uses additional qualitative criteria to identify significant increase in credit risk and thus, to include circumstances that are not reflected in the rating/score systems or macroeconomic scenarios used. Such qualitative criteria are the following:
  • More than 30 days past due. According to IFRS 9, default of more than 30 days is a presumption that can be rebutted in those cases in which the entity considers, based on reasonable and documented information, that such non-payment does not represent a significant increase in risk. As of December 31, 2020, the Group has not considered periods higher than 30 days.
  • Watch list: They are subject to special watch by the Risk units because they show negative signs in their credit quality, even though there may be no objective evidence of impairment.
  • Refinance or restructuring that does not show evidence of impairment, or that, having been previously identified, the existence of significant increase in credit risk is still considered.

Although the standard introduces a series of operational simplifications, also known as practical solutions, for analyzing the increase in significant risk, the Group does not use them as a general rule. However, for high-quality assets, mainly related to certain government institutions and bodies, the standard allows for considering that their credit risk has not increased significantly because they have a low credit risk at the presentation date. This possibility is limited to those financial instruments that are classified as having high credit quality and high liquidity to comply with the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”). This does not prevent these assets from being assigned the credit risk coverage that corresponds to their classification as Stage 1 based on their credit rating and macroeconomic expectations.

The classification of financial instruments subject to impairment under IFRS 9 is as follows:

  • Stage 1– without significant increase in credit risk
  • Financial assets which are not considered to have significantly increased in credit risk have loss allowances measured at an amount equal to 12 months expected credit losses derived from defaults.
  • Stage 2– significant increases in credit risk
  • When the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since the initial recognition, the loss allowances of that financial instrument is calculated as the expected credit loss during the entire life of the asset.
  • Stage 3 – Impaired
  • When there is objective evidence that the instrument is credit impaired, the financial asset is transferred to this category in which the provision for losses of that financial instrument is calculated as the expected credit loss during the entire life of the asset.

When the recovery of any recognized amount is considered remote, such amount is written-off on the consolidated balance sheet, without prejudice to any actions that may be taken in order to collect the amount until the rights extinguish in full either because it is time-barred debt, the debt is forgiven, or other reasons.

Method for calculating expected credit loss
Method for calculating expected loss

In accordance with IFRS 9, the measurement of expected losses must reflect:

  • A considered and unbiased amount, determined by evaluating a range of possible results;
  • The time value of money, and
  • Reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort and that reflects current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.

Expected losses are measured both individually and collectively

The individualized estimate of credit losses results from calculating the difference between the expected cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate of the transaction and the carrying amount of the instrument (See Note 7.2.1).

For the collective measurement of expected losses the instruments are classified into groups of assets based on their risk characteristics. Exposure within each group is segmented according to credit risk common characteristics, which indicate the payment capacity of the borrower according to the contractual conditions. These risk characteristics have to be relevant in estimating the future flows of each group. The characteristics of credit risk may consider, among others, the following factors (see Note 7):

  • Type of instrument.
  • Rating or scoring tools.
  • Credit risk scoring or rating.
  • Type of collateral.
  • Amount of time at default for stage 3.
  • Segment.
  • Qualitative criteria which can have a significant increase in risk.
  • Collateral value if it has an impact on the probability of a default event.

The estimated losses are derived from the following parameters:

  • PD: estimate of the probability of default in each period.
  • EAD: estimate of the exposure in case of default at each future period, taking into account the changes in exposure after the presentation date of the financial statements.
  • LGD: estimate of the loss in case of default, calculated as the difference between the contractual cash flows and receivables, including guarantees. For these purposes, the probability of executing the guarantee is considered in the estimation, the moment until its ownership and subsequent realization, the expected cashflows and acquisition and sale costs.
  • CCF: cash conversion factor is the estimate made on off-balance sheet to determine the exposure subject to credit risk in the event of a default.

At the BBVA Group, the calculated expected credit losses are based on internal models developed for all portfolios within the IFRS 9 scope, except for the cases that are subject to individual analysis.

The calculation and recognition of expected losses includes exposures with governments and credit institutions, for which, despite having a reduced number of defaults in the information databases, internal models have been developed, considering, as sources of information, the data provided by external rating agencies or other observed in the market, such as changes in bond yields, prices of credit default swaps or any other public information on them.

Use of present, past and future information

IFRS 9 requires incorporation of present, past and future information to detect any significant increase in risk and measure expected loss.

The standard does not require identification of all possible scenarios for measuring expected loss. However, the probability of a loss event occurring and the probability it will not occur have to be considered, even though the possibility of a loss may be very low. To achieve this, the Group generally evaluates the linear relationship between its estimated loss parameters (PD, GDP, EAD) with the historical and future forecasts of the macroeconomic scenarios.

Additionally, when there is no linear relation between the different future economic scenarios and their associated expected losses, more than one future economic scenario must be used for the measurement.

The approach used by the Group consists of using a methodology based on the use of three scenarios. The first is the most probable scenario (base scenario) that is consistent with that used in the Group's internal management processes, and two additional ones, one more positive and the other more negative. The combined outcome of these three scenarios is calculated considering the weight given to each of them. The main macroeconomic variables that are valued in each of the scenarios for each of the geographies in which the Group operates are the Gross Domestic Product (GDP), the real estate price index, interest rates and the unemployment rate, although, in the first place, the main goal is seeking the greatest predictive capacity with respect to the former two (see Note 7.2.1).

2.2.2 Transfers and derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

The accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets is determined by the form in which risks and benefits associated with the financial assets involved are transferred to third parties. Thus the financial assets are only derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet when the cash flows that they generate are extinguished, when their implicit risks and benefits have been substantially transferred to third parties or when the control of financial asset is transferred even in case of no physical transfer or substantial retention of such assets. In the latter case, the financial asset transferred is derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet, and any right or obligation retained or created as a result of the transfer is simultaneously recognized.

Similarly, financial liabilities are derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet only if their obligations are extinguished or acquired (with a view to subsequent cancellation or renewed placement).

The Group is considered to have transferred substantially all the risks and benefits if such risks and benefits account for the majority of the risks and benefits involved in ownership of the transferred financial assets. If substantially all the risks and benefits associated with the transferred financial asset are retained:

  • The transferred financial asset is not derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet and continues to be measured using the same criteria as those used before the transfer.
  • A financial liability is recognized at the amount equal to the amount received, which is subsequently measured at amortized cost or fair value with changes in the income statement, whichever the case.
  • Both the income generated on the transferred (but not derecognized) financial asset and the expense of the new financial liability continue to be recognized.
Treatment of securitizations

The securitizations to which the Group entities transfer their credit portfolios are consolidated entities of the Group. For more information, refer to Note 2.1 “Principles of consolidation”.

The Group considers that the risks and benefits of the securitizations are substantially retained if the subordinated bonds are held and/ or if subordination funding has been granted to those securitization funds, which means that the credit loss risk of the securitized assets will be assumed. Consequently, the Group is not derecognizing those transferred loan portfolios.

On the other hand, the Group has carried out synthetic securitizations, which are transactions where risk is transferred through derivatives or financial guarantees and in which the exposure of these securitizations remains in the balance sheet of the Group. The Group has established the synthetic securitizations through received financial guarantees. As for the commissions paid, they are accrued during the term of the financial guarantee.

2.2.3 Financial guarantees

Financial guarantees are considered to be those contracts that require their issuer to make specific payments to reimburse the holder of the financial guarantee for a loss incurred when a specific borrower breaches its payment obligations on the terms – whether original or subsequently modified – of a debt instrument, irrespective of the legal form it may take. Financial guarantees may take the form of a deposit, bank guarantee, insurance contract or credit derivative, among others.

In their initial recognition, financial guarantees are recognized as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, which is generally the present value of the fees, commissions and interest receivable from these contracts over the term thereof, and the Group simultaneously recognizes a corresponding asset in the consolidated balance sheet for the amount of the fees and commissions received at the inception of the transactions and the amounts receivable at the present value of the fees, commissions and interest outstanding.

Financial guarantees, irrespective of the guarantor, instrumentation or other circumstances, are reviewed periodically so as to determine the credit risk to which they are exposed and, if appropriate, to consider whether a provision is required for them. The credit risk is determined by application of criteria similar to those established for quantifying loss allowances on debt instruments measured at amortized cost (see Note 2.2.1).

The provisions recognized for financial guarantees are recognized under the heading “Provisions - Provisions for contingent risks and commitments” on the liability side in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 24). These provisions are recognized and reversed with a charge or credit, respectively to “Provisions or reversal of provision” in the consolidated income statements (see Note 46).

Income from financial guarantees is recorded under the heading “Fee and commission income” in the consolidated income statement and is calculated by applying the rate established in the related contract to the nominal amount of the guarantee (see Note 40).

Synthetic securitizations made by the Group to date meet the requirements of the accounting regulations for accounting as guarantees. Consideration as a financial guarantee means recognition of the commission paid for it over the period.

2.2.4 Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale and liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale

The heading “Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale” in the consolidated balance sheet includes the carrying amount of individual items or items integrated in a group ("disposal group") or that form part of a significant business line or geographic area that it is intended to be disposed of (“discontinued operation”) whose sale is highly probable that it will take place under the conditions in which such assets are currently located within a period of one year from the date to which the financial statements refer. Additionally, assets that were expected to be disposed of within a year but which disposal is delayed and is caused by events and circumstances beyond the control of the Group can be classified as held for sale (see Note 21).

Symmetrically, the heading “Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale” in the consolidated balance sheet reflects the balances payable arising from disposal groups and discontinued operations.

The heading "Non-current assets and disposal groups as held for sale" includes the assets received by the subsidiaries for the satisfaction, in whole or in part, of the payment obligations of their debtors (foreclosed or received in payment of debt or recoveries from financial leasing transactions, unless the Group has decided to make continued use of those assets). The BBVA Group has specific units focused on real estate management and sale of these types of assets.

Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured, at the acquisition date and at any later date deemed necessary, at either their carrying amount or the fair value of the property (less costs to sell), whichever is lower. An impairment or reversal of impairment for the difference is recognized if applicable. When the amount of the sale less estimated costs of sale is higher than the carrying value, the gain is not recognized until the moment of disposal and derecognition from the balance sheet.

Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale groups classified as held for sale are not depreciated while included under the heading “Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale”.

In the case of real estate assets foreclosed or received in payment of debts, they are initially recognized at the lower of: the restated carrying amount of the financial asset and the fair value at the time of the foreclosure or receipt of the asset less estimated sales costs. The carrying amount of the financial asset is updated at the time of the foreclosure, treating the real property received as a secured collateral and taking into account the credit risk coverage that would correspond to it according to its classification prior to the delivery. For these purposes, the collateral will be valued at its current fair value (less sale costs) at the time of foreclosure. This carrying amount will be compared with the previous carrying amount and the difference will be recognized as a provision increase, if applicable. On the other hand, the fair value of the foreclosed assets is based mainly on appraisals or valuations carried out by independent experts on an annual basis or more frequently if there are indications of impairment by appraisal, evaluating the need to apply a discount on the asset derived from the specific conditions of the asset or the market situation for these assets and in any case, deducting the company’s estimated sale costs.

Gains and losses generated on the disposal of assets and liabilities classified as non-current held for sale, and liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale as well as impairment losses and, where pertinent, the related recoveries, are recognized in “Gains (losses) from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statement (see Note 50). The remaining income and expense items associated with these assets and liabilities are classified within the relevant consolidated income statement headings.

Income and expense for discontinued operations, whatever their nature, generated during the year, even if they have occurred before their classification as discontinued operations, are presented net of the tax effect as a single amount under the heading “Profit (loss) after tax from discontinued operations” in the consolidated income statement (see Note 1.3 and 21). This heading includes the earnings from their sale or other disposal (net of tax effects).

2.2.5 Tangible Assets

Property, plant and equipment for own use

This heading includes the assets under ownership or acquired under lease terms (right to use), intended for future or current use by the BBVA Group and that it expects to hold for more than one year. It also includes tangible assets received by the consolidated entities in full or partial settlement of financial assets representing receivables from third parties which are expected to be held for continuing use.

For more information regarding the accounting treatment of right to use assets under lease terms, see Note 2.2.18 "Leases".

Property, plant and equipment for own use are presented in the consolidated balance sheets at acquisition cost, less any accumulated depreciation and, where appropriate, any estimated impairment losses resulting from comparing the net carrying amount of each item with its corresponding recoverable amount (see Note 17).

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, during the useful life of the asset, on the basis of the acquisition cost of the assets less their residual value; the land is considered to have an indefinite life and is therefore not depreciated.

The tangible asset depreciation charges are recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements under the heading "Depreciation and Amortization" (see Note 45) and are based on the application of the following depreciation rates (determined on the basis of the average years of estimated useful life of the various assets):

Depreciation rates for tangible assets

Type of assets Annual Percentage
Buildings for own use 1% - 4%
Furniture 8% - 10%
Fixtures 6% - 12%
Office supplies and hardware 8% - 25%
Lease use rights The lesser of the lease term or the useful life of the underlying asset

Download table

At each reporting date, the Group entities analyze whether there are internal or external indicators that a tangible asset may be impaired. When there is evidence of impairment, the Group analyzes whether this impairment actually exists by comparing the asset’s net carrying amount with its recoverable amount (defined as the higher between its recoverable amount less disposal costs and its value in use). When the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount, the carrying amount is written down to the recoverable amount and depreciation charges going forward are adjusted to reflect the asset’s remaining useful life.

Similarly, if there is any indication that the value of a previously impaired tangible asset is now recoverable, the consolidated entities will estimate the recoverable amounts of the asset and recognize it in the consolidated income statement, recording the reversal of the impairment loss recognized in previous years and thus adjusting future depreciation charges. Under no circumstances may the reversal of an impairment loss on an asset raise its carrying amount above that which it would have if no impairment losses had been recognized in prior years.

In the BBVA Group, most of the buildings held for own use are assigned to the different Cash-Generating-Units (CGU) to which they belong. The corresponding impairment analyses are performed for these CGUs to check whether sufficient cash flows are generated to support the value of the assets comprised within.

Operating and maintenance expense relating to tangible assets held for own use are recognized as an expense in the year they are incurred and recognized in the consolidated income statements under the heading "Administration costs - Other administrative expense - Property, fixtures and materials" (see Note 44.2).

Other assets leased out under an operating lease

The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of assets leased out under operating leases, to calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and to recognize the impairment losses on them, are the same as those described in relation to tangible assets for own use.

Investment properties

The heading “Tangible assets - Investment properties” in the consolidated balance sheets reflects the net values (purchase cost minus the corresponding accumulated depreciation and, if appropriate, estimated impairment losses) of the land, buildings and other structures that are held either to earn rentals or for capital appreciation through sale and that are neither expected to be sold off in the ordinary course of business nor are destined for own use (see Note 17).

The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of investment properties, calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and recognize the impairment losses on them, are the same as those described in relation to tangible assets held for own use.

The BBVA Group determines periodically the fair value of its investment properties in such a way that, at the end of the financial year, the fair value reflects the market conditions of investment property assets’ market at such date. This fair value will be determined taking as references the valuations performed by independent experts.

2.2.6 Business combinations

A business combination is a transaction, or any other deal, by which the Group obtains control of one or more businesses. It is accounted for by applying the “acquisition method”.

According to this method, the acquirer has to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed, including those that the acquired entity had not recognized in the accounts. The method involves the measurement of the consideration received for the business combination and its allocation to the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities measured according to their fair value, at the purchase date, as well as the recognition of any non-controlling participation (minority interests) that may arise from the transaction.

In a business combination achieved in stages, the acquirer shall measure its previously held equity interest in the acquiree at its acquisition-date fair value and recognize the resulting gain or loss, if any, in profit or loss under the heading “Gains (losses) on derecognition of non-financial assets and subsidiaries, net” of the consolidated income statements. In prior reporting periods, the acquirer may have recognized changes in the value of its equity interest in the acquiree in other comprehensive income. If so, the amount that was recognized in other comprehensive income shall be recognized on the same basis as would be required if the acquirer had disposed directly of the previously held equity interest.

In addition, the acquirer shall recognize an asset in the consolidated balance sheet under the heading “Intangible asset - Goodwill” if on the acquisition date there is a positive difference between:

  • the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of all the non-controlling interests and the fair value of stock previously held in the acquired business; and
  • the net fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

If this difference is negative, it shall be recognized directly in the income statement under the heading “Negative goodwill recognized in profit or loss”.

Non-controlling interests in the acquired entity may be measured in two ways: either at their fair value; or at the proportional percentage of net assets identified in the acquired entity. The method of valuing non-controlling interest may be elected in each business combination. BBVA Group has always elected for the second method.

2.2.7 Intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents a portion of consideration transferred in advance by the acquiring entity for the future economic benefits from assets that cannot be individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is never amortized. It is subject periodically to an impairment analysis, and is written off if there has been impairment (see Note 18).

Goodwill is assigned to one or more CGUs that expect to be the beneficiaries of the synergies derived from the business combinations. The CGUs represent the Group’s smallest identifiable asset groups that generate cash flows for the Group and that are largely independent of the flows generated from the Group’s other assets or groups of assets. Each unit or units to which goodwill is allocated:

  • Is the lowest level at which the entity manages goodwill internally.
  • Is not larger than an operating segment.

The cash generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment (including the allocated goodwill in their carrying amount). This analysis is performed at least annually or more frequently if there is any indication of impairment.

For the purpose of determining the impairment of a cash-generating unit to which a part of goodwill has been allocated, the carrying amount of that cash-generating unit, adjusted by the theoretical amount of the goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interests, in the event they are not valued at fair value, is compared with its recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of a cash-generating unit is equal to the fair value less sale costs or its value in use, whichever is greater. Value in use is calculated as the discounted value of the cash flow projections that the unit’s management estimates and is based on the latest budgets approved for the coming years. The main assumptions used in its calculation are: a growth rate to extrapolate the cash flows indefinitely, and the discount rate used to discount the cash flows, which is equal to the cost of the capital assigned to each cash-generating unit, and equivalent to the sum of the risk-free rate plus a risk premium inherent to the cash-generating unit being evaluated for impairment.

If the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit exceeds the related recoverable amount, the Group recognizes an impairment loss; the resulting loss is apportioned by reducing, first, the carrying amount of the goodwill allocated to that unit and, second, if there are still impairment losses remaining to be recognized, the carrying amount of the remainder of the assets. This is done by allocating the remaining loss in proportion to the carrying amount of each of the assets in the unit. In the event the non-controlling interests are measured at fair value, the deterioration of goodwill attributable to non-controlling interests will be recognized. In any case, an impairment loss recognized for goodwill shall not be reversed in a subsequent period.

Goodwill impairment losses are recognized under the heading "Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets – Intangible assets” (see Note 49).

Other intangible assets

These assets may have an indefinite useful life if, based on an analysis of all relevant factors, it is concluded that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash flows for the consolidated entities. In all other cases they have a finite useful life (see Note 18).

Intangible assets with a finite useful life are amortized according to the duration of this useful life, using methods similar to those used to depreciate tangible assets. The defined useful life intangible asset is made up mainly of IT applications acquisition costs which have a useful life of 3 to 5 years. The amortization charge of these assets is recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements under the heading "Depreciation and amortization" (see Note 45).

The consolidated entities recognize any impairment losses on the carrying amount of these assets with charge to the heading “Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets- Intangible assets” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 49). The criteria used to recognize the impairment losses on these assets and, where applicable, the recovery of impairment losses recognized in prior years, are similar to those used for tangible assets.

2.2.8 Insurance and reinsurance contracts

The assets and liabilities of the BBVA Group’s insurance subsidiaries are recognized according to their nature under the corresponding headings of the consolidated balance sheets, and the initial recognition and valuation is carried out according to the criteria set out in IFRS 4.

The heading “Insurance and reinsurance assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amounts that the consolidated insurance subsidiaries are entitled to receive under the reinsurance contracts entered into by them with third parties and, more specifically, the reinsurer´s share of the technical provisions recognized by the consolidated insurance subsidiaries.

The heading “Liabilities under insurance and reinsurance contracts” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the technical provisions for direct insurance and inward reinsurance recognized by the consolidated insurance subsidiaries to cover claims arising from insurance contracts open at period-end (see Note 23).

The income or expense reported by the BBVA Group’s consolidated insurance subsidiaries on their insurance activities is recognized, in accordance with their nature, in the corresponding items of the consolidated income statements.

The consolidated insurance entities of the BBVA Group recognize the amounts of the premiums written and a charge for the estimated cost of the claims that will be incurred at their final settlement to their consolidated income statements. At the close of each year the amounts collected and unearned, as well as the costs incurred and unpaid, are accrued.

The most significant provisions recorded by consolidated insurance entities with respect to insurance policies issued by them are set out by their nature in Note 23.

According to the type of product, the provisions may be as follows:

  • Life insurance provisions:
  • Represents the value of the net obligations undertaken with the life insurance policyholder. These provisions include:
  • Provisions for unearned premiums. These are intended for the accrual, at the date of calculation, of the premiums written. Their balance reflects the portion of the premiums received until the closing date that has to be allocated to the period from year-end to the end of the insurance policy period.
  • Mathematical reserves: Represents the value of the life insurance obligations of the insurance entities at year-end, net of the policyholder’s obligations, arising from life insurance contracted.
  • Non-life insurance provisions:
  • Provisions for unearned premiums. These provisions are intended for the accrual, at the date of calculation, of the premiums written. Their balance reflects the portion of the premiums received until the closing date that has to be allocated to the period between the year-end and the end of the policy period.
  • Provisions for unexpired risks: The provision for unexpired risks supplements the provision for unearned premiums by the amount by which that provision is not sufficient to reflect the assessed risks and expenses to be covered by the consolidated insurance subsidiaries in the policy period not elapsed at year-end.
  • Provision for claims:
  • This reflects the total amount of the outstanding obligations arising from claims incurred prior to year-end. Insurance subsidiaries calculate this provision as the difference between the total estimated or certain cost of the claims not yet reported, settled or paid, and the total amounts already paid in relation to these claims.
  • Provision for bonuses and rebates:
  • This provision includes the amount of the bonuses accruing to policyholders, insurees or beneficiaries and the premiums to be returned to policyholders or insurees, as the case may be, based on the behavior of the risk insured, to the extent that such amounts have not been individually assigned to each of them.
  • Technical provisions for reinsurance ceded:
  • Calculated by applying the criteria indicated above for direct insurance, taking account of the assignment conditions established in the open reinsurance contracts.
  • Other technical provisions:
  • Insurance entities have recognized provisions to cover the probable mismatches in the market reinvestment interest rates with respect to those used in the valuation of the technical provisions.

The BBVA Group controls and monitors the exposure of the insurance subsidiaries to financial risk and, to this end, uses internal methods and tools that enable it to measure credit risk and market risk and to establish the limits for these risks.

2.2.9 Tax assets and liabilities

Expenses on corporate income tax applicable to the BBVA Group’s Spanish entities and on similar income taxes applicable to consolidated foreign entities are recognized in the consolidated income statement, except when they result from transactions on which the profits or losses are recognized directly in equity, in which case the related tax effect is also recognized in equity.

The total corporate income tax expense is calculated by aggregating the current tax arising from the application of the corresponding tax rate as per the tax base for the year (after deducting the tax credits or discounts allowable for tax purposes) and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated income statement.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities include temporary differences, defined as the amounts to be payable or recoverable in future years arising from the differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their tax bases (the “tax value”), and tax loss and tax credit or discount carry forwards. These amounts are calculated by applying to each temporary difference the tax rates that are expected to apply when the asset is realized or the liability settled (see Note 19).

The "Tax Assets" line item in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amount of all the assets of a tax nature, broken down into: "Current” (amounts of tax recoverable in the next twelve months) and "Deferred" (which includes the amount of tax to be recovered in future years, including those arising from tax losses or credits for deductions or rebates that can be compensated). The "Tax Liabilities" line item in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amount of all the liabilities of a tax nature, except for provisions for taxes, broken down into: "Current” (income tax payable on taxable profit for the year and other taxes payable in the next twelve months) and "Deferred" (the amount of corporate tax payable in subsequent years).

Deferred tax liabilities attributable to taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or joint venture entities are recognized as such, except where the Group can control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is unlikely that it will reverse in the future. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that the consolidated entities will generate enough taxable profits to make deferred tax assets effective and do not correspond to those from initial recognition (except in the case of business combinations), which also does not affect the fiscal outcome.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized are reassessed by the consolidated entities at each balance sheet date in order to ascertain whether they still qualify as deferred tax assets and liabilities, and the appropriate adjustments are made on the basis of the findings of the analyses performed. In those circumstances in which it is unclear how a specific requirement of the tax law applies to a particular transaction or circumstance, and the acceptability of the definitive tax treatment depends on the decisions taken by the relevant taxation authority in future, the entity recognizes current and deferred tax liabilities and assets considering whether it is probable or not that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. Thus, if the entity concludes that it is not probable that the taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment, the entity uses the amount expected to be paid to (recovered from) the taxation authorities.

The income and expense directly recognized in consolidated equity that do not increase or decrease taxable income are accounted for as temporary differences.

2.2.10 Provisions, contingent assets and contingent liabilities

The heading “Provisions” in the consolidated balance sheets includes amounts recognized to cover the BBVA Group’s current obligations arising as a result of past events. These are certain in terms of nature but uncertain in terms of amount and/or settlement date. The settlement of these obligations is deemed likely to entail an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits (see Note 24). The obligations may arise in connection with legal or contractual provisions, valid expectations formed by Group entities relative to third parties in relation to the assumption of certain responsibilities or through virtually certain developments of particular aspects of the regulations applicable to the operation of the entities; and, specifically, future legislation to which the Group will certainly be subject. The provisions are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets when each and every one of the following requirements is met:

  • They represent a current obligation that has arisen from a past event. At the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements, there is more probability that the obligation will have to be met than that it will not.
  • It is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.
  • The amount of the obligation can be reasonably estimated.

Among other items, these provisions include the commitments made to employees by some of the Group entities mentioned in Note 2.2.11, as well as provisions for tax and legal litigation.

Contingent assets are possible assets that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on, and will be confirmed only by, the occurrence or non-occurrence of events beyond the control of the Group. Contingent assets are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheet or in the consolidated income statement; however, they will be disclosed, should they exist, in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, provided that it is probable will give rise to an increase in resources embodying economic benefits.

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations of the Group that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events beyond the control of the Group. They also include the existing obligations of the Group when it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle them; or when, in extremely rare cases, their amount cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

Contingent liabilities are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheet or the income statement (excluding contingent liabilities from businesses combinations) but are disclosed in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, unless the possibility of an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits is remote.

2.2.11 Pensions and other post-employment commitments

Below we provide a description of the most significant accounting policies relating to post-employment and other employee benefit commitments assumed by BBVA Group entities (see Note 25).

Short-term employee benefits

Benefits for current active employees which are accrued and settled during the year and for which a provision is not required in the entity´s accounts. These include wages and salaries, social security charges and other personnel expense.

Costs are charged and recognized under the heading “Administration costs – Personnel expense – Other personnel expense” of the consolidated income statement (see Note 44.1).

Post-employment benefits – Defined-contribution plans

The Group sponsors defined-contribution plans for the majority of its active employees. The amount of these benefits is established as a percentage of remuneration and/or as a fixed amount.

The contributions made to these plans in each year by BBVA Group entities are charged and recognized under the heading “Administration costs – Personnel expense– Defined-contribution plan expense” of the consolidated income statement (see Note 44.1).

Post-employment benefits – Defined-benefit plans

Some Group entities maintain pension commitments with employees who have already retired or taken early retirement, certain closed groups of active employees still accruing defined benefit pensions, and in-service death and disability benefits provided to most active employees. These commitments are covered by insurance contracts, pension funds and internal provisions.

In addition, some of the Spanish entities have offered certain employees the option to retire before their normal retirement age, recognizing the necessary provisions to cover the costs of the associated benefit commitments, which include both the liability for the benefit payments due as well as the contributions payable to external pension funds during the early retirement period.

Furthermore, certain Group entities provide welfare and medical benefits which extend beyond the date of retirement of the employees entitled to the benefits.

All of these commitments are quantified based on actuarial valuations, with the amounts recorded under the heading “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” in the consolidated balance sheet and determined as the difference between the value of the defined-benefit commitments and the fair value of plan assets at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements (see Note 25).

Current service cost is charged and recognized under the heading “Administration costs – Personnel expense – Defined-benefit plan expense” of the consolidated income statement (see Note 44.1).

Interest credits/charges relating to these commitments are charged and recognized in net terms under the headings “Interest and other income” or, where appropriated, “Interest expense” of the consolidated income statement (see Note 37).

Past service costs arising from benefit plan changes as well as early retirements granted during the year are recognized under the heading “Provisions or reversals of provisions” of the consolidated income statement (see Note 46).

Other long-term employee benefits

In addition to the above commitments, certain Group entities provide long-term service awards to their employees, consisting of monetary amounts or periods of vacation granted upon completion of a number of years of qualifying service.

These commitments are quantified based on actuarial valuations and the amounts recorded under the heading “Provisions – Other long-term employee benefits” of the consolidated balance sheet (see Note 24).

Valuation of commitments: actuarial assumptions and recognition of gains/losses

The present value of these commitments is determined based on individual member data. Active employee costs are determined using the “projected unit credit” method, which treats each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit and values each unit separately.

In establishing the actuarial assumptions we take into account that:

  • They should be unbiased, i.e. neither unduly optimistic nor excessively conservative.
  • Each assumption does not contradict the others and adequately reflect the existing relationship between economic variables such as price inflation, expected wage increases, discount rates and the expected return on plan assets, etc. Future wage and benefit levels should be based on market expectations, at the balance sheet date, for the period over which the obligations are to be settled.
  • The interest rate used to discount benefit commitments is determined by reference to market yields, at the balance sheet date, on high quality bonds.

The BBVA Group recognizes actuarial gains (losses) relating to early retirement benefits, long service awards and other similar items under the heading “Provisions or reversal of provisions” of the consolidated income statement for the period in which they arise (see Note 46). Actuarial gains (losses) relating to pension and medical benefits are directly charged and recognized under the heading "Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) – Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss – Actuarial gains (losses) on defined benefit pension plans" of equity in the consolidated balance sheet (see Note 30).

2.2.12 Equity-settled share-based payment transactions

Equity –settled share-based payment transactions, provided they constitute the delivery of such equity instruments once completion of a specific period of services has occurred, are recognized as an expense for services being provided by employees, by way of a balancing entry under the heading “Shareholders’ funds – Other equity instruments” in the consolidated balance sheet. These services are measured at fair value for the employees services received, unless such fair value cannot be calculated reliably. In such case, they are measured by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments granted, taking into account the date on which the commitments were granted and the terms and other conditions included in the commitments.

When the initial compensation agreement includes what may be considered market conditions among its terms, any changes in these conditions will not be reflected in the consolidated income statement, as these have already been accounted for in calculating the initial fair value of the equity instruments. Non-market vesting conditions are not taken into account when estimating the initial fair value of equity instruments, but they are taken into account when determining the number of equity instruments to be issued. This will be recognized on the consolidated income statement with the corresponding increase in total consolidated equity.

2.2.13 Termination benefits

Termination benefits are recognized in the financial statements when the BBVA Group agrees to terminate employment contracts with its employees and has established a detailed plan.

2.2.14 Treasury shares

The value of common stock issued by the BBVA Group’s entities and held by them - basically, shares and derivatives on the Bank’s shares held by some consolidated entities that comply with the requirements to be recognized as equity instruments - are recognized as a decrease to net equity, under the heading "Shareholders’ funds - Treasury stock" in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 29).

These financial assets are recognized at acquisition cost, and the gains or losses arising on their disposal are credited or debited, as appropriate, to the heading “Shareholders’ funds - Retained earnings” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 28).

2.2.15 Foreign-currency transactions and exchange differences

The BBVA Group’s functional currency, and thus the currency in which the Consolidated Financial Statements are presented, is the euro. As such, all balances and transactions denominated in currencies other than the euro are deemed to be denominated in “foreign currency”.

Conversion to euros of the balances held in foreign currency is performed in two consecutive stages:

  • Conversion of the foreign currency to the entity’s functional currency (currency of the main economic environment in which the entity operates); and
  • Conversion to euros of the balances held in the functional currencies of the entities whose functional currency is not the euro.
Conversion of the foreign currency to the entity’s functional currency

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies carried out by the consolidated entities (or entities accounted for using the equity method) are initially accounted for in their respective currencies. Subsequently, the monetary balances in foreign currencies are converted to their respective functional currencies using the exchange rate at the close of the financial year. In addition,

  • Non-monetary items valued at their historical cost are converted to the functional currency at the exchange rate applicable on the purchase date.
  • Non-monetary items valued at their fair value are converted at the exchange rate in force on the date on which such fair value was determined.
  • Monetary items are converted to the functional currency at the closing exchange rate.
  • Income and expense are converted at the period’s average exchange rates for all the operations carried out during the year. When applying this criterion the BBVA Group considers whether significant variations have taken place in exchange rates during the year which, owing to their impact on the statements as a whole, may require the application of exchange rates as of the date of the transaction instead of such average exchange rates.

The exchange differences produced when converting the balances in foreign currency to the functional currency of the consolidated entities are generally recognized under the heading "Exchange differences, net" in the consolidated income statements (see Note 41). However, the exchange differences in non-monetary items measured at fair value are recorded to equity under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) - Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss - Fair value changes of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income” in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 30).

Conversion of functional currencies to euros

The balances in the financial statements of consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro are converted to euros as follows:

  • Assets and liabilities: at the closing spot exchange rates as of the date of each of the consolidated balance sheets.
  • Income and expense and cash flows are converted by applying the exchange rate applicable on the date of the transaction, and the average exchange rate for the financial year may be used, unless it has undergone significant variations during the year.
  • Equity items: at the historical exchange rates.

The exchange differences arising from the conversion to euros of balances in the functional currencies of the consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro are recognized under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Foreign currency translation” in the consolidated balance sheets (Notes 30 and 31 respectively). Meanwhile, the differences arising from the conversion to euros of the financial statements of entities accounted for by the equity method are recognized under the heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) - Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - of other recognized income and expense of investments in joint ventures and associates" (Note 30) until the item to which they relate is derecognized, at which time they are recognized in the income statement.

The financial statements of companies of hyperinflationary economies are restated for the effects of changes in prices before their conversion to euros following the provisions of IAS 29 "Financial information in hyperinflationary economies" (see Note 2.2.19). Both these adjustments for inflation and the exchange differences that arise when converting the financial statements of companies into hyperinflationary economies are accounted for in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss - Foreign currency translation”.

The breakdown of the main consolidated balances in foreign currencies, with reference to the most significant foreign currencies, is set forth in Appendix VII.

Venezuela

Local financial statements of the Group subsidiaries in Venezuela are expressed in Venezuelan Bolivar, and converted into euros for the consolidated financial statements. Venezuela is a country with strong exchange restrictions that has different rates officially published, and, since December 31, 2015, the Board of Directors considers that the use of these exchanges rates for converting bolivars into euros in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements does not reflect the true picture of the financial statements of the Group and the financial position of the Group subsidiaries in this country. Therefore, since the year ended December 31, 2015, the exchange rate for converting bolivars into euros is an estimation taking into account the evolution of the estimated inflation in Venezuela.

As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the impact on the financial statements that would have resulted by applying the last published official exchange rate instead of the exchange rate estimated by BBVA Group was not significant (see Note 2.2.19).

2.2.16 Recognition of income and expense

The most significant policies used by the BBVA Group to recognize its income and expense are as follows.

  • Interest income and expense and similar items:

  • As a general rule, interest income and expense and similar items are recognized on the basis of their period of accrual using the effective interest rate method.
  • They shall be recognized within the consolidated income statement according to the following criteria, independently from the financial instruments’ portfolio which generates the income or expense:
  • The interest income past-due before the initial recognition and pending to be received will form part of the gross carrying amount of the debt instrument.
  • The interest income accrued after the initial recognition will form part of the gross carrying amount of the debt instrument until it will be received.
  • The financial fees and commissions that arise on the arrangement of loans and advances (basically origination and analysis fees) are deferred and recognized in the income statement over the expected life of the loan. From that amount, the transaction costs identified as directly attributable to the arrangement of the loans and advances will be deducted. These fees are part of the effective interest rate for the loans and advances.
  • Once a debt instrument has been impaired, interest income is recognized applying the effective interest rate used to discount the estimated recoverable cash flows on the carrying amount of the asset
  • Income from dividends received:
  • Dividends shall be recognized within the consolidated income statement according to the following criteria, independently from the financial instruments’ portfolio which generates this income:
  • When the right to receive payment has been declared before the initial recognition and when the payment is pending to be received, the dividends will not form part of the gross carrying amount of the equity instrument and will not be recognized as income. Those dividends are accounted for as financial assets separately from the net equity instrument.
  • If the right to receive payment is received after the initial recognition, the dividends from the net equity instruments will be recognized within the consolidated income statement. If the dividends correspond indubitable to the profits of the issuer before the date of initial recognition, they will not be recognized as income but as reduction of the gross carrying amount of the equity instrument because it represents a partial recuperation of the investment. Amongst other circumstances, the generation date can be considered to be prior to the date of initial recognition if the amounts distributed by the issuer as from the initial recognition are higher than its profits during the same period.
  • Commissions, fees and similar items:
  • Income and expense relating to commissions and similar fees are recognized in the consolidated income statement using criteria that vary according to the nature of such items. The most significant items in this connection are:
  • Those relating to financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss, which are recognized when collected/paid.
  • Those arising from transactions or services that are provided over a period of time, which are recognized over the life of these transactions or services.
  • Those relating to a singular transaction, which are recognized when this singular transaction is carried out.
  • Non-financial income and expense:
  • These are recognized for accounting purposes on an accrual basis.
  • Deferred collections and payments:
  • These are recognized for accounting purposes at the amount resulting from discounting the expected cash flows at market rates.

2.2.17 Sales of assets and income from the provision of non-financial services

The heading “Other operating income” in the consolidated income statements includes the proceeds of the sales of assets and income from the services provided by the Group entities that are not financial institutions. In the case of the Group, these entities are mainly real estate and service entities (see Note 42).

2.2.18 Leases

Effective January 1, 2019, IFRS 16 replaced IAS 17 “Leases”. The single lessee accounting model requires the lessee to record assets and liabilities for all lease contracts. The standard provides two exceptions to the recognition of lease assets and liabilities that can be applied in the case of short-term contracts and those in which the underlying assets have low value. BBVA elected to apply both exceptions. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying leased asset, which is recorded under the headings ‘‘Tangible assets – Property plants and equipment’’ and ‘‘Tangible assets – Investment properties’’ of the consolidated balance sheet (see Note 17) and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments which is recorded under the heading ‘‘ Financial liabilities at amortized cost – Other financial liabilities’’ in the consolidated balance sheet (see Note 22.5).

At the initial date of the lease, the lease liability represents the present value of all lease unpaid payments. The liabilities registered under this heading of the consolidated balance sheets are measured after their initial recognition at amortized cost, this being determined in accordance with the “effective interest rate” method.

The right to use assets are initially recorded at cost. This cost consists of the initial measurement of the lease liability, any payment made before the initial date less any lease incentives received, all direct initial expenses incurred, as well as an estimate of the expenses to be incurred by the lessee, such as expenses related to the removal and dismantling of the underlying asset. The right to use assets recorded under this heading of the consolidated balance sheets are measured after their initial recognition at cost less:

  • The accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment.
  • Any remeasurement of the lease liability.

The interest expense on the lease liability is recorded in the consolidated income statements under the heading “Interest expense” (see note 37). Variable payments not included in the initial measurement of the lease liability are recorded under the heading “Administration costs – Other administrative expense” (see Note 44).

Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the lifetime of the lease contract, on the basis of the cost of the assets. The tangible asset depreciation charges are recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements under the heading "Depreciation and Amortization" (see Note 45).

In case of electing one of the exceptions in order not to recognize the corresponding right to use and the liability in the consolidated balance sheets, payments related to the corresponding lease are recognized in the consolidated income statements, over the contract period, lineally, or in the way that best represents the structure of the lease operation, under the heading "Other operating expense” (see Note 42).

Operating lease and sublease incomes are recognized in the consolidated income statements under the headings “Other operating income” (see Note 42).

As a lessor, lease contracts are classified as finance leases from the inception of the transaction if they substantially transfer all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the asset forming the subject-matter of the contract. Leases other than finance leases are classified as operating leases.

When the consolidated entities act as the lessor of an asset under finance leases, the aggregate present values of the lease payments receivable from the lessee plus the guaranteed residual value (normally the exercise price of the lessee’s purchase option on expiration of the lease agreement) are recognized as financing provided to third parties and, therefore, are included under the heading “Loans and advances” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets (see Note 14).

When the consolidated entities act as lessors of an asset in operating leases, the acquisition cost of the leased assets is recognized under "Tangible assets – Property, plant and equipment – Other assets leased out under an operating lease" in the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 17). These assets are depreciated in line with the criteria adopted for items of tangible assets for own use, while the income arising from the lease arrangements is recognized in the consolidated income statements on a straight-line basis within “Other operating income” and "Other operating expense" (see Note 42).

If a fair value sale and leaseback results in a lease, the profit or loss generated from the effectively transferred part of the sale is recognized in the consolidated income statement at the time of sale (only for the effectively transmitted part).

The assets leased out under operating lease contracts to other entities in the Group are treated in the Consolidated Financial Statements as for own use, and thus rental expense and income is eliminated in consolidation and the corresponding depreciation is recognized.

2.2.19 Entities and branches located in countries with hyperinflationary economies

In accordance with the EU-IFRS criteria, to determine whether an economy has a high inflation rate the country's economic situation is examined, analyzing whether certain circumstances are fulfilled, such as whether the population prefers to keep its wealth or savings in non-monetary assets or in a relatively stable foreign currency, whether prices can be set in that currency, whether interest rates, wages and prices are pegged to a price index or whether the accumulated inflation rate over three years reaches or exceeds 100%. The fact that any of these circumstances is fulfilled will not be a decisive factor in considering an economy hyperinflationary, but it does provide some reasons to consider it as such.

Argentina

Since 2018, the economy of Argentina has been considered hyperinflationary under the above criteria. As a result, the financial statements of the BBVA Group’s entities located in Argentina have therefore been adjusted to correct for the effects of inflation in accordance with IAS 29 “Financial reporting in hyperinflationary economies“.

During 2020, 2019 and 2018, the increase in the reserves of Group entities located in Argentina derived from the re-expression for hyperinflation (IAS 29) amounts to €343, €470 and €703 million, respectively, of which €228, €313 and €463 million, respectively, have been recorded within “Equity – Accumulated other comprehensive income /(loss)” and €115, €157 and €240 million, respectively, within “Minority interests – Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)”. Furthermore, during 2020, 2019 and 2018 the decrease in the reserves of Group entities located in Argentina derived from the conversion (IAS 21) amounted to €482, €460 and €773 million, respectively, of which €320, €305 and €515 million, respectively, have been recorded within “Equity – Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)”, and €162, €155 and €258 million, respectively, within “Minority interests – Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)”. The net impact of both effects is presented under the caption “Other increases or (-) decreases in equity” in the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The net loss in the profit attributable to the parent company of the Group in 2020, 2019 and 2018 derived from the application of IAS 29 amounted to €148, €190 and €209 million, respectively. In addition, there is a net loss in the profit attributable to the parent company of the Group in 2020, 2019 and 2018 derived from the application of IAS 21 which amounted to €26, €34 and €57 million, respectively.

The breakdown of the General Price Index (“GPI”) and the inflation index used as of December 31, 2020 for the inflation of the financial statements of the Group companies located in Argentina is as follows:

General Price Index

2020
GPI 387
Average GPI 331
Inflation of the period 36.5%

Download table

Venezuela

Since 2009, the economy of Venezuela has been considered hyperinflationary under the above criteria. As a result, the financial statements of the BBVA Group’s entities located in Venezuela have therefore been adjusted to correct for the effects of inflation in accordance with IAS 29 “Financial reporting in hyperinflationary economies“.

The losses recognized under the heading “Profit attributable to the parent company” in the accompanying consolidated income statement as a result of the adjustment for inflation on net monetary position of the Group entities in Venezuela amounted to €5, €8 and €12 million in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively (see Note 2.2.15).

2.3 Recent IFRS pronouncements

Standards and interpretations that became effective in 2020

The following amendments to the IFRS standards or their interpretations (hereinafter “IFRIC”) became effective in 2020.

IAS 1 and IAS 8 – “Definition of Material”

The amendments clarify the definition of “material” in the preparation of the financial statements by aligning the definition of the Conceptual Framework, IAS 1 and IAS 8 (which, before such amendment, contained similar but not identical definitions). The new definition of material is as follows: “information is material if its omission, misrepresentation or obscuration can reasonably be expected to influence the decisions made by the primary users of a specific entity’s general purpose financial statements, based on those financial statements.”

The implementation of this standard has had no significant impact on the Group´s consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 3 – “Definition of a business”

The amendment clarifies the difference between “acquiring a business” or “acquiring a group of assets” for accounting purposes. To determine whether a transaction is the acquisition of a business, an entity has to evaluate and conclude that the following two conditions are met:

  • The fair value of the assets acquired is not in a single asset or group of similar assets.
  • The set of acquired activities and assets includes, as a minimum, an input and a substantive process that together contribute to the ability to create products.

The implementation of this standard has had no significant impact on the Group´s consolidated financial statements.

IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 – Modifications – IBOR Reform

The IBOR Reform (Phase 1) refers to the amendments issued by the IASB on IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 to avoid that some accounting hedges have to be discontinued in the period before the reform of the reference rates becomes effective. BBVA Group applies IAS 39 for hedge accounting, and therefore the amendments to IFRS 9 referred to in this section do not apply.

In some cases, and/or jurisdictions, there may exist uncertainty about the future of some reference rates or their impact on the entity’s contracts, which directly causes uncertainty about the timing or amounts of cash flows of the hedged instrument or the hedging instrument. Due to such uncertainties, some entities may be forced to discontinue an accounting hedge, or not be able to designate new hedging relationships.

Consequently, the amendments include several temporary simplifications of the requirements for the application of hedge accounting which apply to all hedging relationships that are affected by the uncertainty arising from the Reform. A hedging relationship is affected by the reform if it generates uncertainty about the timing or amount of cash flows of the hedged financial instrument or the hedge linked to the specific benchmark. The simplifications refer to the requirements on the highly probable future transaction in cash flow hedges, on prospective and retrospective effectiveness (exemption from compliance with the 80%-125% effectiveness ratio) and on the need to separately identify the risk component.

As the amendments aim is to provide temporary exceptions to the application of certain specific hedge accounting requirements, these exceptions should terminate once the uncertainty is resolved or the hedge ceases to exist.

The Group also has cash flow and fair value hedge accounting relationships which are exposed to different IBORS, predominantly EURIBOR, LIBOR in US dollars and to a much lesser degree Sterling LIBOR and other benchmark interest rates. The Group considers that the amendments to IAS 39 and IFRS 7 are applicable when there is uncertainty about future cash flows.

The nominal amount of the hedging instruments directly affected by the IBOR reform as of December 31, 2020 is the following:

Millions of Euros

LIBOR USD LIBOR GBP Other - TIIE (*) TOTAL
Cash flow hedges 9,084 - 574 9,658
Fair value hedges 10,608 266 1,477 12,351

(*) Equilibrium Interbank Interest Rate used in Mexico.

Download table

As of December 31, 2020, the Group considers that, in general, there is no uncertainty regarding EURIBOR as it has been replaced by the hybrid EURIBOR which uses a methodology that meets the standards required by the various international organizations. In the case of accounting hedges which are referenced to other benchmark interest rates, despite the uncertainty, based on the simplifications provided by the standard, the hedging relationships for the annual period that ended on December 31, 2020, will not be affected by the IBOR reform.

IFRS 16 –Leases – COVID-19 modifications

On May 28, 2020, the IASB approved an amendment to IFRS 16 to include a practical expedient to the accounting treatment for rent concessions (payment deferrals and temporary rent reductions) that occur due to a direct consequence of COVID-19 (see Note 1.5).

The amendment permits lessees to account for rent concessions as if they were not lease modifications to the initial ones. It is applicable to rent concessions related to COVID-19, which reduces lease payments before June 30, 2021. This amendment is effective from June 1, 2020.

The implementation of this standard has had no significant impact on the Group´s consolidated financial statements.

Standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective as of December 31, 2020

The following new International Financial Reporting Standards together with their Interpretations had been published at the date of preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements, but are not mandatory as of December 31, 2020. Although in some cases the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) allows early adoption before their effective date, the BBVA Group has not proceeded with this option for any such new standards.

IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 - Modifications - IBOR reform

On August 27, 2020, the IASB issued the second phase of the IBOR reform that involves the introduction of amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16, to ensure that the financial statements reflect the economic effects of the IBOR reform. The amendments focus on the accounting for financial instruments once a new benchmark has been introduced.

Such modifications introduce the practical simplification of accounting for changes in the cash flows of the financial instruments directly caused by the IBOR reform and, if they take place under an “economically equivalent” context, through the effective interest rate of the financial instrument update. Similarly, a practical simplification will be applied to IFRS 16 “Leases” for leases, when accounting for modifications in lease agreements as a consequence of the IBOR reform. Additionally, some exemptions to the hedging requirements are introduced so as not to discontinue certain hedging relationships. However, similar to the phase 1 amendments, these phase 2 amendments do not provide exceptions to the valuation requirements applicable to hedged items and hedging instruments in accordance with IFRS 9 or IAS 39. Thus, once the new benchmark has been implemented, the hedged items and hedging instruments must be valued according to the new index, and any possible ineffectiveness that may exist in the hedge will be recognized in profit or loss. On the other hand, new disclosures are introduced.

The IBOR transition is considered to be a complex initiative, which affects BBVA Group in different geographical areas and business lines, as well as in a multitude of products, systems and processes. Therefore, BBVA Group has established an IBOR transition program, provided with a robust governance structure by means of an Executive Steering Committee, with representation from senior management of the affected areas, which reports directly to the Group's Global Leadership Team. At the local level, each geography has defined a local governance structure with the participation of senior management. The coordination between geographies is realized through the Project Management Office (PMO) and the Global Working Groups that incorporate a multi-geographic and transversal view on the areas of Legal, Risk, Regulatory, Engineering, Finance and Accounting. The project also involves both Corporate Assurance of the different geographies and business lines and Global Corporate Assurance of the Group.

The IBOR transition project within BBVA Group takes into account the different approaches and timings of transition to the new RFRs (risk-free rate) when evaluating the economic, operational, legal, financial, reputational or compliance risks associated with the transition, as well as defining the lines of action to mitigate them. A relevant aspect of this transition is its impact on contracts referenced to LIBOR (mainly dollar) and EONIA rates that mature after 2021. In this regard, in the case of the EONIA, BBVA aims to carry out a novation of the contracts maturing after 2021 (it should be noted that these exposures are immaterial in the Group) and has already begun, proactively, the renegotiation of collateral contracts to adapt them to the operations against clearing houses homogeneously which already migrated last July. The Group already has new fallbacks in place which incorporate the €STR as a replacement rate, as well as language to incorporate this benchmark as the main reference rate in new contracts. In the case of LIBOR, BBVA Group has identified the stock of contracts expiring after 2021 and is working on the implementation of tools/systems that will allow the stock to be migrated to solutions such as those proposed by ISDA (Group entities are either already adhering to the ISDA protocol or in the process of doing so). Likewise, BBVA Group continues to work on adapting all its systems and processes to deal with alternative Risk Free Rates, such as SOFR and SONIA. In the case of EURIBOR, the European authorities have encouraged amendments of its methodology so that it complies with the requirements of the European Regulation on Benchmarks. BBVA actively participates in various working groups, including the EURO RFR WG which works specifically, amongst others, on the definition of fallbacks in contracts, in anticipation of an option to change the index in the future.

BBVA Group has a significant number of financial assets and liabilities referenced to IBOR rates, especially EURIBOR, which are used, among others, in loans, deposits, debt issuances and financial derivatives. Furthermore, although the exposure to EONIA is lower in the banking book, this benchmark interest rate is used in financial derivatives in the trading book, as well as in the collateral agreements and most are booked in Spain. In the case of LIBOR, the USD is the most relevant currency for both cash products and financial derivatives in the banking book and the trading book. Other LIBOR currencies (CHF, GBP and JPY) have a much lower specific weight.

These modifications introduced in the second phase of the reform will be mandatory as of January 2021, with possible early adoption. In this sense, based on the progress of the transition to the new indices in the Group, the BBVA Group has considered that it is not necessary to early adopt IBOR reform phase 2 in the BBVA Group in 2020. On January 13, 2021, the European Commission has endorsed the aforementioned modifications.

IFRS 17 – Insurance Contracts

IFRS 17 establishes the principles for the accounting for insurance contracts and supersedes IFRS 4. The new standard introduces a single accounting model for all insurance contracts and requires the entities to use updated assumptions.

An entity shall divide the contracts into groups and recognize and measure groups of insurance contracts at the total of:

  • the fulfilment cash flows, that comprises the estimate of future cash flows, an adjustment to reflect the time value of money and the financial risk associated with the future cash flows and a risk adjustment for non-financial risk; and
  • the contractual service margin that represents the unearned profit.

The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statement shall be disaggregated into insurance revenue, insurance service expenses and insurance finance income or expenses. Insurance revenue and insurance service expenses shall exclude any investment components. Insurance revenue shall be recognized over the period the entity provides insurance coverage and in proportion to the value of the provision of coverage that the insurer provides in the period.

This Standard will be applied to the accounting years starting on or after January 1, 2023. In 2019, the Group established an IFRS 17 implementation project with the objective of harmonizing the criteria in the Group and with the participation of all the affected areas.

Amendments to IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts

The amendment to IFRS 4 includes a deferral in the temporary exception option regarding the application of IFRS 9 for entities whose business model is predominantly an insurance model until January 1, 2023, aligning it with the entry into force of the IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts rule. This modification will be applicable from January 1, 2021, although it will not have an impact on the Group since the Bank will not take such option.

3. BBVA Group

The BBVA Group is an international diversified financial group with a significant presence in retail banking, wholesale banking and asset management. The Group also operates in the insurance sector.

The following information is detailed in the appendices of these consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2020:

  • Appendix I shows relevant information related to the consolidated subsidiaries and structured entities.
  • Appendix II shows relevant information related to investments in joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method.
  • Appendix III shows the main changes and notification of investments and divestments in the BBVA Group.
  • Appendix IV shows fully consolidated subsidiaries with more than 10% owned by non-Group shareholders.

The following table sets forth information related to the Group’s total assets as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, broken down by the Group’s entities according to their activity:

Contribution to Consolidated Group total assets. Entities by main activities (Millions of Euros)

2020 2019 2018
Banks and other financial services 705,683 666,366 646,199
Insurance and pension fund managing companies 28,667 29,300 26,684
Other non-financial services 1,826 2,071 2,793
Total 736,176 697,737 675,675

Download table

The total assets and results of operations broken down by operating segments are included in Note 6.

The BBVA Group’s activities are mainly located in Spain, Mexico, South America, the United States and Turkey, with active presence in other countries, as shown below:

  • Spain
  • The Group’s activity in Spain is mainly carried out through Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. The Group also has other entities that mainly operate in Spain’s banking sector and insurance sector.
  • Mexico
  • The BBVA Group operates in Mexico, not only in the banking sector, but also in the insurance sector through BBVA Mexico.
  • South America
  • The BBVA Group’s activities in South America are mainly focused on the banking, financial and insurance sectors, in the following countries: Argentina, Colombia, Peru, Uruguay and Chile. It has a representative office in Sao Paulo (Brazil).
  • The Group owns more than 50% of most of the entities based in these countries. Appendix I shows a list of the entities which, although less than 50% owned by the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2020, are consolidated (see Note 2.1).
  • The United States
  • The Group’s activity in the United States is mainly carried out through the BBVA, S.A. New York branch, the Houston branch of BBVA Mexico, the stake in Propel Venture Partners and the business developed through its broker dealer BBVA Securities Inc. and a representative office in Silicon Valley (California). Regarding the sale agreement reached with PNC, it includes BBVA USA and other subsidiaries in the United States with activities related to the banking activity (see below “Significant transactions in the Group in 2020” in this same Note)
  • Turkey
  • The Group’s activity in Turkey is mainly carried out through the Garanti BBVA Group.
  • Rest of Europe
  • The Group’s activity in Europe is carried out through banks and financial institutions in Switzerland, Italy, Germany, the Netherlands, Finland and Romania, and branches in Germany, Belgium, France, Italy, Portugal and the United Kingdom.
  • Asia-Pacific
  • The Group’s activity in this region is carried out through the Bank branches (in Taipei, Tokyo, Hong Kong, Singapore and Shanghai) and representative offices (in Beijing, Seoul, Mumbai, Abu Dhabi and Jakarta).
Significant transactions in the Group in 2020

Divestitures

Agreement for the sale of BBVA’s U.S. subsidiary to PNC Financial Service Group

On November 15, 2020, BBVA reached an agreement with The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. for the sale of 100% of the capital stock of its subsidiary BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc., which in turn owns all the capital stock of the bank, BBVA USA, as well as other companies of the BBVA Group in the United States with activities related to this banking business.

The agreement reached does not include the sale of the institutional business of the BBVA Group developed through its broker dealer BBVA Securities Inc. nor the participation in Propel Venture Partners US Fund I, L.P. which will be transferred by BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc. to entities of the BBVA Group prior to the closing of the transaction. In addition, BBVA will continue to develop the wholesale business that it currently carries out through its branch in New York.

The price of the transaction amounts to approximately $11,600 million. The price will be fully paid in cash.

It is expected that the transaction would result in a positive impact on BBVA Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (fully loaded) of approximately 294 basis points and positive results (net of taxes) of approximately €580 million (calculated at an exchange rate 1.20 EUR /USD). During the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately €300 million has been recognized for the entities to be disposed of (which corresponds to the results of the entities to be disposed of recognized in the caption Profit (loss) after tax from discontinued operations excluding the impacts of the impairment of goodwill), as well as an approximately positive impact of 9 basis points of Common Equity Tier I (fully loaded).

The closing of the transaction is subject to obtaining regulatory authorizations from the competent authorities. It is estimated that the closing of the transaction would take place in mid 2021.

Note 21 shows, among other information the condensed balance sheets of the entities to be disposed of as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and the related condensed income statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Alliance with Allianz, Compañía de Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A.

On April 27, 2020, BBVA reached an agreement with Allianz, Compañía de Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A. to create a bancassurance joint venture in order to develop the non-life insurance business in Spain, excluding the health insurance line of the business.

On December 14, 2020, once the required authorizations had been obtained, BBVA completed the operation and announced the transfer to Allianz, Compañía de Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A. of half plus one share of the company BBVA Allianz Seguros y Reaseguros, SA, for which it received €274 million euros, without taking into account a variable part of the price (up to 100 million euros depending on certain objectives and planned milestones). This operation has resulted in a profit net of taxes of 304 million euros and a positive impact on the fully loaded CET1 of the BBVA Group of 7 basis points.

Significant transactions in the Group in 2019

Divestitures

Sale of BBVA’s stake in BBVA Paraguay

On August 7, 2019, BBVA reached an agreement with Banco GNB Paraguay, S.A., an affiliate of Grupo Financiero Gilinski, for the sale of its wholly-owned subsidiary Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Paraguay, S.A. (“BBVA Paraguay”). BBVA owned, directly and indirectly, 100% of its share capital in BBVA Paraguay.

On January 22, 2021 and after obtaining all required authorizations, BBVA has completed the sale to Banco GNB Paraguay, S.A., an affiliate of Grupo Gilinski, of its 100% direct and indirect stake share capital in Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Paraguay, S.A. (“BBVA Paraguay”).

The amount received by BBVA amounts to approximately USD250 million (approximately €210 million). The transaction results in a capital loss of approximately €9 million net of taxes. A positive impact on BBVA Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 (fully loaded) of approximately 6 basis points is estimated to be recognized during the first quarter of 2021 (see Note 56).

Significant transactions in the Group in 2018

Divestitures

Sale of BBVA’s stake in BBVA Chile

On November 28, 2017, BBVA received a binding offer (the “Offer”) from The Bank of Nova Scotia group (“Scotiabank”) for the acquisition of BBVA’s stake in Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Chile, S.A. (“BBVA Chile”) as well as in other companies of the Group in Chile with operations that are complementary to the banking business (amongst them, BBVA Seguros Vida, S.A.). BBVA owned approximately, directly and indirectly, 68.19% of BBVA Chile share capital. On December 5, 2017, BBVA accepted the Offer and entered into a sale and purchase agreement and the sale was completed on July, 6, 2018.

The consideration received in cash by BBVA as consequence of the referred sale amounted to, approximately, USD 2,200 million. The transaction resulted in a capital gain, net of taxes, of €633 million, which was recognized in 2018.

Agreement for the creation of a joint-venture and transfer of the real estate business in Spain

On November 29, 2017, BBVA reached an agreement with a subsidiary of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”) for the creation of a “joint venture” to which an important part of the real estate business of BBVA in Spain was transferred (the “Business”).

The Business comprises: (i) foreclosed real estate assets (the “REOs”), with a gross book value of approximately €13,000 million, taking as starting point the position of the REOs as of June 26, 2017; and (ii) the necessary assets and employees to manage the Business in an autonomous manner. For the purpose of the agreement with Cerberus, the whole Business was valued at approximately €5,000 million.

On October 10, 2018, after obtaining all required authorizations, BBVA completed the transfer of the real estate business in Spain. Closing of the transaction has resulted in the sale of 80% of the share capital of the company Divarian Propiedad, S.A. to an entity managed by Cerberus. Divarian is the company to which the BBVA Group has contributed the Business.

The transaction did not have a significant impact on BBVA Group’s attributable profit of 2018 or the Common Equity Tier 1 (fully loaded) as of December 31, 2018.

4. Shareholder remuneration system

Cash Dividends

Throughout 2018, 2019 and 2020, BBVA’s Board of Directors approved the payment of the following dividends (interim or final dividends) fully in cash, recorded in “Total Equity- Interim Dividends” and “Total Equity – Retained earnings” of the consolidated balance sheet of the relevant year:

  • The Annual General Meeting of BBVA held on March 16, 2018 approved, under item 1 of the Agenda, the payment of a final dividend for 2017, in addition to other dividends previously paid, in cash for an amount equal to €0.15 (€0.1215 net of withholding tax) per BBVA share. The total amount paid to shareholders on April 10, 2018, after deducting treasury shares held by the Group’s companies, amounted to €996 million and is recognized under heading “Total equity- Retained earnings” of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.
  • The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on September 26, 2018, approved the payment in cash of €0.10 (€0.081 net of withholding tax) per BBVA share, as gross interim dividend against 2018 results. The total amount paid to shareholders on October 10, 2018, after deducting treasury shares held by the Group's companies, amounted to €663 million and is recognized under the heading “Total equity- Interim dividends” of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.
  • The Annual General Meeting of BBVA held on March 15, 2019, approved, under item 1 of the Agenda, the payment of a final dividend for 2018, in addition to other dividends previously paid, in cash for an amount equal to €0.16 (€0.1296 net of withholding tax) per BBVA share. The total amount paid to shareholders on April 10, 2019, after deducting treasury shares held by the Group’s Companies, amounted to €1,064 million and is recognized under the heading “Total equity- Retained earnings” of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.
  • The Board of Directors, at its meeting held on October 2, 2019, approved the payment in cash of €0.10 (€0.081 net of withholding tax) per BBVA share, as gross interim dividend based on 2019 results. The total amount paid to shareholders on October 15, 2019, after deducting treasury shares held by the Group´s companies, amounted to €665 million and is recognized under the heading “Total equity- Interim dividends” of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.
  • The Annual General Meeting of BBVA held on March 13, 2020, approved, under item 1 of the Agenda, the payment of a final dividend for 2019, in addition to other dividends previously paid, in cash for an amount equal to €0.16 (€0.1296 net of withholding tax) per BBVA share. The total amount paid to shareholders on April 9, 2020, after deducting treasury shares held by the Group’s Companies, amounted to €1,065 million and is recognized under the heading “Total equity- Retained earnings” of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020.

In accordance with recommendation ECB/2020/19 issued by the ECB on March 27, 2020 on dividend distributions during the COVID-19 pandemic, the Board of Directors of BBVA resolved to modify for the financial year corresponding to 2020 the dividend policy of the Group, announced on February 1, 2017, determining as new policy for 2020 not to pay any dividend amount corresponding to 2020 until the uncertainties caused by COVID-19 disappear and, in any case, not before the end of such fiscal year. On July 27, 2020, the ECB prolonged this recommendation until January 1, 2021 by adopting recommendation ECB/2020/35.

On December 15, 2020 the ECB issued recommendation ECB/2020/62, repealing recommendation ECB/2020/35 and recommending that significant credit institutions exercise extreme prudence when deciding on or paying out dividends or performing share buy-backs aimed at remunerating shareholders. Recommendation ECB/2020/62 circumscribes prudent distributions to results of 2019 and 2020 but excluding distributions regarding 2021 until September 30, 2021, when the ECB will reevaluate the economic situation. BBVA intends to reinstate its dividend policy of the Group announced on February 1, 2017 once the recommendation ECB/2020/62 is repealed and there are no additional restrictions or limitations.

Proposal on allocation of earnings for 2020

The Board of Directors will submit for the approval of the Ordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting the proposal to apply the result of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. for the 2020 financial year amounting to €2,182 million of losses to the prior years’ losses account. Furthermore, the offsetting of the prior years’ losses will likewise be submitted for approval, the amount of which amounts to €2,182 million, after the application of the 2020 financial year results in accordance with the previous paragraph, against the voluntary reserves account under the "Retained earnings" heading.

Other shareholder remuneration

On January 29, 2021, it was announced that a cash distribution in the amount of €0.059 gross per share as shareholder remuneration in relation to the Group’s result in the 2020 financial year was expected to be submitted to the relevant governing bodies of BBVA for consideration (see Note 56).

5. Earnings per share

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated in accordance with the criteria established by IAS 33. For more information see Glossary of terms.

The calculation of earnings per share is as follows:

Basic and Diluted Earnings per Share

2020 2019 (**) 2018 (**)
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share (millions of euros)
Profit attributable to parent company 1,305 3,512 5,400
Adjustment: Additional Tier 1 securities (1) (387) (419) (447)
Profit adjusted (millions of euros) (A) 917 3,093 4,953
Of which: profit from discontinued operations (net of non-controlling interest) (B) (See Note 21) (1,729) (758) 704
Denominator for basic earnings per share (number of shares outstanding)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding (2) 6,668 6,668 6,668
Weighted average number of shares outstanding x corrective factor (3) 6,668 6,668 6,668
Adjusted number of shares - Basic earning per share (C) 6,655 6,648 6,636
Adjusted number of shares - diluted earning per share (D) 6,655 6,648 6,636
Earnings (losses) per share (*) 0.14 0.47 0.75
Basic earnings (losses) per share from continued operations (Euros per share)A-B/C 0.40 0.58 0.64
Diluted earnings (losses) per share from continued operations (Euros per share)A-B/D 0.40 0.58 0.64
Basic earnings (losses) per share from discontinued operations (Euros per share)B/C (0.26) (0.11) 0.11
Diluted earnings (losses) per share from discontinued operations (Euros per share)B/D (0.26) (0.11) 0.11

(1) Remuneration in the year related to contingent convertible securities, recognized in equity (see Note 22.4).

(2) Weighted average number of shares outstanding (millions of euros), excluding weighted average of treasury shares during the year.

(3) Corrective factor, due to the capital increase with pre-emptive subscription right, applied for the previous years.

(*) In 2020, 2019 and 2018 the weighted average number of shares outstanding was 6,668 million and the adjustment of additional Tier 1 securities amounted to €387 million (€419 and €447 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively).

(**) Amounts in December 2019 and 2018 have been restated (see Note 1.3).

Download table

As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were no other financial instruments or share option commitments to employees that could potentially affect the calculation of the diluted earnings per share for the years presented. For this reason, basic and diluted earnings per share are the same.

6. Operating segment reporting

Operating segment reporting represents a basic tool in the oversight and management of the BBVA Group’s various activities. The BBVA Group compiles reporting information on disaggregated business activities. These business activities are then aggregated in accordance with the organizational structure determined by the BBVA Group and, ultimately, into the reportable operating segments themselves.

As of December 31, 2020, the structure of the information by operating segments of the BBVA Group remains basically the same as that of the financial year ended 2019, although BBVA reached agreements that, in some cases, could affect its structure. Due to the agreement reached for the sale of the Group's entire stake in BBVA USA Bancshares, Inc., parent company of the Group companies related to the banking business in the United States, the balance sheet items of the companies for sale and the gains and losses generated by them have been classified in accordance with IFRS 5 “Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations” (see Notes 2.2.4 and 21). Likewise, in accordance with IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”, information on the United States operating segment including the balances of the companies for sale continues to be provided for the years 2020, 2019 and 2018. The BBVA Group's operating segments and the agreements reached are summarized below:

  • Spain
  • Includes mainly the banking and insurance business that the Group carries out in Spain, including the results of the new company BBVA Allianz Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A. (see Note 3).
  • The United States
  • Includes the business activity of BBVA USA, comprising the Group's wholesale business through the New York branch, the stake in Propel Venture Partners and the business developed through its broker dealer BBVA Securities Inc. None of the aforementioned activities has been included in the sale agreement reached with PNC. Regarding this agreement, it includes BBVA USA and other subsidiaries in the United States with activities related to the banking activity (see Notes 1.3, 3 and Note 21).
  • Mexico
  • Includes banking and insurance businesses in this country as well as the activity of BBVA Mexico in Houston.
  • Turkey
  • Reports the activity of Garanti BBVA group that is mainly carried out in this country and, to a lesser extent, in Romania and the Netherlands.
  • South America
  • Primarily includes the Group´s banking and insurance businesses in the region. In relation to the sale of BBVA Paraguay, the closing of the transaction took place in January 2021 (see Note 3).
  • Rest of Eurasia
  • Includes the banking business activity carried out by the Group in Europe and Asia, excluding Spain.

Lastly, Corporate Center performs centralized Group functions, including: the costs of the head offices with a corporate function; management of structural exchange rate positions; some equity instruments issuances to ensure an adequate management of the Group's global solvency. It also includes portfolios whose management is not linked to customer relationships, such as industrial holdings, certain tax assets and liabilities; funds due to commitments to employees; goodwill and other intangible assets.

The breakdown of the BBVA Group’s total assets by operating segments as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, is as follows:

Total assets by operating segments (Millions of Euros)

2020 2019 2018
Spain 405,878 364,427 353,923
The United States 93,953 88,529 82,057
Mexico 110,224 109,079 97,432
Turkey 59,585 64,416 66,250
South America 55,435 54,996 54,373
Rest of Eurasia 22,881 23,257 18,845
Subtotal Assets by Operating Segments 747,957 704,703 672,880
Corporate Center and adjustments (11,781) (6,967) 2,796
Total assets BBVA Group 736,176 697,737 675,675

Download table

The following table sets forth certain summarized information relating to results of each operating segment and Corporate Center for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

BBVA Group Spain The United States Mexico Turkey South America Rest of Eurasia Corporate Center Adjustments (***)
2020
Net interest income 14,592 3,553 2,284 5,415 2,783 2,701 214 (149) (2,209)
Gross income 20,166 5,554 3,152 7,017 3,573 3,225 510 (57) (2,808)
Operating income 11,079 2,515 1,281 4,677 2,544 1,853 225 (876) (1,140)
Operating profit /(loss) before tax 5,248 809 502 2,472 1,522 896 184 (1,160) 22
Profit (loss) after tax from discontinued operations (1,729) - - - - - - - (1,729)
Net attributable profit (loss) (**) 1,305 606 429 1,759 563 446 137 (2,635) -
2019 (*)
Net interest income 15,789 3,567 2,395 6,209 2,814 3,196 175 (233) (2,335)
Gross income 21,522 5,656 3,223 8,029 3,590 3,850 454 (339) (2,941)
Operating income 11,368 2,402 1,257 5,384 2,375 2,276 161 (1,294) (1,193)
Operating profit /(loss) before tax 7,046 1,878 705 3,691 1,341 1,396 163 (1,457) (670)
Profit (loss) after tax from discontinued operations (758) - - - - - - - (758)
Net attributable profit (loss) (**) 3,512 1,386 590 2,699 506 721 127 (2,517) -
2018 (*)
Net interest income 15,285 3,618 2,276 5,568 3,135 3,009 175 (269) (2,227)
Gross income 20,936 5,888 2,989 7,193 3,901 3,701 415 (420) (2,731)
Operating income 10,883 2,554 1,129 4,800 2,654 1,992 128 (1,291) (1,083)
Operating profit /(loss) before tax 7,565 1,840 920 3,269 1,444 1,288 147 (1,329) (15)
Profit (loss) after tax from discontinued operations 704 - - - - - - - 704
Net attributable profit (loss) (**) 5,400 1,400 736 2,367 567 578 96 (343) -

(*) The figures corresponding to 2019 and 2018 have been restated (see Note 1.3).

(**) See Note 55.

(***) It includes the reclassification as “Profit (loss) after tax from discontinued operations” of the balances from companies for sale in BBVA USA (see Note 21).

Download table

The accompanying Consolidated Management Report presents the consolidated income statements and the balance sheets by operating segments.

7. Risk management

7.1 Risk factors

BBVA Group has processes in place for identifying risks and analyzing scenarios in order to enable the Group to manage risks in a dynamic and proactive way.

The risk identification processes are forward looking to seek the identification of emerging risks and take into account the concerns of both the business areas, which are close to the reality of the different geographical areas, and the corporate areas and senior management.

Risks are identified and measured consistently using the methodologies deemed appropriate in each case. Their measurement includes the design and application of scenario analyses and stress testing and considers the controls to which the risks are subjected. As part of this process, a forward projection of the risk appetite framework variables in stress scenarios is conducted in order to identify possible deviations from the established thresholds. If any such deviations are detected, appropriate measures are taken to keep the variables within the target risk profile.

In this context, there are a number of emerging risks that could affect the evolution of the Group's business. These risks are included in the following blocks:

  • The coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic is adversely affecting the world economy and economic activity and conditions in the countries in which the Group operates, leading many of them to economic recession in 2020 and relatively moderate activity growth in 2021, so that probably only from 2022 will the GDP levels observed before the crisis recover. Among other challenges, these countries are experiencing widespread increases in unemployment levels and falls in production, while public debt has increased significantly due to support and spending measures implemented by government authorities. In addition, there is an increase in defaults on debts by both companies and individuals, volatility in financial markets, including exchange rates, and falls in the value of assets and investments, all of which have had a negative impact on the Group's in the year 2020 and is expected to continue to affect in the future.
  • Furthermore, the Group may be affected by the measures adopted by regulatory authorities in the banking sector, including but not limited to, the recent reductions in reference interest rates, the relaxation of prudential requirements, the suspension of dividend payments, the adoption of payment deferrals measures for bank clients (such as those included in Royal Decree Law 11/2020 in Spain, as well as in the CECA-AEB agreement to which BBVA has adhered and which, among other things, allows loan debtors to extend maturities and defer interest payments) and facilities to grant credit through a line of guarantees or public guarantees, especially to companies and the self-employed individuals, as well as any changes in the financial asset purchase programs.
  • Since the outbreak of COVID-19 pandemic, the Group has experienced a decline in its activity. For example, the granting of new loans to individuals has significantly decreased since the beginning of mobility restriction measures approved in certain countries in which the Group operates. In addition, the Group faces several risks, such as a greater risk of impairment of the value of its assets (including financial instruments valued at fair value, which may undergo significant fluctuations) and of the securities held for liquidity reasons, a possible significant increase in non-performing loans and a negative impact on the cost of the Group's financing and its access to financing (especially in an environment where credit ratings are affected).
  • Furthermore, in several of the countries in which the Group operates, including Spain, the Group has temporarily closed a significant number of its offices and reduced opening hours to the public, and the teams that provide central services have been working remotely. Although these measures have been gradually reversed due to the continued expansion of the COVID-19 pandemic, it is unclear how long it will take until normal operations can fully resume. On the other hand, the pandemic could adversely affect the business and operations of third parties that provide critical services to the Group and, in particular, the higher demand and / or lower availability of certain resources could in some cases make it more difficult to maintain the service levels. In addition, the generalization of remote work has increased the risks related to cybersecurity, as the use of non-corporate networks has increased.
  • As a result of the above, the COVID-19 pandemic has had an adverse effect on the Group's results and capital base. During the first half of the year the main accumulated impacts were:
  • an increase in the cost of risk associated with the lending activity, mainly due to the deterioration of the macroeconomic environment, which has had a negative impact of €2,009 million in the Group (including the initial adverse effect of the payment deferral) and provisions for credit risk and contingent commitments for €95 million, (see Notes 7.2, 46 and 47); and
  • a deterioration in the goodwill of the Group's subsidiary in the United States, mainly due to the deterioration of the macroeconomic scenario in the United States, which has had a net negative impact of €2,084 million on the Group's attributed profit in this period (although this impact does not affect the tangible book value, nor the solvency or the liquidity of the Group) (see Notes 18.1 and 49).
  • From June 30, 2020 on, and as a consequence of the general deterioration of the global macroeconomic scenario, its specific effects cannot be isolated, affecting all of the Group's consolidated Financial Statements.
  • Macroeconomic and geopolitical risks
  • The Global economy is being severely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Supply, demand and financial factors caused an unprecedented fall in GDP in the first half of 2020. Supported by strong fiscal and monetary policy measures, as well as greater control over the spread of the virus, global growth rebounded more than expected in the third quarter, before slowing down in the fourth, when the number of infections rose again in many regions, mainly in the United States and Europe. As for 2021, the unfavorable evolution of the pandemic is expected to adversely affect activity in the short term, while new fiscal and monetary stimuli, as well as the administering of coronavirus vaccines, are expected to support recovery from mid-year onwards.
  • Following the massive fiscal and monetary stimuli to support economic activity and reduce financial tensions, government debt has increased across the board and interest rates have been cut, and are now at historical low levels. Additional countercyclical measures may be required. Similarly, a significant reduction in current stimuli is not expected, at least until the recovery takes hold.
  • Tensions in the financial markets have moderated rapidly since the end of March 2020, following the decisive actions taken by the main central banks and the fiscal packages announced in many countries. In recent months, the markets have shown relative stability and, at certain times, risk-taking movements. Likewise, progress related to the development of COVID-19 vaccines and prospects for economic recovery should pave the way for financial volatility to persist at relatively low levels in general going forward.
  • BBVA Research estimates that global GDP contracted by around 2.6% in 2020 and will expand by around 5.3% in 2021 and 4.1% in 2022. Activity will recover gradually and heterogeneously among countries. Various epidemiological, financial and geopolitical factors are also contributing to the persistent exceptionally high uncertainty.
  • With regard to the banking system, in an environment in which much of the economic activity has been at a stand still for several months, the services provided have played an essential role, basically for two reasons: firstly, the banks have ensured the proper functioning of collections and payments for households and companies, thereby contributing to the maintenance of economic activity; secondly, the granting of new lending or the renewal of existing lending has reduced the impact of the economic slowdown on household and business income. The support provided by the banks over the months of lockdown and public guarantees have been essential in softening the impact of the crisis on companies' liquidity and solvency, meaning that banking has become its main source of funding for most companies.
  • In terms of profitability, European and Spanish banking have deteriorated, primarily because many entities recorded high provisions for impairment on financial assets in the first two quarters of 2020 as a result of the worsening macroeconomic environment following the pandemic outbreak. Pre-pandemic profitability levels remained far from the levels prior to the previous financial crisis. This is in addition to the accumulation of capital since the previous crisis and the very low interest rate environment that we have been experiencing for several years. Nevertheless, the banks are facing this situation from a healthy position and with solvency that has been constantly increasing since the 2008 crisis, with reinforced capital and liquidity buffers and, therefore, with a greater lending capacity.
  • The BBVA Group has a General Risk Management and Control Model appropriate to its business model, its organization, the countries in which it operates and its corporate governance system, which allows it to carry out its activity within the framework of the risk management and control strategy and policy defined by the corporate bodies. This model deals with management in global form adapting itself to the circumstances of each moment. This Model is applied integrally in the Group.
  • In this sense, from the beginning of the crisis, the BBVA Group implemented specific measures for the proper management of these associated risks, establishing different global initiatives that define the risk management strategy during the crisis, with common action protocols that should be implemented and adapted, when needed, to local needs.
  • The BBVA Group global risk unit - Global Risk Management (hereinafter, “GRM”) - has increased the frequency and intensity of the evaluation of potential impacts on the different groups and clients, in order to prevent their future evolution, and carried out appropriate adjustments and reclassifications, reinforcing its processes, governance and teams in Holding and countries to act in a coordinated manner, focusing priority on crisis management
  • Over the past year, it has been found that the pandemic has a global impact, affecting to a greater extent the sectors in which there is a high level of human interaction (transport, especially air transport, leisure, especially hotel establishments, as well as industries and activities dependent on them), regardless of the regional area in question. For this reason, the Bank's risk management has clearly been intensified by sectorial vectors over other conditioning factors such as geographic.
  • Regulatory and reputational risks
  • Financial institutions are exposed to a complex and ever-changing regulatory environment defined by governments and regulators. This can affect their ability to grow and the capacity of certain businesses to develop, and result in stricter liquidity and capital requirements with lower profitability ratios. The Group constantly monitors changes in the regulatory framework that allow for anticipation and adaptation to them in a timely manner, adopt industry practices and more efficient and rigorous criteria in its implementation.
  • The financial sector is under ever closer scrutiny by regulators, governments and society itself. In the course of activities, situations which might cause relevant reputational damage to the entity could raise and might affect the regular course of business. The attitudes and behaviors of the Group and its members are governed by the principles of integrity, honesty, long-term vision and industry practices through, inter alia, the internal control model, the Code of Conduct, the Corporate Principles in tax matters and Responsible Business Strategy of the Group.
  • Business, operational and legal risks
  • New technologies and forms of customer relationships: Developments in the digital world and in information technologies pose significant challenges for financial institutions, entailing threats (new competitors, disintermediation, etc.) but also opportunities (new framework of relations with customers, greater ability to adapt to their needs, new products and distribution channels, etc.). Digital transformation is a priority for the Group as it aims to lead digital banking of the future as one of its objectives.
  • Technological risks and security breaches: The Group is exposed to new threats such as cyber-attacks, theft of internal and customer databases, fraud in payment systems, etc. that require major investments in security from both the technological and human point of view. The Group gives great importance to the active operational and technological risk management and control.
  • The financial sector faces an environment of increasing regulatory and litigious pressure, and thus, the various Group entities are usually party to individual or collective judicial proceedings (including class actions) resulting from their activity and operations, as well as arbitration proceedings. The Group is also party to other government procedures and investigations, such as those carried out by the antitrust authorities in certain countries which, among other things, have in the past and could in the future result into sanctions, as well as lead to claims by customers and others. In addition, the regulatory framework, in the jurisdictions in which the Group operates, is evolving towards a supervisory approach more focused on the opening of sanctioning proceedings while some regulators are focusing their attention on consumer protection and behavioral risk.
  • In Spain and in other jurisdictions where the Group operates, legal and regulatory actions and proceedings against financial institutions, prompted in part by certain judgments in favor of consumers handed down by national and supranational courts, have increased significantly in recent years and this trend could continue in the future. The legal and regulatory actions and proceedings faced by other financial institutions in relation to these and other matters, especially if such actions or proceedings result in favorable resolutions for the consumer, could also adversely affect the Group.
  • All of the above may result in a significant increase in operating and compliance costs or even a reduction of revenues, and it is possible that an adverse outcome in any proceedings (depending on the amount thereof, the penalties imposed or the procedural or management costs for the Group) could damage the Group's reputation, generate a knock-on effect or otherwise adversely affect the Group.
  • It is difficult to predict the outcome of legal and regulatory actions and proceedings, both those to which the Group is currently exposed and those that may arise in the future, including actions and proceedings relating to former Group subsidiaries or in respect of which the Group may have indemnification obligations, but such outcome could be significantly adverse to the Group. In addition, a decision in any matter, whether against the Group or against another credit entity facing similar claims as those faced by the Group, could give rise to other claims against the Group. In addition, these actions and proceedings attract resources from the Group and may occupy a great deal of attention on part of the Group's management and employees.
  • As of December 31, 2020, the Group had €612 million in provisions for the proceedings it is facing (included in the line "Provisions for litigation and pending tax cases" in the consolidated balance sheet) (see Note 25), of which €574 million correspond to legal contingencies and €38 million to tax related matters. However, the uncertainty arising from these proceedings (including those for which no provisions have been made, either because it is not possible to estimate them or for other reasons) makes it impossible to guarantee that the possible losses arising from these proceedings will not exceed, where applicable, the amounts that the Group currently has provisioned and, therefore, could affect the Group's consolidated results in a given period.
  • As a result of the above, legal and regulatory actions and proceedings currently faced by the Group or to which it may become subject in the future or otherwise affected by, individually or in the aggregate, if resolved in whole or in part adversely to the Group ́s interests, could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
  • Spanish judicial authorities are investigating the activities of Centro Exclusivo de Negocios y Transacciones, S.L. (Cenyt). Such investigation includes the provision of services by Cenyt to the Bank. On 29th July, 2019, the Bank was named as an official suspect (investigado) in a criminal judicial investigation (Preliminary Proceeding No. 96/2017 – Piece No. 9, Central Investigating Court No. 6 of the National High Court) for alleged facts which could be constitutive of bribery, revelation of secrets and corruption. On February 3, 2020, the Bank was notified by the Central Investigating Court No. 6 of the National High Court of the order lifting the secrecy of the proceedings. Certain current and former officers and employees of the Group, as well as former directors have also been named as official suspects in connection with this investigation. The Bank has been and continues to proactively collaborate with the Spanish judicial authorities, including sharing with the courts the relevant information obtained in the internal investigation hired by the entity in 2019 to contribute to the clarification of the facts. As of the date of the approval of the consolidated financial statements, no formal accusation against the Bank has been made.
  • This criminal judicial proceeding is at the pre-trial phase. Therefore, it is not possible at this time to predict the scope or duration of such proceeding or any related proceeding or its or their possible outcomes or implications for the Group, including any fines, damages or harm to the Group’s reputation caused thereby.

7.2 Credit risk

Credit risk arises from the probability that one party to a financial instrument will fail to meet its contractual obligations for reasons of insolvency or inability to pay and cause a financial loss for the other party.

The general principles governing credit risk management in the BBVA Group are:

  • Risks taken should comply with the general risk policy established by the Board of Directors of BBVA.
  • Risks taken should be in line with the level of equity and generation of recurring revenue of the BBVA Group prioritizing risk diversification and avoiding relevant concentrations.
  • Risks taken should be identified, measured and assessed and there should be management and monitoring procedures, in addition to sound mitigation and control mechanisms.
  • Risks should be managed in a prudent and integrated manner during their life cycle and their treatment should be based on the type of risk. In addition, portfolios should be actively managed on the basis of a common metric (economic capital).
  • The main criterion when granting credit risks is the capability of the borrower or obligor to fulfill on a timely basis all financial obligations with its business income or source of income without depending upon guarantors, bondsmen or pledged assets.
  • Improve the financial health of our clients, help them in their decision making and in the daily management of their finances based on personalized advice.
  • Help our clients in the transition towards a sustainable future, with a focus on climate change and inclusive and sustainable social development.

Credit risk management in the Group has an integrated structure for all its functions, allowing decisions to be taken objectively and independently throughout the life cycle of the risk.

  • At Group level: frameworks for action and standard rules of conduct are defined for handling risk, specifically, the channels, procedures, structure and supervision.
  • At the business area level: they are responsible for adapting the Group's criteria to the local realities of each geographical area and for direct management of risk according to the decision-making channel:
  • Retail risks: in general, the decisions are formalized according to the scoring tools, within the general framework for action of each business area, with regard to risks. The changes in weighting and variables of these tools must be validated by the GRM area.
  • Wholesale risks: in general, the decisions are formalized by each business area within its general framework for action with regard to risks, which incorporates the delegation rule and the Group's corporate policies.

The risk function has a decision-making process supported by a structure of committees with a solid governance scheme, which describes their purposes and functioning for a proper performance of their tasks.

Payment deferral

This governance scheme has been fundamental in managing the COVID-19 crisis in all the geographies where the Group operates, where both, assessing the flow of necessary funds for the economies with the rigor in the analysis and monitoring of the credit quality of the exposures.

Since the beginning of the pandemic, the Group has offered payment deferral to its customers (retail, SMEs and wholesale) in all the geographies where it operates. These moratoriums have been both legislative (based on national laws) and non-legislative (based on sectorial or individual schemes), aimed at mitigating the effects of COVID-19. Depending on the cases, the payment of principal and / or interest has been postponed, maintaining the original contract. Generally, these deferrals have been given for a period of less than one year. This measure has been extended to different sectors, being Leisure, Real Estate and Auto the main users. The deadline to qualify for the moratorium has been extended in some geographies in recent months, having already come to an end in Mexico and Argentina. In the others, where this measure is still in force, this period ends in the first quarter of 2021, except Turkey (in May 2021), Colombia (in July 2021) and the USA (in January 2022).

Specifically, the Group's participation in the following moratorium or public guarantee measures by geography stands out:

  • In Spain, payment deferral measures have been covered mainly by Royal Decree Law 8/2020 and 11/2020, as well as the agreement promoted by the Spanish Banking Association (hereinafter “AEB”) to which BBVA has adhered.

    The moratoriums covered by the Royal Decree Law have been proposed to the especially vulnerable groups indicated in the regulation. These measures consist of payment deferral of three months of principal and interest. In addition, the possibility of customers joining sector agreements for the remaining term until the limit established has been offered that, once said legal moratorium has expired. By type of customer, they are aimed at individuals, individual or self-employed entrepreneurs, and by type of product, mortgage, personal loans or consumer loans.

    The moratoriums granted under the sectorial agreement of the AEB are aimed at individuals for up to 12 months of capital deferral in the case of mortgage loans and up to 6 months in personal loans. Said sector agreement has been in force until September 29, 2020, but it has been extended until March 30, 2021, although the new conditions only provide for the payment deferral of capital in mortgages up to 9 months, remaining 6 months on personal loans.

    In addition, the Official Credit Institute (ICO) has published several aid programs aimed at the self-employed, SMEs and companies, through which a guarantee of between 60% and 80% is granted for a period of up to 5 years to the new financing granted. The amount of the guarantee and its length depends on the size of the company and the type of product. The ICO has also subsidized individuals the amount of the rent up to 6 months in loans up to 6 years.
  • In Mexico, the National Banking Commission of Securities (“CNBV”) published official letters P285/2020 of March 26, 2020 and P293/2020 of April 15, 2020, allowing the granting of capital and interest payment deferral for a period 4 months extendable for additional 2 additional months. These measures were mainly used by individuals and companies, affecting mortgage loans, personal loans and consumer loans, including credit cards.
  • In the United States, payment deferral measures have been mainly encouraged by the CARES Act, signed on March 27, 2020, which includes a wide range of supporting measures for companies and individuals, as well as an interagency statement (Office of the Comptroller of the Monetary Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Office of Consumer Financial Protection and National Administration of Credit Unions) of April 7, 2020.
  • In Turkey, in mid March the government announced a program to stimulate the economy (Economic Stability Shield) allowing banks to defer payments for 3 months, with the possibility of extending up to 6 months, which was accompanied by several communications of the Banking Regulation and Supervisory Agency (“BRSA”) in this regard. These supporting measures are granted to both individuals and companies.

    Likewise, public support programs have been recognized guaranteeing up to 80% of loans granted to companies for a period of 1 year.
  • In Colombia, the binding legislation for payment deferral comes from the Financial Superintendency, specifically from its Circulars 07/2020 and 14/2020, as well as from Resolution No. 385. The payment deferral consists of the deferral of payments of principal and interest until 6 months. The term to avail themselves of them has been extended until July 2021.
  • In Peru, measures were approved through various official letters issued by the Superintendency of Banking and Insurance (“SBS”), allowing the deferral of principal and interest payments initially up to 6 months and then extended to 12, mainly to individuals, self-employed and small companies.

    Additionally, there have been public support programs such as “Reactiva”, “Crecer” or “FAE” aimed at companies and micro-companies with guaranteed amounts that, depending on the program and the type of company, are in a range of between 60% and 98%.
  • In Argentina, payment deferral measures are based on state legislation such as Royal Decree 544/2020 or Decree 319/202, as well as various Central Bank regulations. Aimed at a broad group of customers, they facilitate deferral of capital and interest for up to 3 months.

Certain public support programs offering guarantees of up to 100% to micro-SMEs or individuals and up to 25% to other companies in financing for up to 1 year.

The amount of payment deferrals (existing and completed) and the financing granted with public guarantees given at a Group level, as well as the number of customers of both measures, as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Amount of payment deferral and financing with public guarantees as of December 31, 2020 (Millions of Euros)

Payment deferral Financing with public guarantees
Existing Completed Total Number of customers Total Number of customers Total Payment deferral and guarantees (%) credit investment
Group 6,803 27,025 33,828 2,843,977 18,619 271,870 52,446 13.1%

Download table

The amount of payment deferrals (existing and completed) and financing granted with public guarantees given at a Group level, broken down by segment, as of December 31, 2020 are as follows:

Amount of payment deferral and financing with public guarantees as of December 31, 2020 (Millions of Euros)

Payment deferral Financing with public guarantees
Existing Completed Total
Group 6,803 27,025 33,828 18,619
Customers 4,657 16,676 21,333 1,237
Of which: Mortgages 3,664 8,723 12,387 1
SMEs 1,031 5,056 6,087 11,373
Non-financial corporations 1,055 5,095 6,150 5,930
Other 60 198 258 79

Download table

Amount of payment deferral by stages as of December 31, 2020 (Millions of Euros)

Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Group 21,670 9,761 2,397 33,828
Customers 13,608 5,920 1,805 21,333
Of which: Mortgages 8,310 3,163 914 12,387
SMEs 4,326 1,461 299 6,087
Non-financial corporations 3,495 2,362 293 6,150
Other 240 17 - 258

Download table

The payment deferral measures for bank customers result in the temporary suspension, total or partial, of the contractual obligations with a deferral for a specific period of time. Considering that the payment deferrals granted in connection with COVID-19 provide temporary relief to debtors and that the economic value of the affected loans has not been significantly impacted, the payment deferral measures granted have not been considered substantial contractual modifications and, therefore, modified loans are accounted for as a continuation of the originals. When a payment deferral does not generate interest collection rights, a temporary loss of value is triggered for the transaction, which is calculated as the difference between the current value of the original and the modified cash flows, both discounted at the effective interest rate of the original transaction. The difference is recognized at the initial time in the income statement under the heading “Impairment or (reversal) of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss or net gains by modification” in the balance sheet as a reduction of the asset value of the loans. From that point on, said correction accrues as net interest income at the original effective interest rate within the period of the payment deferral. Thus, at the end of the moratorium period, the impact on net attributed profit is basically neutral. As of December 31, 2020, the temporary value loss of the payment deferral included in the consolidated income statements amounted to €304 million, from which €300 million have already been recognized as a higher interest margin as of that date.

Regarding the classification of exposures according to their credit risk, the Group has maintained a rigorous application of IFRS 9 when granting the payment deferrals and has reinforced the procedures for monitoring credit risk both throughout the life of the transactions and at their maturity.

This means that the payment deferrals granting does not imply in itself an automatic trigger for a significant increase in risk and that the transactions subject to the payment deferrals are initially classified in the stage they had previously, unless, based on their risk profile, they should be classified in a worse stage. On the other hand, as evidence of payment has ceased to exist or has been reduced, the Group has introduced additional indicators or segmentations to identify the significant increase in credit risk that may have occurred in some transactions or a set of them and, where appropriate, it has been classified in Stage 2. Furthermore, the indications provided by the European Banking Authority (EBA) have been taken into account to not consider forbearance the payment deferrals that meet a series of requirements. All this without prejudice to maintaining its consideration as a forbearance if it was previously qualified as such or classifying the exposure in the corresponding stage previously stated.

On the other hand, the treatment planned for the payment deferrals that expire and may require additional support will be in accordance with the updated evaluation of the customer's credit quality and the characteristics of the solution granted. If applicable, they will be treated as Refinancing or Restructuring as described in Note 7.2.7 of the Financial Statements.

Regarding public support for the loans’ lending, it does not affect the evaluation of the significant increase in risk since it is valued through the credit quality of the instrument. However, in estimating the expected loss, the existence of the guarantor implies a possible reduction in the level of provisions necessary since, for the hedged part, the loss that would be incurred in the foreclosure of the guarantee is taken into account.

The public guarantees granted in the different geographies in which the Group operates have been considered as an integral part of the terms and conditions of the loans granted under the consideration that the guarantees are granted at the same time that the financing is granted to the client and in a way inseparable from it.

7.2.1 Measurement Expected Credit Loss (ECL)

IFRS 9 requires determining the expected credit loss (ECL) of a financial instrument in a way that reflects an unbiased estimation removing any conservatism or optimism, including the time value of money and a forward-looking perspective (including the economic forecast), all this based on the information that is available at a certain point in time and that is reasonable and bearable with respect to future economic conditions.

Therefore, the recognition and measurement of expected credit losses is highly complex and involves the use of significant analysis and estimation including formulation and incorporation of forward-looking economic conditions into the ECL model.

The modeling of the ECL calculation is subject to a governance system that is common to the entire Group. Within this common framework, each geography makes the necessary adaptations to capture its particularities. The methodology, assumptions and observations used by each geography are reviewed annually, and after a validation and approval process, the outcome of this review is incorporated into the ECL calculations.

Risk parameters by homogeneous groups

Expected losses can be estimated both individually and collectively. Regarding the collective estimate, the instruments are distributed in homogeneous groups (segments) that share similar risk characteristics. Following the guidelines established by the Group for the development of models under IFRS 9, each geography performs the grouping based on the information available, its representativeness or relevance and compliance with the necessary statistical requirements.

Depending on the portfolio or the parameter being estimated, one risk driver or another will apply and different segments will reflect differences in PDs and LGDs. Thus, in each segment, changes in the level of credit risk will respond to the impact of changing conditions on the common range of credit risk drivers. The effect on the group’s credit risk in response to changes in forward-looking information will be considered as well. Macroeconomic modeling for each segment is carried out using some of the shared risk characteristics.

These segments share credit risk characteristics such that changes in credit risk in a part of the portfolio are not concealed by the performance of other parts of the portfolio. In that sense, the methodology developed for ECL estimation indicates the risk drivers that have to be taken into account for PD segmentation purposes, depending on whether the estimation is for retail or wholesale portfolios.

As an example of the variables that can be taken into consideration to determine the final models, the following stand out:

  • PD - Retail: Contractual residual maturity, credit risk scoring, type of product, days past due, forbearance, time on books, time to maturity, nationality of the debtor, sale channel, original term, indicator of credit card activity, percentage of initial drawn balance.
  • PD - Wholesale: Credit Risk Rating, type of product, watch-list level, forbearance (client), time to maturity, industry sector, updated balance (y/n), written off, grace period.
  • LGD – retail: credit Risk Scoring, segment, type of product, secured / unsecured, type of collateral, sales channel, nationality, business area, debtor’s commercial segment, forbearance (account) EAD (this risk driver could be correlated with the time on books or the LTV so, before including it, an assessment should be done in order to avoid a double counting effect), time on default of the account (for defaulted exposures), geographical location.
  • LGD - wholesale: credit Risk Rating, geographical location, segment, type of product, secured / Unsecured, type of collateral, business area, forbearance (client), debtor’s commercial segment time on default of the deal (for defaulted exposures).
  • CCF: wholesale/retail, percentage of initial drawn balance, debtor’s commercial segment, days past due, forbearance, credit limit activity, time on books.

In the BBVA Group, the expected losses calculated are based on the internal models developed for all the Group's portfolios, unless clients are subject to individualized estimates.

Exposures with other credit institutions, sovereign debt or with public administrations are characterized by a low number of defaults, so the Group's historical bases do not contain sufficiently representative information to build impairment models based on them. However, there are external sources of information that, based on broader observations, are capable of providing the necessary inputs to develop models of expected losses. Therefore, based on the rating assigned to these exposures and taking into account the inputs obtained from these sources, the calculations of expected losses are developed internally, including their projection based on the macroeconomic perspectives.

Individual estimation of expected credit losses

The Group periodically and individually reviews the situation and credit rating of its customers, regardless of their classification, taking into consideration the information deemed necessary to do so. It also has procedures in place within the risk management framework to identify the factors that may lead to increased risk and, consequently, to a greater need for provisions.

The monitoring model established by the Group consists of continuously monitoring the risks to which it is exposed, which guarantees their proper classification in the different categories of IFRS 9. The original analysis of the exposures is reviewed through the procedures for updating the rating tools (rating and scoring), which periodically review the financial situation of clients, influencing the classification by stages of exposures.

Within this credit risk management framework, the Group has procedures that guarantee the review, at least annually, of all its wholesale counterparties through the so-called financial programs, which include the current and proposed positioning of the Group with the customer in terms of credit risk. This review is based on a detailed analysis of the client's up-to-date financial situation, which is complemented by other information available in relation to individual perspectives on business performance, industry trends, macroeconomic prospects or other public data. As a result of this analysis, the preliminary rating of the client is obtained, which, after undergoing the internal procedure, can be revised down if deemed appropriate (for example, general economic environment or evolution of the sector). These factors in addition to the information that the client can provide are used to review the ratings even before the scheduled financial plan reviews are conducted if circumstances warrant.

Additionally, the Group has established procedures to identify wholesale customers in the internal Watch List category, which is defined as that risk in which, derived from an individualized credit analysis, an increase in credit risk is observed, either due to economic or financial difficulties or because they have suffered, or are expected to suffer, adverse situations in their environment, without meeting the criteria for classification as impaired risk. Under this procedure, all a customer's Watch List exposures are considered Stage 2 regardless of when they originated, if as a result of the analysis the customer is considered to have significantly increased risk.

Finally, the Group has so-called Workout Committees, both local and corporate, which analyze not only the situation and evolution of significant clients in Watch List and doubtful situations, but also those significant clients in which, without having still rated on Watch List, they may present some Stage 2 rated exposure for a quantitative reason (PD comparison from origination). This analysis is carried out in order to decide if, derived from this situation, all the client's exposures should be considered in the Watch List category, which would imply the migration of all the client's operations to Stage 2 regardless of the date on which they originated.

With this, the Group ensures an individualized review of the credit quality of its wholesale counterparties, identifying the situations in which a change in the risk profile of these clients may have occurred and proceeding, where appropriate, to estimate individualized credit losses. Along with this review, the Group individually estimates the expected losses of those clients whose total exposure exceeds certain thresholds, including those that part of their operations may be classified in stage 1 and part in stage 2. In setting thresholds, each geography determines the minimum amount of a client's exposure whose expected losses must be estimated individually taking into account the following:

  • For clients with exposures in stage 3. The analysis of clients with total risk above this threshold implies analyzing at least 40% of the total risk of the wholesale portfolio in stage 3. Although the calibration of the threshold is done on the wholesale portfolio, clients of other portfolios must be analyzed if they exceed the threshold, staying in Stage 3.
  • For all other situations. The analysis of clients with total risk above this threshold implies analyzing at least 20% of the total risk of the Watch List wholesale portfolio. Although the threshold calibration is carried out on the exposure classified as Watch List, wholesale clients or clients belonging to other portfolios that have exposures classified in stage 2 and whose total exposure exceeds the mentioned threshold must be analyzed individually, considering both the exposures classified in stage 1 as in stage 2.

Regarding the methodology for the individual estimation of expected losses, it should be mentioned, firstly, that these are measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s effective interest

The estimated recoverable amount should correspond to the amount calculated under the following method:

  • The present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate; and
  • The estimation of the recoverable amount of a collateralized exposure reflects the cash flows that may result from the liquidation of the collateral.

The estimated future cash flows depend on the type of approach applied, which can be:

  • Going concern scenario: when the entity has updated and reliable information about the solvency and ability of payment of the holders or guarantors. The operating cash flows of the debtor, or the guarantor, continue and can be used to repay the financial debt to all creditors. In addition, collateral may be exercised to the extent it does not influence operating cash flows. The following aspects should be taken into account:
  • Future operating cash flows should be based on the financial statements of the debtor.
  • When the projections made on these financial statements assume a growth rate, a constant or decreasing growth rate must be used over a maximum growth period of 3 to 5 years, and subsequently constant cash flows
  • The growth rate should be based on the analysis of the evolution of the debtor's financial statements or on a sound and applicable business restructuring plan, taking into account the resulting changes in the structure of the company (for example, due to divestments or the interruption of unprofitable lines of business).
  • (Re)-investments that are needed to preserve cash flows should be considered, as well as any foreseeable future cash-flow changes (e.g. if a patent or a long-term loan expires).
  • When the recoverability of the exposure relies on the realization of the disposal of some assets by the debtor, the selling price should reflect the estimated future cash flows that may result from the sale of the assets less the estimated costs associated with the disposal.
  • Gone concern scenario: when the entity does not have updated and reliable information, it should consider that the estimation of loan receivable flows is of high uncertainty. Estimation should be carried out through the estimation of recoverable amounts from the effective real guarantees received. It will not be admissible as effective guarantees, those whose effectiveness depends substantially on the creditworthiness of the debtor or economic group in which it takes part. Under a gone concern scenario, the collateral is exercised and the operating cash flows of the debtor cease. This could be the case if:
  • The exposure has been past due for a long period. There is a rebuttable presumption that the allowance should be estimated under a gone concern criterion when arrears are greater than 18 months.
  • Future operating cash flows of the debtor are estimated to be low or negative.
  • Exposure is significantly collateralized, and this collateral is central to cash-flow generation
  • There is a significant degree of uncertainty surrounding the estimation of the future cash flows. This would be the case if the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of the two previous years had been negative, or if the business plans of the previous years had been flawed (due to material discrepancies in the back-testing)
  • Insufficient information is available to perform a going concern analysis

Significant increase in credit risk

As indicated in Note 2.2, the criteria for identifying the significant increase in risk are applied consistently throughout the Group, distinguishing between quantitative reasons or by comparison of probabilities of default and qualitative reasons (more than 30 days of default, watch list consideration or non-impaired refinancing).

To manage credit risk, the Group uses all relevant information that is available and that may affect the credit quality of the exposures. This information may come mainly from the internal processes of admission, analysis and monitoring of operations, from the strategy defined by the Group regarding the price of operations or distribution by geographies, products or sectors of activity, from the observance of the macroeconomic environment, from market data such as interest rate curves, or prices of the different financial instruments, or from external sources of credit rating.

This set of information is the basis for determining the rating and scoring (see note 7.1.4 for more information on rating and scoring systems) corresponding to each of the exposures and which are assigned a probability of default (PD) that, as already mentioned, it undergoes an annual review process that assesses its representativeness (backtesting) and is updated with new observations. Furthermore, the projection of these PDs over time has been modeled based on macroeconomic expectations, which allows obtaining the probabilities of default throughout the life of the operations.

Based on this common methodology, and in accordance with the provisions of IFRS 9 and the EBA guidelines on credit risk management practices (EBA / GL / 2017/06), each geography has established absolute and relative thresholds for identifying whether the expected changes in the probabilities of default have increased significantly compared to the initial moment, adapted to the particularities of each one of them in terms of origination levels, product characteristics, distribution by sectors or portfolios, and macroeconomic situation. To establish the aforementioned thresholds, a series of general principles are considered, such as:

  • Uniformity: Based on the rating and scoring systems that, in a homogeneous manner, are implemented in the Group's units.
  • Stability: The thresholds must be established to identify the significant increase in risk produced in exposures since their initial recognition and not only to identify those situations in which it is already foreseeable that they will reach the level of impairment. For this reason, it is to be expected that of the total exposures there will always be a representative group for which said increased risk is identified.
  • Anticipation: The thresholds must consider the identification of the increased risk in advance with respect to the recognition of the exposures as impaired or even before a real default occurs. The calibration of the thresholds should minimize the cases in which the instruments are classified in stage 3 without having previously been recognized as stage 2.
  • Indicators or metrics: It is expected that the classification of the exposures in stage 2 will have sufficient permanence to allow them to develop an anticipatory management of them before, where appropriate, they end up migrating to stage 3.
  • Symmetry: IFRS 9 provides for a symmetric treatment both to identify the significant increase in risk and to identify that it has disappeared, so the thresholds also work to improve the credit classification of exposures. In this sense, it is expected that the cases in which the exhibitions that improve from stage 3 are directly classified into stage 1 will be minimal.

The identification of the significant increase in risk from the comparison of the probabilities of default should be the main reason why exposures in stage 2 are recognized.

Specifically, a contract will be transferred to stage 2 when the following two conditions are met by comparing the current PD values and the origination PD values:

current PD
origination PD
1*100 > Relative Threshold (%) and
Current PD – Origination PD > Absolute threshold (pbs)

These absolute and relative thresholds are consistently established for each geography and for each portfolio, taking into account their particularities and based on the principles described. The thresholds set by each geography are included within the annual review process and, generally speaking, are in the range of 30% to 250% for the relative threshold and from 10 to 150 basis points for the absolute threshold.

The establishment of absolute and relative thresholds, as well as their different levels, comply with the provisions of IFRS 9 when it indicates that a certain change, in absolute terms, in the risk of a default will be more significant for a financial instrument with a lower initial risk of default compared to a financial instrument with higher initial risk of default.

For existing contracts before the implementation of IFRS 9, given the limitations in the information available on them, the thresholds are calibrated based on the PDs obtained from the prudential or economic models for calculating capital.

Risk Parameters Adjusted by Macroeconomic Scenarios

Expected Credit Loss must include forward looking information, in accordance with IFRS 9, which states that the comprehensive credit risk information must incorporate not only historical information but also all relevant credit information, including forward-looking macroeconomic information. BBVA Group uses the classical credit risk parameters PD, LGD and EAD in order to calculate the ECL for the credit portfolios.

BBVA Group´s methodological approach in order to incorporate the forward looking information aims to determine the relation between macroeconomic variables and risk parameters following three main steps:

  • Step 1: Analysis and transformation of time series data.
  • Step 2: For each dependent variable find conditional forecasting models that are economically consistent.
  • Step 3: Select the best conditional forecasting model from the set of candidates defined in Step 2, based on their forecasting capacity.
How economic scenarios are reflected in calculation of ECL

The forward looking component is added to the calculation of the ECL through the introduction of macroeconomic scenarios as an input. Inputs highly depend on the particular combination of region and portfolio, so inputs are adapted to available data regarding each of them.

Based on economic theory and analysis, the main indicators most directly relevant for explaining and forecasting the selected risk parameters (PD, LGD and EAD) are:

  • The net income of families, corporates or public administrations.
  • The outstanding payment amounts on the principal and interest on the financial instruments.
  • The value of the collateral assets pledge to the loan.

BBVA Group approximates these variables by using a proxy indicator from the set included in the macroeconomic scenarios provided by the economic research department.

Only a single specific indicator for each of the three categories can be used and only one of the following core macroeconomic indicators should be chosen as first option:

  • The real GDP growth for the purpose of conditional forecasting can be seen as the only “factor” required for capturing the influence of all potentially relevant macro-financial scenarios on internal PDs and LGD.
  • The most representative short term interest rate (typically the policy rate or the most liquid sovereign yield or interbank rate) or exchange rates expressed in real terms.
  • A comprehensive and representative index of the price of real estate properties expressed in real terms in the case of mortgage loans and a representative and real term index of the price of the relevant commodity for corporate loan portfolios concentrated in exporters or producer of such commodity.

Real GDP growth is given priority over any other indicator not only because it is the most comprehensive indicator of income and economic activity but also because it is the central variable in the generation of macroeconomic scenarios.

Multiple scenario approach under IFRS 9

IFRS 9 requires calculating an unbiased probability weighted measurement of expected credit losses (“ECL”) by evaluating a range of possible outcomes, including forecasts of future economic conditions.

The BBVA Research teams within the BBVA Group produce forecasts of the macroeconomic variables under the baseline scenario, which are used in the rest of the related processes of the Group, such as budgeting, ICAAP and risk appetite framework, stress testing, etc.

Additionally, the BBVA Research teams produced alternative scenarios to the baseline scenario so as to meet the requirements under the IFRS 9 standard.

Alternative macroeconomic scenarios
  • For each of the macro-financial variables, BBVA Research produces three scenarios.
  • BBVA Research tracks, analyzes and forecasts the economic environment to provide a consistent forward looking assessment about the most likely scenario and risks that impact BBVA’s footprint. To build economic scenarios, BBVA Research combines official data, econometric techniques and expert knowledge.
  • Each of these scenarios corresponds to the expected value of a different area of the probabilistic distribution of the possible projections of the economic variables.
  • The non-linearity overlay is defined as the ratio between the probability-weighted ECL under the alternative scenarios and the baseline scenario, where the scenario’s probability depends on the distance of the alternative scenarios from the base one.
  • BBVA Group establishes equally weighted scenarios, being the probability 34% for the baseline scenario, 33% for the worst alternative scenario and 33% for the best alternative scenario.

The approach in BBVA Group consists on using the scenario that is the most likely scenario, which is the baseline scenario, consistent with the rest of internal processes (ICAAP, Budgeting…) and then applying an overlay adjustment that is calculated by taking into account the weighted average of the ECL determined by each of the scenarios. This effect is calculated taking into account the weighted weight of the expected loss determined for each scenario.

It is important to note that in general, it is expected that the effect of the overlay is to increase the ECL. It is possible to obtain an overlay that does not have that effect, whenever the relationship between macro scenarios and losses is linear. However, the overlay is not expected to reduce the ECL On the other hand, the BBVA Group also takes into account the range of possible scenarios when defining its significant increase in credit risk. Thus, the PDs used in the quantitative process to identify the significant increase in credit risk will be those that result from making a weighted average of the PDs calculated under the three scenarios.

Macroeconomic scenarios as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic has generated a macroeconomic uncertainty situation with a direct impact on credit risk of the entities, particularly, on the expected credit losses under IFRS 9. Even though the situation is unclear and of an unforeseeable time length, the expectation is that this situation will provoke a severe recession followed by an economic recovery, which will not achieve the pre-crisis GDP levels in the short-term, supported by the measures issued by governments and monetary authorities.

This situation has allowed the accounting authorities and the banking supervisors to adopt measures in order to mitigate the impacts that this crisis could imply on the calculation of expected credit losses under IFRS 9 as well as on solvency, urging:

  • the entities to evaluate all the available information, weighing more the long-term forecasts against the short-term economic situation
  • the governments to adopt measures to avoid the effects of impairment,
  • the entities to develop managerial measures as the design of specific products adapted to the situation which could occur during this crisis.

Almost all accounting and prudential authorities have issued recommendations or measures within the COVID-19 crisis framework regarding the estimation of the expected losses under IFRS 9 in a coordinated manner.

The common denominator of all of these recommendations is that, given the difficulty of establishing reliable macroeconomic forecasts, the transitory term of the economic shock and the need to incorporate the effect of the mitigating measures issued by the governments, a review of the automatic application of the models in order to increase the weight of the long-term macroeconomic forecasts in the calculation of the expected losses is needed. As a result thereof, the expected outcome over the lifetime of the transactions will have more weight than the short-term macroeconomic impact.

In this respect, the BBVA Group has taken into account those recommendations in the calculation of the expected credit losses under IFRS 9, considering that the economic situation caused by the COVID-19 pandemic is transitory and will be followed by a recovery, even if there is uncertainty over the level and the time period of such recovery. As a consequence, different scenarios have been taken into consideration in the calculation of expected losses, resulting in the model management believes suits best the current economic situation and the combined recommendations issued by the authorities. In addition to the outcome of the calculation of the scenarios, individual analysis of exposures which could be most affected by the circumstances caused by the COVID-19, have been taken into account.

The estimate for the next five years of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP), of the variation in the unemployment rate and of the House Price Index (HPI), for the most relevant countries where it represents a significant factor, is determined by BBVA Research and it has been used at the time of the calculation of the expected credit loss as of December 31, 2020:

Positive scenario of GDP, unemployment rate and HPI for the main geographies

Spain Mexico Turkey Peru Argentina Colombia
Date GDP Unemployment HPI GDP Unemployment HPI GDP Unemployment GDP Unemployment GDP Unemployment GDP Unemployment
2020 (11.20%) 16.44% (1.44%) (8.85%) 4.57% 1.71% 2.07% 13.45% (11.74%) 12.75% (10.64%) 13.60% (6.80%) 18.14%
2021 6.63% 16.03% (3.28%) 4.58% 5.40% (1.23%) 9.08% 12.60% 12.56% 10.29% 9.95% 14.39% 6.80% 16.14%
2022 6.27% 12.72% 4.56% 3.80% 5.17% 0.32% 5.30% 11.58% 5.25% 10.00% 3.52% 11.88% 3.70% 14.53%
2023 2.95% 10.82% 5.79% 1.62% 5.04% 0.31% 4.13% 11.58% 3.68% 8.73% 2.08% 8.99% 3.15% 14.28%
2024 2.07% 9.58% 3.66% 1.47% 4.91% 1.01% 4.11% 11.19% 3.58% 7.23% 2.11% 7.69% 3.27% 12.49%
2025 2.01% 8.55% 3.57% 1.47% 4.76% 1.72% 4.10% 10.85% 3.35% 6.88% 2.14% 6.78% 3.60% 12.28%

Download table

Estimate of GDP, unemployment rate and HPI for the main geographies

Spain Mexico Turkey Peru Argentina Colombia
Fecha GDP Unemployment HPI GDP Unemployment HPI GDP Unemployment GDP Unemployment GDP Unemployment GDP Unemployment
2020 (11.48%) 16.95% (1.98%) (9.25%) 4.62% 1.81% (0.01%) 13.98% (13.04%) 12.80% (13.00%) 13.98% (7.51%) 18.23%
2021 5.99% 17.51% (5.08%) 3.71% 5.57% (1.32%) 5.52% 14.05% 10.05% 10.48% 5.54% 15.40% 5.48% 16.40%
2022 6.04% 14.35% 3.48% 3.53% 5.35% 0.15% 4.53% 12.58% 4.52% 10.23% 2.54% 12.80% 3.46% 14.83%
2023 2.93% 12.41% 5.44% 1.55% 5.19% 0.31% 4.01% 11.95% 3.69% 8.93% 1.98% 9.60% 3.15% 14.57%
2024 2.07% 11.14% 3.20% 1.45% 5.03% 1.02% 3.99% 11.38% 3.58% 7.41% 1.98% 8.18% 3.27% 12.78%
2025 2.01% 9.99% 3.12% 1.46% 4.88% 1.71% 3.98% 11.03% 3.35% 7.06% 2.01% 7.28% 3.60% 12.55%

Download table

Negative scenario of GDP, unemployment rate and HPI for the main geographies

Spain Mexico Turkey Peru Argentina Colombia
Fecha GDP Unemployment HPI GDP Unemployment HPI GDP Unemployment GDP Unemployment GDP Unemployment GDP Unemployment
2020 (11.76%) 17.44% (2.60%) (9.64%) 4.67% 1.89% (2.10%) 14.49% (14.33%) 12.85% (15.28%) 14.34% (8.25%) 18.31%
2021 5.37% 18.94% (6.69%) 2.84% 5.75% (1.48%) 1.75% 15.51% 7.53% 10.69% 0.89% 16.38% 4.16% 16.66%
2022 5.82% 15.92% 2.49% 3.25% 5.53% (0.06%) 3.56% 13.64% 3.78% 10.48% 1.33% 13.69% 3.16% 15.10%
2023 2.88% 13.99% 4.94% 1.48% 5.34% 0.17% 3.92% 12.33% 3.69% 9.15% 1.86% 10.19% 3.15% 14.84%
2024 2.03% 12.70% 2.45% 1.41% 5.17% 0.99% 3.91% 11.56% 3.57% 7.62% 1.83% 8.63% 3.27% 13.04%
2025 1.97% 11.45% 2.36% 1.41% 5.02% 1.70% 3.91% 11.20% 3.35% 7.27% 1.86% 7.75% 3.60% 12.80%

Download table

The estimate for the next five years of the Gross Domestic Product (GDP), is determined by BBVA Research and it has been used at the time of the calculation of the expected credit loss as of December 31, 2019:

GPD for the main geographies

Spain Mexico Turkey United States Peru Argentina Colombia
Fecha GDP
negative
scenario
GDP
base
scenario
GDP
positive
scenario
GDP
negative
scenario
GDP
base
scenario
GDP
positive
scenario
GDP
negative
scenario
GDP
base
scenario
GDP
positive
scenario
GDP
negative
scenario
GDP
base
scenario
GDP
positive
scenario
GDP
negative
scenario
GDP
base
scenario
GDP
positive
scenario
GDP
negative
scenario
GDP
base
scenario
GDP
positive
scenario
GDP
negative
scenario
GDP
base
scenario
GDP
positive
scenario
2019 0.96% 1.54% 2.15% (0.58%) 0.23% 1.06% (0.60%) 3.32% 7.06% 1.16% 2.12% 3.13% 0.34% 2.92% 5.43% (7.41%) (2.47%) 2.40% 1.93% 3.29% 4.58%
2020 1.35% 1.87% 2.42% 0.93% 1.66% 2.39% (0.68%) 2.48% 5.27% 1.00% 1.81% 2.62% 0.32% 2.46% 4.56% (6.62%) (2.57%) 0.85% 1.71% 2.73% 3.74%
2021 2.01% 2.10% 2.19% 2.05% 2.14% 2.23% 4.60% 4.74% 4.91% 1.84% 1.92% 2.03% 3.07% 3.28% 3.49% 2.08% 2.30% 2.51% 3.61% 3.61% 3.61%
2022 1.85% 1.89% 1.88% 2.07% 2.14% 2.19% 4.28% 4.38% 4.47% 1.83% 1.86% 1.91% 3.39% 3.39% 3.39% 1.64% 1.78% 1.88% 3.59% 3.59% 3.59%
2023 1.81% 1.85% 1.85% 2.11% 2.15% 2.17% 4.31% 4.38% 4.50% 1.88% 1.91% 1.94% 3.86% 3.86% 3.86% 1.95% 2.10% 2.23% 3.59% 3.59% 3.59%

Download table

Sensitivity to macroeconomic scenarios

A sensitivity exercise has been carried out on the expected losses due to variations in the key hypotheses as they are the ones that introduce the greatest uncertainty in estimating such losses. As a first step, GDP and House Prices have been identified as the most relevant variables. These variables have been subjected to shocks of +/- 100 bps in their entire projection window. Independent sensitivities have been assessed, under the assumption of assigning a 100% probability to each determined scenario with these independent shocks.

Variation in provisions is determined both by re-staging (that is: in worse scenarios due to the recognition of lifetime credit losses for additional operations that are transferred to stage 2 from stage1 where 12 months of losses are valued: or vice versa in improvement scenarios) as well as variations in the collective risk parameters (PD and LGD) of each financial instrument due to the changes defined in the macroeconomic forecasts of the scenario.

Expected loss variation

BBVA Group Spain Mexico Turkey
GPD Total Portafolio Retail Mortgages Wholesaler Fixed income Total Portafolio Mortgages Companies Total Portafolio Mortgages Cards Total Portafolio Mortgages Cards
-100pb 3.55% 3.47% 3.72% 3.91% 1.58% 3.72% 4.39% 3.96% 3.91% 2.20% 6.30% 1.56% 1.58% 1.62%
+100pb (3.25%) (3.14%) (3.03%) (3.69%) (1.97%) (3.32%) (3.57%) (3.53%) (3.64%) (2.07%) (5.78%) (1.47%) (1.55%) (1.47%)
Housing price
-100pb 5.41% 0.79% 3.13%
+100pb (5.35%) (0.77%) (4.47%)

Download table

Additional adjustments to expect loss measurement

In addition to what is described on individualized and collective estimates of expected losses and macroeconomic estimates, the Group may supplement the expected losses if it deems it necessary to collect the effects that may not be included, either by considering risk drivers or by the incorporation of sectorial particularities or that may affect a set of operations or borrowers. These adjustments should be temporary, until the reasons that motivated them disappear or materialize.

For this reason, the expected losses have been supplemented with additional amounts that have been considered necessary to collect the particular characteristics of borrowers, sectors or portfolios and that may not be identified in the general process. Of the supplementary amounts recognized throughout the year, at the end of the year 2020, 244 million euros are pending allocation to specific borrowers, of which 223 million euros are located in Spain (mainly 57 million euros based on the volume of arrears pending maturity and whose behavior pattern is still subject to uncertainty, 127 million euros in sectors most affected by the pandemic and 40 million euros as a complement to the individualized analyzes) and 21 million euros in the United States in relation to the uncertainty of the Oil & Gas sector.

7.2.2 Credit Risk Exposure

In accordance with IFRS 7 “Financial instruments: Disclosures”, the BBVA Group’s credit risk exposure by headings in the balance sheets as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is provided below. It does not consider the loss allowances and the availability of collateral or other credit enhancements to guarantee compliance with payment obligations. The details are broken down by financial instruments and counterparties:

Maximum credit risk exposure (Millions of Euros)

Notes December 2020 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Financial assets held for trading 68,075
Debt securities 10 23,970
Equity instruments 10 11,458
Loans and advances 10 32,647
Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss 5,198
Loans and advances 11 709
Debt securities 11 356
Equity instruments 11 4,133
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss 12 1,117
Derivatives (trading and hedging) 46,302
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 69,537
Debt securities 68,404 67,995 410 -
Equity instruments 13 1,100
Loans and advances to credit institutions 13 33 33 - -
Financial assets at amortized cost 379,857 334,552 30,607 14,698
Loans and advances to central banks 6,229 6,229 - -
Loans and advances to credit institutions 14,591 14,565 20 6
Loans and advances to customers 323,252 277,998 30,581 14,672
Debt securities 35,785 35,759 6 20
Total financial assets risk 570,084 - - -
Total loan commitments and financial guarantees 179,440 165,726 12,682 1,032
Loan commitments given 33 132,584 124,104 8,214 265
Financial guarantees given 33 10,665 9,208 1,168 290
Other commitments given 33 36,190 32,414 3,300 477
Total maximum credit exposure 749,524

Download table

Maximum credit risk exposure (Millions of Euros)

Notes December 2019 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Financial assets held for trading 69,503
Debt securities 10 26,309
Equity instruments 10 8,892
Loans and advances 10 34,303
Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss 5,557
Loans and advances 11 1,120
Debt securities 11 110
Equity instruments 11 4,327
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss 12 1,214
Derivatives (trading and hedging) 39,462
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 61,293
Debt securities 58,841 58,590 250 -
Equity instruments 13 2,420
Loans and advances to credit institutions 13 33 33 - -
Financial assets at amortized cost 451,640 402,024 33,624 15,993
Loans and advances to central banks 4,285 4,285 - -
Loans and advances to credit institutions 13,664 13,500 158 6
Loans and advances to customers 394,763 345,449 33,360 15,954
Debt securities 38,930 38,790 106 33
Total financial assets risk 628,670
Total loan commitments and financial guarantees 181,116 169,663 10,452 1,001
Loan commitments given 33 130,923 123,707 6,945 270
Financial guarantees given 33 10,984 9,804 955 224
Other commitments given 33 39,209 36,151 2,552 506
Total maximum credit exposure 809,786

Download table

Maximum credit risk exposure (Millions of Euros)

Notes December 2018 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Financial assets held for trading 59,581
Debt securities 10 25,577
Equity instruments 10 5,254
Loans and advances 10 28,750
Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss 5,135
Loans and advances 11 1,803
Debt securities 11 237
Equity instruments 11 3,095
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss 12 1,313
Derivatives (trading and hedging) 38,249
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 56,365
Debt securities 53,737 53,734 3 -
Equity instruments 13 2,595
Loans and advances to credit institutions 13 33 33 - -
Financial assets at amortized cost 431,927 384,632 30,902 16,394
Loans and advances to central banks 3,947 3,947 - -
Loans and advances to credit institutions 9,175 9,131 34 10
Loans and advances to customers 386,225 339,204 30,673 16,348
Debt securities 32,580 32,350 195 35
Total financial assets risk 592,571
Total loan commitments and financial guarantees 170,511 161,404 8,120 987
Loan commitments given 33 118,959 113,403 5,308 247
Financial guarantees given 33 16,454 14,902 1,220 332
Other commitments given 33 35,098 33,099 1,591 408
Total maximum credit exposure 763,082

Download table

The maximum credit exposure presented in the table above is determined by type of financial asset as explained below:

  • In the case of financial instruments recognized in the consolidated balance sheets, exposure to credit risk is considered equal to its carrying amount (not including loss allowances) with the only exception of trading and hedging derivatives.
  • The maximum credit risk exposure on financial commitments and guarantees granted is the maximum that the Group would be liable for if these guarantees were called in, or the higher amount pending to be disposed from the customer in the case of commitments.
  • The calculation of risk exposure for derivatives is based on the sum of two factors: the derivatives fair value and their potential risk (or "add-on").

The breakdown by geographical location and Stage of the maximum credit risk exposure, the accumulated allowances recorded and the carrying amount of the loans and advances to customers as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is shown below:

December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

Gross exposure Accumulated allowances Carrying amount
Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Spain (*) 195.983 171.397 16.387 8.199 (5.679) (753) (849) (4.077) 190.304 170.644 15.538 4.122
Mexico 52.211 46.373 4.071 1.767 (2.211) (685) (442) (1.083) 50.000 45.688 3.628 684
Turkey (**) 39.633 30.832 5.806 2.995 (2.338) (246) (535) (1.557) 37.295 30.586 5.272 1.438
South America (***) 34.499 28.484 4.312 1.703 (1.870) (320) (460) (1.090) 32.629 28.165 3.852 612
Others 925 912 5 8 (7) (1) - (6) 918 911 4 2
Total (****) 323.252 277.998 30.581 14.672 (12.105) (2.005) (2.287) (7.813) 311.147 275.993 28.294 6.860
Of which: individual (2,611) (10) (479) (2,122)
Of which: collective (9,494) (1,995) (1,808) (5,691)

(*) Spain includes all countries where BBVA, S.A. operates.

(**) Turkey includes all countries in which Garanti BBVA operates.

(***) In South America, BBVA Group operates mainly in Argentina, Colombia, Peru and Uruguay.

(****) The amount of the accumulated impairment includes the provisions recorded for credit risk over the remaining expected lifetime of purchased financial instruments. Those provisions were determined at the moment of the Purchase Price Allocation and were originated mainly in the acquisition of Catalunya Banc S.A. (as of December 31, 2020, the remaining balance was €363 million). These valuation adjustments are recognized in the consolidated income statement during the residual life of the operations or are applied to the value corrections when the losses materialize.

Download table

December 2019 (Millions of Euros)

Gross exposure Accumulated allowances Carrying amount
Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Spain (*) 197,058 173,843 14,599 8,616 (5,311) (712) (661) (3,939) 191,747 173,131 13,939 4,677
The United States 57,387 49,744 7,011 632 (688) (165) (342) (182) 56,699 49,580 6,670 450
Mexico 60,099 54,748 3,873 1,478 (2,013) (697) (404) (912) 58,087 54,052 3,469 566
Turkey (**) 43,113 34,536 5,127 3,451 (2,613) (189) (450) (1,974) 40,500 34,347 4,677 1,477
South America (***) 36,265 31,754 2,742 1,769 (1,769) (366) (323) (1,079) 34,497 31,388 2,419 690
Others 839 824 7 9 (8) (1) (1) (6) 832 823 6 2
Total (****) 394,763 345,449 33,360 15,954 (12,402) (2,129) (2,181) (8,093) 382,360 343,320 31,179 7,861
Of which: individual (2,795) (6) (347) (2,441)
Of which: collective (9,608) (2,123) (1,834) (5,652)
  • (*) Spain includes all countries where BBVA, S.A. operates.
  • (**) Turkey includes all countries in which Garanti BBVA operates.
  • (***) In South America, BBVA Group operates in Argentina, Colombia, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela.
  • (****) The amount of the accumulated impairment includes the provisions recorded for credit risk over the remaining expected lifetime of purchased financial instruments. Those provisions were determined at the moment of the Purchase Price Allocation and were originated mainly in the acquisition of Catalunya Banc S.A. (as of December 31, 2019, the remained balance was €433 million). These valuation adjustments are recognized in the income statement during the residual life of the operations or are applied to the value corrections when the losses materialize.

Download table

December 2018 (Millions of Euros)

Gross exposure Accumulated allowances Carrying amount
Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Spain (*) 195,447 172,599 12,827 10,021 (5,874) (713) (877) (4,284) 189,574 171,886 11,951 5,737
The United States 57,321 50,665 5,923 733 (658) (206) (299) (153) 56,663 50,459 5,624 580
Mexico 52,858 48,354 3,366 1,138 (1,750) (640) (373) (737) 51,107 47,714 2,992 401
Turkey (**) 43,718 34,883 6,113 2,722 (2,241) (171) (591) (1,479) 41,479 34,712 5,523 1,244
South America (***) 36,098 31,947 2,436 1,715 (1,656) (338) (234) (1,084) 34,442 31,609 2,202 631
Others 783 756 8 19 (19) - (1) (18) 763 755 7 1
Total (****) 386,225 339,204 30,673 16,348 (12,199) (2,070) (2,374) (7,755) 374,027 337,134 28,299 8,593
Of which: individual (3,333) (3) (504) (2,826)
Of which: collective (8,866) (2,067) (1,870) (4,929)
  • (*)Spain includes all countries where BBVA, S.A. operates.
  • (**) Turkey includes all countries in which Garanti BBVA operates.
  • (***) In South America, BBVA Group operates in Argentina, Chile, Colombia, Peru, Uruguay and Venezuela.
  • (****) The amount of the accumulated impairment includes the provisions recorded for credit risk over the remaining expected lifetime of purchased financial instruments. Those provisions were determined at the moment of the Purchase Price Allocation and were originated mainly in the acquisition of Catalunya Banc S.A. (as of December 31, 2018 the remained balance was €540 million). These valuation adjustments are recognized in the income statement during the residual life of the operations or are applied to the value corrections when the losses materialize.

Download table

The breakdown by counterparty of the maximum credit risk exposure, the accumulated allowances recorded, as well as the carrying amount by stages of loans and advances to customers as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is shown below:

December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

Gross exposure Accumulated allowances Net amount
Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Public administrations 19,439 19,163 200 76 (48) (14) (9) (25) 19,391 19,149 191 51
Other financial corporations 9,856 9,747 95 14 (39) (25) (6) (7) 9,817 9,722 88 7
Non-financial corporations 142,547 119,891 15,179 7,477 (6,123) (774) (1,110) (4,239) 136,424 119,117 14,069 3,238
Individuals 151,410 129,196 15,108 7,106 (5,895) (1,192) (1,161) (3,542) 145,515 128,005 13,946 3,564
Loans and advances to customers 323,252 277,998 30,581 14,672 (12,105) (2,005) (2,287) (7,813) 311,147 275,993 28,294 6,860

Download table

December 2019 (Millions of Euros)

Gross exposure Accumulated allowances Net amount
Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Public administrations 28,281 27,511 682 88 (59) (15) (22) (21) 28,222 27,496 660 66
Other financial corporations 11,239 11,085 136 17 (31) (19) (2) (10) 11,207 11,066 134 8
Non-financial corporations 173,254 148,768 16,018 8,468 (6,465) (811) (904) (4,750) 166,789 147,957 15,114 3,718
Individuals 181,989 158,085 16,523 7,381 (5,847) (1,283) (1,252) (3,312) 176,142 156,801 15,272 4,069
Loans and advances to customers 394,763 345,449 33,360 15,954 (12,402) (2,129) (2,181) (8,093) 382,360 343,320 31,179 7,861

Download table

December 2018 (Millions of Euros)

Gross exposure Accumulated allowances Net amount
Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
Public administrations 28,632 27,740 764 128 (84) (21) (25) (38) 28,549 27,719 739 91
Other financial corporations 9,490 9,189 291 11 (22) (13) (4) (4) 9,468 9,176 286 6
Non-financial corporations 169,764 145,875 15,516 8,372 (6,260) (730) (1,190) (4,341) 163,503 145,145 14,327 4,031
Individuals 178,339 156,400 14,102 7,838 (5,833) (1,305) (1,155) (3,372) 172,506 155,094 12,946 4,466
Loans and advances to customers 386,225 339,204 30,673 16,348 (12,199) (2,070) (2,374) (7,755) 374,027 337,134 28,299 8,593

Download table

The breakdown by counterparty and product of loans and advances, net of loss allowances, as well as the gross carrying amount by type of product, classified in different headings of the assets, as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is shown below:

December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

Central banks General governments Credit institutions Other financial corporations Non-financial corporations Households Total Gross carrying amount
On demand and short notice - 7 - 502 1,798 528 2,835 3,021
Credit card debt - - - 2 1,485 11,605 13,093 14,220
Commercial debtors 898 - 317 14,262 67 15,544 15,796
Finance leases - 197 - 6 7,125 322 7,650 8,013
Reverse repurchase loans 472 - 1,914 - 71 - 2,457 2,463
Other term loans 5,690 18,111 3,972 5,799 111,141 132,603 277,317 287,467
Advances that are not loans 48 260 8,721 3,191 1,084 473 13,777 13,833
LOANS AND ADVANCES 6,209 19,475 14,608 9,817 136,966 145,598 332,672 344,813
By secured loans
Of which: mortgage loans collateralized by immovable property 372 - 209 22,091 94,147 116,819 120,194
Of which: other collateralized loans 472 952 - 317 3,763 2,059 7,562 7,776
By purpose of the loan
Of which: credit for consumption 39,799 39,799 43,037
Of which: lending for house purchase 94,098 94,098 95,751
By subordination
Of which: project finance loans 10,721 10,721 11,032

Download table

December 2019 (Millions of Euros)

Central banks General governments Credit institutions Other financial corporations Non-financial corporations Households Total Gross
carrying
amount
On demand and short notice - 9 - 118 2,328 595 3,050 3,251
Credit card debt - 10 1 3 1,940 14,401 16,355 17,608
Commercial debtors 971 - 230 15,976 99 17,276 17,617
Finance leases - 227 - 6 8,091 387 8,711 9,095
Reverse repurchase loans - - 1,817 - 26 - 1,843 1,848
Other term loans 4,240 26,734 4,121 7,795 137,934 160,223 341,047 351,230
Advances that are not loans 35 865 7,743 3,056 951 506 13,156 13,214
LOANS AND ADVANCES 4,275 28,816 13,682 11,208 167,246 176,211 401,438 413,863
By secured loans
Of which: mortgage loans collateralized by immovable property 1,067 15 261 23,575 111,085 136,003 139,317
Of which: other collateralized loans - 10,447 93 2,106 29,009 6,893 48,548 49,266
By purpose of the loan
Of which: credit for consumption 46,356 46,356 49,474
Of which: lending for house purchase 110,178 110,178 111,636
By subordination
Of which: project finance loans 12,259 12,259 12,415

Download table

December 2018 (Millions of Euros)

Central banks General governments Credit institutions Other financial corporations Non-financial corporations Households Total Gross
carrying
amount
On demand and short notice - 10 - 151 2,833 648 3,641 3,834
Credit card debt - 8 1 2 2,328 13,108 15,446 16,495
Commercial debtors 948 - 195 16,190 103 17,436 17,716
Finance leases - 226 - 3 8,014 406 8,650 9,077
Reverse repurchase loans - 293 477 - - - 770 772
Other term loans 3,911 26,839 2,947 7,030 133,573 157,760 332,060 342,264
Advances that are not loans 29 1,592 5,771 2,088 984 498 10,962 11,025
LOANS AND ADVANCES 3,941 29,917 9,196 9,468 163,922 172,522 388,966 401,183
By secured loans
Of which: mortgage loans collateralized by immovable property 1,056 15 219 26,784 111,809 139,883 144,005
Of which: other collateralized loans - 7,179 285 1,389 31,393 6,835 47,081 47,855
By purpose of the loan
Of which: credit for consumption 40,124 40,124 42,736
Of which: lending for house purchase 111,007 111,007 112,952
By subordination
Of which: project finance loans 13,973 13,973 14,286

Download table

7.2.3 Mitigation of credit risk, collateralized credit risk and other credit enhancements

In most cases, maximum credit risk exposure is reduced by collateral, credit enhancements and other actions which mitigate the Group’s exposure. The BBVA Group applies a credit risk hedging and mitigation policy deriving from a banking approach focused on relationship banking. The existence of guarantees could be a necessary but not sufficient instrument for accepting risks, as the assumption of risks by the Group requires prior evaluation of the debtor’s capacity for repayment, or that the debtor can generate sufficient resources to allow the amortization of the risk incurred under the agreed terms.

The policy of accepting risks is therefore organized into three different levels in the BBVA Group:

  • Analysis of the financial risk of the transaction, based on the debtor’s capacity for repayment or generation of funds.
  • The constitution of guarantees that are adequate, or at any rate generally accepted, for the risk assumed, in any of the generally accepted forms: monetary, secured, personal or hedge guarantees; and finally.
  • Assessment of the repayment risk (asset liquidity) of the guarantees received.

This is carried out through a prudent risk policy that consists of the analysis of the financial risk, based on the capacity for reimbursement or generation of resources of the borrower, the analysis of the guarantee, assessing, among others, the efficiency, the robustness and the risk, the adequacy of the guarantee with the operation and other aspects such as the location, currency, concentration or the existence of limitations. Additionally, the necessary tasks for the constitution of guarantees must be carried out - in any of the generally accepted forms (collaterals, personal guarantees and financial hedge instruments) - appropriate to the risk assumed.

The procedures for the management and valuation of collateral are set out in the corporate general policies (retail and wholesale), which establish the basic principles for credit risk management, including the management of collaterals assigned in transactions with customers. The criteria for the systematic, standardized and effective treatment of collateral in credit transaction procedures in BBVA Group’s wholesale and retail banking are included in the Specific Collateral Rules.

The methods used to value the collateral are in line with the best market practices and imply the use of appraisal of real-estate collateral, the market price in market securities, the trading price of shares in mutual funds, etc. All the collaterals received must be correctly assigned and entered in the corresponding register. They must also have the approval of the Group’s legal units.

The valuation of the collateral is taken into account in the calculation of the expected losses. The Group has developed internal models to estimate the realization value of the collaterals received, the time that elapses until then, the costs for their acquisition, maintenance and subsequent sale, from real observations based on its own experience. This modeling is part of the LGD estimation processes that are applied to the different segments, and is included within the annual review and validation procedures.

The following is a description of the main types of collateral for each financial instrument class:

  • Debt instruments held for trading: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are implicit in the clauses of the instrument (mainly guarantees of the issuer).
  • Derivatives and hedging derivatives: In derivatives, credit risk is minimized through contractual netting agreements, where positive- and negative-value derivatives with the same counterparty are offset for their net balance. There may likewise be other kinds of guarantees and collaterals, depending on counterparty solvency and the nature of the transaction (mainly collaterals).
  • The summary of the offsetting effect (via netting and collateral) for derivatives and securities operations as of December 31, 2020 is presented in Note 7.3.2.
  • Other financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent to the structure of the instrument (mainly personal guarantees).

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, BBVA Group had no credit risk exposure of impaired financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (see Note 7.2.2).
  • Financial assets at amortized cost:
  • Loans and advances to credit institutions: These usually have the counterparty’s personal guarantee or pledged securities in the case of repos.
  • Loans and advances to customers: Most of these loans and advances are backed by personal guarantees extended by the customer. There may also be collateral to secure loans and advances to customers (such as mortgages, cash collaterals, pledged securities and other collateral), or to obtain other credit enhancements (bonds or insurances).
  • Debt securities: The guarantees or credit enhancements obtained directly from the issuer or counterparty are inherent to the structure of the instrument.
  • Financial guarantees, other contingent risks and drawable by third parties: these have the counterparty’s personal guarantee or other types of collaterals.

The disclosure of impaired loans and advances at amortized cost covered by collateral (see Note 7.2.6), by type of collateral, as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, is the following:

December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

Maximum
exposure to credit
risk
Of which secured by collateral
Residential
properties
Commercial
properties
Cash Others Financial
Impaired loans and advances at amortized cost 14,678 2,717 789 18 52 575
Total 14,678 2.717 789 18 52 575

Download table

December 2019 (Millions of Euros)

Maximum
exposure to credit
risk
Of which secured by collateral
Residential
properties
Commercial
properties
Cash Others Financial
Impaired loans and advances at amortized cost 15,959 3,396 939 35 221 542
Total 15,959 3,396 939 35 221 542

Download table

December 2018 (Millions of Euros)

Maximum
exposure to credit
risk
Of which secured by collateral
Residential
properties
Commercial
properties
Cash Others Financial
Impaired loans and advances at amortized cost 16,359 3,484 1,255 13 317 502
Total 16,359 3,484 1,255 13 317 502

Download table

The value of guarantees received as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, is the following:

Guarantees received (Millions of Euros)

2020 2019 2018
Value of collateral 116,900 152,454 158,268
Of which: guarantees normal risks under special monitoring 11,296 14,623 14,087
Of which: guarantees non-performing risks 3,577 4,590 5,068
Value of other guarantees 47,012 35,464 16,897
Of which: guarantees normal risks under special monitoring 4,045 3,306 1,519
Of which: guarantees non-performing risks 575 542 502
Total value of guarantees received 163,912 187,918 175,165

Download table

The maximum credit risk exposure of impaired financial guarantees and other commitments at December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 amounts to €1,032, €1,001 and €987 million, respectively (see Note 7.2.2).

7.2.4 Credit quality of financial assets that are neither past due nor impaired

The BBVA Group has tools that enable it to rank the credit quality of its transactions and customers based on an assessment and its correspondence with the probability of default (“PD”) scales. To analyze the performance of PD, the Group has a series of tracking tools and historical databases that collect the pertinent internally generated information. These tools can be grouped together into scoring and rating models.

Scoring

Scoring is a decision-making model that contributes to both the arrangement and management of retail loans: consumer loans, mortgages, credit cards for individuals, etc. Scoring is the tool used to decide to originate a loan, what amount should be originated and what strategies can help establish the price, because it is an algorithm that sorts transactions by their credit quality. This algorithm enables the BBVA Group to assign a score to each transaction requested by a customer, on the basis of a series of objective characteristics that have statistically been shown to discriminate between the quality and risk of this type of transactions. The advantage of scoring lies in its simplicity and homogeneity: all that is needed is a series of objective data for each customer, and this data is analyzed automatically using an algorithm.

There are three types of scoring, based on the information used and on its purpose:

  • Reactive scoring: measures the risk of a transaction requested by an individual using variables relating to the requested transaction and to the customer’s socio-economic data available at the time of the request. The new transaction is approved or rejected depending on the score.
  • Behavioral scoring: scores transactions for a given product in an outstanding risk portfolio of the entity, enabling the credit rating to be tracked and the customer’s needs to be anticipated. It uses transaction and customer variables available internally. Specifically, variables that refer to the behavior of both the product and the customer.
  • Proactive scoring: gives a score at customer level using variables related to the individual’s general behavior with the entity, and to his/her payment behavior in all the contracted products. The purpose is to track the customer’s credit quality and it is used to pre-approve new transactions.
Rating

Rating tools, as opposed to scoring tools, do not assess transactions but focus on the rating of customers instead: companies, corporations, SMEs, general governments, etc. A rating tool is an instrument that, based on a detailed financial study, helps determine a customer’s ability to meet his/her financial obligations. The final rating is usually a combination of various factors: on one hand, quantitative factors, and on the other hand, qualitative factors. It is a middle road between an individual analysis and a statistical analysis.

The main difference between ratings and scorings is that the latter are used to assess retail products, while ratings use a wholesale banking customer approach. Moreover, scorings only include objective variables, while ratings add qualitative information. And although both are based on statistical studies, adding a business view, rating tools give more weight to the business criterion compared to scoring tools.

For portfolios where the number of defaults is low (sovereign risk, corporates, financial entities, etc.) the internal information is supplemented by “benchmarking” of the external rating agencies (Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch). To this end, each year the PDs compiled by the rating agencies at each level of risk rating are compared, and the measurements compiled by the various agencies are mapped against those of the BBVA master rating scale.

Once the probability of default of a transaction or customer has been calculated, a "business cycle adjustment" is carried out. This is a means of establishing a measure of risk that goes beyond the time of its calculation. The aim is to capture representative information of the behavior of portfolios over a complete economic cycle. This probability is linked to the Master Rating Scale prepared by the BBVA Group to enable uniform classification of the Group’s various asset risk portfolios.

The table below shows the abridged scale used to classify the BBVA Group’s outstanding risk as of December 31, 2020:

External rating Internal rating Probability of default
(basic points)
Standard&Poor's List Reduced List (22 groups) Average Minimum from
>=
Maximum
AAA AAA 1 - 2
AA+ AA+ 2 2 3
AA AA 3 3 4
AA- AA- 4 4 5
A+ A+ 5 5 6
A A 8 6 9
A- A- 10 9 11
BBB+ BBB+ 14 11 17
BBB BBB 20 17 24
BBB- BBB- 31 24 39
BB+ BB+ 51 39 67
BB BB 88 67 116
BB- BB- 150 116 194
B+ B+ 255 194 335
B B 441 335 581
B- B- 785 581 1,061
CCC+ CCC+ 1,191 1,061 1,336
CCC CCC 1,500 1,336 1,684
CCC- CCC- 1,890 1,684 2,121
CC+ CC+ 2,381 2,121 2,673
CC CC 3,000 2,673 3,367
CC- CC- 3,780 3,367 4,243

Download table

These different levels and their probability of default were calculated by using as a reference the rating scales and default rates provided by the external agencies Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. These calculations establish the levels of probability of default for the BBVA Group’s Master Rating Scale. Although this scale is common to the entire Group, the calibrations (mapping scores to PD sections/Master Rating Scale levels) are carried out at tool level for each country in which the Group has tools available.

The table below outlines the distribution by probability of default within 12 months and stages of the gross carrying amount of loans and advances to customers in percentage terms of the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

Probability of default (basis points)

2020 2019 2018
Subject to 12 month ECL (Stage 1) Subject to lifetime ECL (Stage 2) Subject to 12 month ECL (Stage 1) Subject to lifetime ECL (Stage 2) Subject to 12 month ECL (Stage 1) Subject to lifetime ECL (Stage 2)
% % % % % %
0 to 2 4.0 - 5.5 - 9.6 -
2 to 5 10.2 0.1 6.3 - 10.8 0.1
5 to 11 7.7 0.1 14.6 0.2 6.3 -
11 to 39 26.8 0.5 24.5 0.8 20.9 0.4
39 to 194 24.0 2.3 24.5 1.6 30.1 1.8
194 to 1,061 15.1 3.4 14.0 3.6 12.2 3.6
1,061 to 2,121 1.5 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.6 1.2
>2,021 0.6 2.5 0.4 1.5 0.2 1.2
Total 89.9 10.1 91.0 9.0 91.7 8.3

Download table

7.2.5 Impaired secured loan risks

The breakdown of loans and advances, within financial assets at amortized cost, non-performing and accumulated impairment, as well as the gross carrying amount, by counterparties as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

Gross carrying amount Non-performing loans and advances Accumulated impairment Non-performing loans and advances as a % of the total
Central banks 6,229 - (20) -
General governments 19,439 76 (48) 0.4%
Credit institutions 14,591 6 (16) -
Other financial corporations 9,856 14 (39) 0.1%
Non-financial corporations 142,547 7,477 (6,123) 5.2%
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 3,438 132 (108) 3.8%
Mining and quarrying 4,349 47 (59) 1.1%
Manufacturing 33,771 1,486 (1,129) 4.4%
Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 13,490 591 (509) 4.4%
Water supply 899 17 (15) 1.9%
Construction 10,019 1,397 (722) 13.9%
Wholesale and retail trade 24,594 1,456 (1,223) 5.9%
Transport and storage 8,117 489 (368) 6.0%
Accommodation and food service activities 8,337 358 (294) 4.3%
Information and communications 5,764 73 (60) 1.3%
Financial and insurance activities 5,298 123 (132) 2.3%
Real estate activities 10,025 617 (494) 6.2%
Professional, scientific and technical activities 2,886 177 (124) 6.1%
Administrative and support service activities 3,955 142 (192) 3.6%
Public administration and defense; compulsory social security 129 5 (4) 3.5%
Education 665 54 (43) 8.1%
Human health services and social work activities 1,812 67 (59) 3.7%
Arts, entertainment and recreation 1,131 46 (65) 4.1%
Other services 3,871 198 (523) 5.1%
Households 151,410 7,106 (5,895) 4.7%
LOANS AND ADVANCES 344,072 14,678 (12,141) 4.3%

Download table

December 2019 (Millions of Euros)

Gross carrying amount Non-performing loans and advances Accumulated impairment Non-performing loans and advances as a % of the total
Central banks 4,285 - (9) -
General governments 28,281 88 (60) 0.3%
Credit institutions 13,664 6 (15) -
Other financial corporations 11,239 17 (31) 0.2%
Non-financial corporations 173,254 8,467 (6,465) 4.9%
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 3,758 154 (124) 4.1%
Mining and quarrying 4,669 100 (86) 2.1%
Manufacturing 39,517 1,711 (1,242) 4.3%
Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 12,305 684 (575) 5.6%
Water supply 900 14 (16) 1.6%
Construction 10,945 1,377 (876) 12.6%
Wholesale and retail trade 27,467 1,799 (1,448) 6.6%
Transport and storage 9,638 507 (392) 5.3%
Accommodation and food service activities 8,703 279 (203) 3.2%
Information and communications 6,316 95 (65) 1.5%
Financial and insurance activities 6,864 191 (140) 2.8%
Real estate activities 19,435 782 (527) 4,0%
Professional, scientific and technical activities 4,375 167 (140) 3.8%
Administrative and support service activities 3,415 118 (134) 3.4%
Public administration and defense; compulsory social security 282 5 (6) 1.7%
Education 903 41 (38) 4.5%
Human health services and social work activities 4,696 66 (55) 1.4%
Arts, entertainment and recreation 1,396 47 (39) 3.4%
Other services 7,671 331 (360) 4.3%
Households 181,989 7,381 (5,847) 4.1%
LOANS AND ADVANCES 412,711 15,959 (12,427) 3.9%

Download table

December 2018 (Millions of Euros)

Gross carrying amount Non-performing loans and advances Accumulated impairment Non-performing loans and advances as a % of the total
Central Banks 3,947 - (6) -
General governments 28,198 128 (84) 0.4%
Credit institutions 9,175 10 (12) 0.1%
Other financial corporations 9,490 11 (22) 0.1%
Non-financial corporations 170,182 8,372 (6,260) 4.9%
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 3,685 122 (107) 3.3%
Mining and quarrying 4,952 96 (70) 1.9%
Manufacturing 36,772 1,695 (1,134) 4.6%
Electricity, gas, steam and air conditioning supply 13,853 585 (446) 4.2%
Water supply 1,061 19 (15) 1.8%
Construction 11,899 1,488 (1,007) 12.5%
Wholesale and retail trade 25,833 1,624 (1,259) 6.3%
Transport and storage 9,798 459 (374) 4.7%
Accommodation and food service activities 7,882 315 (204) 4.0%
Information and communications 5,238 113 (72) 2.1%
Financial and insurance activities 6,929 147 (128) 2.1%
Real estate activities 17,272 834 (624) 4.8%
Professional, scientific and technical activities 5,096 204 (171) 4.0%
Administrative and support service activities 3,162 128 (125) 4.0%
Public administration and defense, compulsory social security 319 5 (7) 1.6%
Education 912 31 (31) 3.4%
Human health services and social work activities 4,406 63 (63) 1.4%
Arts, entertainment and recreation 1,323 59 (41) 4.5%
Other services 9,791 386 (382) 3.9%
Households 178,355 7,838 (5,833) 4.4%
LOANS AND ADVANCES 399,347 16,359 (12,217) 4.1%

Download table

The changes during the years 2020, 2019 and 2018 of impaired financial assets and contingent risks are as follow:

Changes in impaired financial assets and contingent risks (Millions of Euros)

2020 2019 2018
Balance at the beginning 16,770 17,134 20,590
Additions 9,533 9,857 9,792
Decreases (*) (5,024) (5,874) (6,909)
Net additions 4,509 3,983 2,883
Amounts written-off (3,603) (3,803) (5,076)
Exchange differences and other (968) (544) (1,264)
Balance at the end 16,708 16,770 17,134
  • (*) Reflects the total amount of impaired loans derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet throughout the year as a result of mortgage foreclosures and real estate assets received in lieu of payment as well as monetary recoveries.

Download table

The changes during the years 2020, 2019 and 2018 in financial assets derecognized from the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as their recovery is considered unlikely ("write-offs"), is shown below:

Changes in impaired financial assets written-off from the balance sheet (Millions of Euros)

Notes 2020 2019 2018
Balance at the beginning 26,245 32,343 30,139
Companies held for sale (*) (4,646) - -
Increase 3,440 4,712 6,164
Decrease: (2,715) (11,039) (4,210)
Re-financing or restructuring (7) (2) (10)
Cash recovery 47 (339) (919) (589)
Foreclosed assets (479) (617) (625)
Sales (**) (1,223) (8,325) (1,805)
Debt forgiveness (607) (493) (889)
Time-barred debt and other causes (60) (682) (292)
Net exchange differences (323) 230 250
Balance at the end 22,001 26,245 32,343
  • (*) Amount in 2020 is mainly due to the sale of the stake in BBVA USA (see Notes 3 and 21).
  • (**) Includes principal and interest.
  • Download table

    As indicated in Note 2.2.1, although they have been derecognized from the consolidated balance sheet, the BBVA Group continues to attempt to collect on these written-off financial assets, until the rights to receive them are fully extinguished, either because it is a time-barred financial asset, the financial asset is forgiven, or other reason.

    7.2.6 Loss allowances

    Movements in gross accounting balances and accumulated allowances for loan losses during 2020 and 2019 are recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, in order to cover the estimated loss allowances in loans and advances and debt securities measured at amortized cost.

    Changes in gross accounting balances of loans and advances at amortized cost. 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
    Opening balance 363,234 33,518 15,959 412,711
    Transfers of financial assets: (11,935) 8,807 3,128 -
    Transfers from stage 1 to Stage 2 (15,843) 15,843 - -
    Transfers from stage 2 to Stage 1 5,107 (5,107) - -
    Transfers to Stage 3 (1,701) (2,659) 4,359 -
    Transfers from Stage 3 502 729 (1,231) -
    Net annual origination of financial assets 16,119 (827) 102 15,395
    Becoming write-offs (3) (2) (2,944) (2,949)
    Changes in model / methodology - - - -
    Foreign exchange (21,472) (2,342) (1,157) (24,970)
    Modifications that do not result in derecognition (204) 827 511 1,134
    Other (283) (190) 270 (204)
    Discontinued operations (46,664) (9,190) (1,192) (57,045)
    Closing balance 298,793 30,601 14,678 344,072

    Download table

    Changes in allowances of loans and advances at amortized cost. 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
    Opening balance (2,149) (2,183) (8,094) (12,427)
    Transfers of financial assets: 184 (511) (1,806) (2,133)
    Transfers from stage 1 to Stage 2 156 (923) - (766)
    Transfers from stage 2 to Stage 1 (50) 253 - 202
    Transfers to Stage 3 81 218 (1,950) (1,652)
    Transfers from Stage 3 (3) (59) 144 83
    Net annual origination of allowances (872) (795) (1,329) (2,996)
    Becoming write-offs - - 2,567 2,568
    Changes in model / methodology - - - -
    Foreign exchange 227 256 721 1,204
    Modifications that do not result in derecognition 12 (118) (177) (283)
    Other 160 618 25 803
    Discontinued operations 401 444 278 1,123
    Closing balance (2,037) (2,289) (7,815) (12,141)

    Download table

    Changes in gross accounting balances of loans and advances at amortized cost. 2019 (Millions of Euros)

    Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
    Opening balance 352,282 30,707 16,359 399,347
    Transfers of financial assets: (9,021) 6,279 2,741 -
    Transfers from stage 1 to Stage 2 (13,546) 13,546 - -
    Transfers from stage 2 to Stage 1 5,656 (5,656) - -
    Transfers to Stage 3 (1,571) (2,698) 4,269 -
    Transfers from Stage 3 440 1,087 (1,527) -
    Net annual origination of financial assets 20,296 (2,739) 246 17,804
    Becoming write-offs (152) (349) (3,407) (3,908)
    Changes in model / methodology - - - -
    Foreign exchange 1,611 35 16 1,662
    Modifications that do not result in derecognition (1) (27) 15 (13)
    Other (1,782) (388) (11) (2,180)
    Closing balance 363,234 33,518 15,959 412,711

    Download table

    Changes in allowances of loans and advances at amortized cost. 2019 (Millions of Euros)

    Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
    Opening balance (2,082) (2,375) (7,761) (12,217)
    Transfers of financial assets: 176 (227) (1,574) (1,626)
    Transfers from stage 1 to Stage 2 126 (649) - (523)
    Transfers from stage 2 to Stage 1 (38) 273 - 235
    Transfers to Stage 3 89 234 (1,810) (1,487)
    Transfers from Stage 3 (1) (86) 236 149
    Net annual origination of allowances (542) (116) (1,711) (2,370)
    Becoming write-offs 130 337 2,789 3,256
    Changes in model / methodology - - - -
    Foreign exchange (30) (18) 69 20
    Modifications that do not result in derecognition (15) (149) (89) (254)
    Other 215 366 183 764
    Closing balance (2,149) (2,183) (8,094) (12,427)

    Download table

    The following are the movements produced during 2018 in the value adjustments recorded in the accompanying balance sheets to cover the impairment or reversal of the estimated impairment of financial assets at amortized cost:

    Financial assets at amortized cost. 2018 (Millions of Euros)

    Not credit-impaired Credit-impaired Total
    Stage 1 Stage 2 Credit-impaired (Stage 3)
    Loss allowances Loss allowances
    (collectively assessed)
    Loss allowances (individually
    assessed)
    Loss allowances Loss allowances
    Opening balance (2,237) (1,827) (525) (9,371) (13,960)
    Transfers of financial assets: 131 (155) (328) (1,794) (1,490)
    Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 (not credit-impaired) 208 (930) (218) - (940)
    Transfers from Stage 2 (not credit - impaired) to Stage 1 (125) 619 50 - 544
    Transfers to Stage 3 55 282 564 (2,127) (1,226)
    Transfers from Stage 3 to Stage 1 or 2 (7) (126) (68) 333 132
    Changes without transfers between Stages 358 (53) (260) (3,775) (3,730)
    New financial assets originated (1,072) (375) (244) - (1,692)
    Purchased - - - - -
    Disposals 2 3 - 110 115
    Repayments 641 432 118 1,432 2,623
    Write-offs 13 14 2 4,433 4,461
    Changes in model/ methodology - - - - -
    Foreign exchange (84) 72 (93) 343 239
    Modifications that result in derecognition 5 10 25 98 138
    Modifications that do not result in derecognition 3 (8) 1 (362) (366)
    Other 135 133 20 1,111 1,399
    Closing balance (2,106) (1,753) (628) (7,777) (12,264)
    Of which: Loans and advances (12,217)
    Of which: Debt certificates (46)

    Download table

    7.2.7 Refinancing and restructuring transactions

    Group policies and principles with respect to refinancing and restructuring transactions

    Refinancing and restructuring transactions (see definition in the Glossary) are carried out with customers who have requested such a transaction in order to meet their current loan payments if they are expected, or may be expected, to experience financial difficulty in making the payments in the future.

    The basic aim of a refinancing and restructuring transaction is to provide the customer with a situation of financial viability over time by adapting repayment of the loan incurred with the Group to the customer’s new situation of fund generation. The use of refinancing and restructuring for other purposes, such as to delay loss recognition, is contrary to BBVA Group policies.

    The BBVA Group’s refinancing and restructuring policies are based on the following general principles:

    • Refinancing and restructuring is authorized according to the capacity of customers to pay the new installments. This is done by first identifying the origin of the payment difficulties and then carrying out an analysis of the customers’ viability, including an updated analysis of their economic and financial situation and capacity to pay and generate funds. If the customer is a company, the analysis also covers the situation of the industry in which it operates.
    • With the aim of increasing the solvency of the transaction, new guarantees and/or guarantors of demonstrable solvency are obtained where possible. An essential part of this process is an analysis of the effectiveness of both the new and original guarantees.
    • This analysis is carried out from the overall customer or group perspective.
    • Refinancing and restructuring transactions do not in general increase the amount of the customer’s loan, except for the expense inherent to the transaction itself.
    • The capacity to refinance and restructure a loan is not delegated to the branches, but decided on by the risk units.
    • The decisions made are reviewed from time to time with the aim of evaluating full compliance with refinancing and restructuring policies.

    These general principles are adapted in each case according to the conditions and circumstances of each geographical area in which the Group operates, and to the different types of customers involved.

    In the case of retail customers (private individuals), the main aim of the BBVA Group’s policy on refinancing and restructuring a loan is to avoid default arising from a customer’s temporary liquidity problems by implementing structural solutions that do not increase the balance of the customer’s loan. The solution required is adapted to each case and the loan repayment is made easier, in accordance with the following principles:

    • Analysis of the viability of transactions based on the customer’s willingness and ability to pay, which may be reduced, but should nevertheless be present. The customer must therefore repay at least the interest on the transaction in all cases. No arrangements may be concluded that involve a grace period for both principal and interest.
    • Refinancing and restructuring of transactions is only allowed on those loans in which the BBVA Group originally entered into.
    • Customers subject to refinancing and restructuring transactions are excluded from marketing campaigns of any kind.

    In the case of non-retail customers (mainly companies, enterprises and corporates), refinancing/restructuring is authorized according to an economic and financial viability plan based on:

    • Forecasted future income, margins and cash flows to allow entities to implement cost adjustment measures (industrial restructuring) and a business development plan that can help reduce the level of leverage to sustainable levels (capacity to access the financial markets).
    • Where appropriate, the existence of a divestment plan for assets and/or operating segments that can generate cash to assist the deleveraging process.
    • The capacity of shareholders to contribute capital and/or guarantees that can support the viability of the plan.

    In accordance with the Group’s policy, the conclusion of a loan refinancing and restructuring transaction does not mean the loan is reclassified from "impaired" or "significant increase in credit risk" to normal risk. The reclassification to "significant increase in credit risk" or normal risk categories must be based on the analysis mentioned earlier of the viability, upon completion of the probationary periods described below.

    The Group maintains the policy of including risks related to refinanced and restructured loans as either:

    • "Impaired assets", as although the customer is up to date with payments, they are classified as unlikely to pay when there are significant doubts that the terms of their refinancing may not be met; or
    • "Significant increase in credit risk" until the conditions established for their consideration as normal risk are met.

    The assets classified as "Impaired assets" should comply with the following conditions in order to be reclassified to "Significant increase in credit risk":

    • The customer has to have paid a significant part of the pending exposure.
    • At least one year must have elapsed since its classification as "Impaired asset".
    • The customer does not have past due payments and objective criteria, demonstrating the borrower´s ability to pay, have been verified.

    The conditions established for assets classified as “Significant increase in credit risk” to be reclassified out of this category are as follows:

    • The customer must have paid past-due amounts (principal and interest) since the date of the renegotiation or restructuring of the loan or other objective criteria, demonstrating the borrower´s ability to pay, have been verified; none of its exposures is more than 30 days past-due.
    • At least two years must have elapsed since completion of the renegotiation or restructuring of the loan and regular payments must have been made during at least half of this probation period; and
    • It is unlikely that the customer will have financial difficulties and, therefore, it is expected that the customer will be able to meet its loan payment obligations (principal and interest) in a timely manner.

    The economic impact caused by the Covid-19 pandemic has required the adaptation of the repayment schedule of a large volume of loans in all geographies and portfolios. In general, this support has been conducted through the concession of deferrals that comply with the principles established by the EBA, which has allowed for the application of a differential accounting and prudential treatment.

    Renewals and renegotiations will be classified as normal risk, provided that there is no significant increase in risk. This classification is applicable at the initial moment, and in the event of any deterioration, the criteria established in the existing governance are followed. In this sense, the aforementioned conditions are considered, including, among others, no facility with more than 30 days delinquency and not being identified as 'unlikely to pay'.

    The BBVA Group’s refinancing and restructuring policy provides for the possibility of two modifications in a 24 month period for loans that are not in compliance with the payment schedule.

    The internal models used to determine allowances for loan losses consider the restructuring and renegotiation of a loan, as well as re-defaults on such a loan, by assigning a lower internal rating to restructured and renegotiated loans than the average internal rating assigned to non-restructured/renegotiated loans. This downgrade results in an increase in the probability of default (PD) assigned to restructured/renegotiated loans (with the resulting PD being higher than the average PD of the non- renegotiated loans in the same portfolios).

    For quantitative information on refinancing and restructuring transactions see Appendix XI.

    7.2.8 Risk concentration

    Policies for preventing excessive risk concentration

    In order to prevent the build-up of excessive risk concentrations at the individual, sector, portfolio and geography levels, BBVA Group maintains updated maximum permitted risk concentration indices which are tied to the various observable variables related to concentration risk.

    Together with the limits for individual concentration, the Group uses the Herfindahl index to measure the concentration of the Group's portfolio and the banking group's subsidiaries. At the BBVA Group level, the index reached implies a "very low" degree of concentration.

    The limit on the Group’s exposure or financial commitment to a specific customer therefore depends on the customer’s credit rating, the nature of the risks involved, and the Group’s presence in a given market, based on the following guidelines:

    • The aim is, as much as possible, to reconcile the customer's credit needs (commercial/financial, short-term/long-term, etc.) with the interests of the Group.
    • Any legal limits that may exist concerning risk concentration are taken into account (relationship between risks with a customer and the capital of the shareholder´s entity that assumes them), the markets, the macroeconomic situation, etc.
    Risk concentrations by geography

    The breakdown of the main figures in the most significant foreign currencies in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is set forth in Appendix XII.

    Sovereign risk concentration
    Sovereign risk management

    The risk associated with the transactions involving sovereign risk is identified, measured, controlled and tracked by a centralized unit integrated in the BBVA Group’s Risk Area. Its basic functions involve the preparation of reports in the countries where sovereign risk exists (called “financial programs”), tracking such risks, assigning ratings to these countries and, in general, supporting the Group in terms of reporting requirements for any transactions involving sovereign risk. The risk policies established in the financial programs are approved by the relevant risk committees.

    The country risk unit tracks the evolution of the risks associated with the various countries to which the Group are exposed (including sovereign risk) on an ongoing basis in order to adapt its risk and mitigation policies to any macroeconomic and political changes that may occur. Moreover, it regularly updates its internal ratings and forecasts for these countries. The methodology is based on the assessment of quantitative and qualitative parameters which are in line with those used by certain multilateral organizations such as the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank, rating agencies and export credit organizations.

    For additional information on sovereign risk in Europe see Appendix XII.

    Risk related to the developer and Real-Estate sector in Spain

    The relative weight of the investment in Real Estate developments has dramatically decreased during the last years, especially since 2014 and during 2018, when doubtful assets exited the balance sheet and recovery of the sector concluded. A corporate sales policy has been rolled out to eliminate those real estate assets from the balance sheet which have been most difficult to commercialize. The sales of 80% of the Group’s share in Divarian and of other performing and NPL wholesale portfolios to Funds and specialized investors have been some of the most relevant transactions (see Note 3).

    Policies and strategies established by the Group to deal with risks related to the developer and real-estate sector

    BBVA Group has teams specializing in the management of the Real Estate Sector risk, given its economic importance and specific technical component. This specialization is not only in risk teams, but throughout the handling, commercial, problem risks and legal, etc. It also includes the research department of the BBVA Group (BBVA Research), which helps determine the medium/long-term vision needed to manage this portfolio.

    The policies established to address the risks related to the developer and real-estate sector, aim to accomplish, among others, the following objectives: to avoid concentration in terms of customers, products and regions; to estimate the risk profile for the portfolio; and to anticipate possible worsening of the portfolio within a sector is highly cyclical.

    Specific policies for analysis and granting of new developer risk transactions

    In the analysis of new transactions, the assessment of the commercial operation in terms of the economic and financial viability of the project has been one of the constant. The monitoring of the work, sales prospects and the legal situation of the project are essential aspects for the admission and follow-up of new real estate transactions. With regard the participation of the Risk Acceptance teams, they have a direct link and participate in the committees of areas such as Valuation, Legal, Research and Recoveries. This guarantees coordination and exchange of information in all the processes.

    In this context, and within the current Real Estate cycle, the strategy with clients is subject to an Asset Allocation limit and to an action framework that allows defining a target portfolio, both in volume and in credit quality.

    Risk monitoring policies

    The base information for analyzing the real estate portfolios is updated monthly. There is a systematic monitoring of developments under close monitoring with the evolution of works and sales. Since 2013, there are no threats of new defaults in the portfolio.

    Policies applied in the management of real estate assets in Spain

    The internal Rules on Real Estate Financing, which establish recommendations for financing a new housing development business, are reviewed and updated annually.

    The recommendations represent guidelines about how to manage the credit admission activity of BBVA Group entities based on best practices of markets in which this activity is performed. It is expected that a high percentage of the current transactions will be in compliance with the latter.

    For quantitative information about the risk related to the developer and Real-Estate sector in Spain see Appendix XII.

    7.3 Market risk

    Market risk originates from the possibility of experiencing losses in the value of positions held as a result of movements in market variables that affect the valuation of financial assets and liabilities. Market risk in the Group's trading portfolios stems mainly from the portfolios originated by Global Markets valued at fair value and held for the purpose of trading and generating short-term results. Market risk in the field of banking book is clearly and distinctly addressed and can be broken down into structural risks relating to interest rate, exchange rate and equity (see Note 7.4).

    7.3.1 Market risk in trading portfolios

    The main risks in the trading portfolios can be classified as follows:

    • Interest-rate risk: This arises as a result of exposure to movements in the different interest-rate curves involved in trading. Although the typical products that generate sensitivity to the movements in interest rates are money-market products (deposits, interest-rate futures, call money swaps, etc.) and traditional interest-rate derivatives (swaps and interest-rate options such as caps, floors, swaptions, etc.), practically all the financial products are exposed to interest-rate movements due to the effect that such movements have on the valuation of the financial discount.
    • Equity risk: This arises as a result of movements in share prices. This risk is generated in spot positions in shares or any derivative products whose underlying asset is a share or an equity index. Dividend risk is a sub-risk of equity risk, arising as an input for any equity option. Its variation may affect the valuation of positions and it is therefore a factor that generates risk on the books.
    • Exchange-rate risk: This is caused by movements in the exchange rates of the different currencies in which a position is held. As in the case of equity risk, this risk is generated in spot currency positions, and in any derivative product whose underlying asset is an exchange rate. In addition, the quanto effect (operations where the underlying asset and the instrument itself are denominated in different currencies) means that in certain transactions in which the underlying asset is not a currency, an exchange-rate risk is generated that has to be measured and monitored.
    • Credit-spread risk: Credit spread is an indicator of an issuer's credit quality. Spread risk occurs due to variations in the levels of spread of both corporate and government issues, and affects positions in bonds and credit derivatives.
    • Volatility risk: This occurs as a result of changes in the levels of implied price volatility of the different market instruments on which derivatives are traded. This risk, unlike the others, is exclusively a component of trading in derivatives and is defined as a first-order convexity risk that is generated in all possible underlying assets in which there are products with options that require a volatility input for their valuation.

    The metrics developed to control and monitor market risk in the BBVA Group are aligned with market practices and are implemented consistently across all the local market risk units.

    Measurement procedures are established in terms of the possible impact of negative market conditions on the trading portfolio of the Group's Global Markets units, both under ordinary circumstances and in situations of heightened risk factors.

    The standard metric used to measure market risk is Value at Risk (“VaR”), which indicates the maximum loss that may occur in the portfolios at a given confidence level (99%) and time horizon (one day). This statistic value is widely used in the market and has the advantage of summing up in a single metric the risks inherent to trading activity, taking into account how they are related and providing a prediction of the loss that the trading book could sustain as a result of fluctuations in equity prices, interest rates, foreign exchange rates and credit spreads. The market risk analysis considers various risks, such as credit spread risk, basis risk, as well as volatility and correlation risk.

    With respect to the risk measurement models used by the BBVA Group, the Bank of Spain has authorized the use of the internal market risk model to determine bank capital requirements deriving from risk positions on the BBVA S.A. and BBVA Mexico trading book, which jointly accounted for around 72%, 72% and 76% of the Group’s trading-book market risk as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. For the rest of the geographical areas where the Group operates (applicable mainly to the Group´s South America subsidiaries, Garanti BBVA and BBVA USA), bank capital for the risk positions in the trading book is calculated using the Standardized Approach defined by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (which is referred to herein as the "standard model”).

    The current management structure includes the monitoring of market-risk limits, consisting of a scheme of limits based on VaR, economic capital (based on VaR measurements) and VaR sub-limits, as well as stop-loss limits for each of the Group’s business units.

    The model used estimates VaR in accordance with the historical simulation methodology, which involves estimating losses and gains that would have taken place in the current portfolio if the changes in market conditions that took place over a specific period of time in the past were repeated. Based on this information, it predicts the maximum expected loss of the current portfolio within a given confidence level. This model has the advantage of reflecting precisely the historical distribution of the market variables and not assuming any specific distribution of probability. The historical period used in this model is two years.

    VaR figures are estimated with the following methodologies:

    • VaR without smoothing, which awards equal weight to the daily information for the previous two years. This is currently the official methodology for measuring market risks for the purpose of monitoring compliance with risk limits.
    • VaR with smoothing, which gives a greater weight to more recent market information. This metric supplements the previous one.

    The use of VaR by historical simulation methodology as a risk metric has many advantages, but also certain limitations, among which it is worth highlighting:

    • The estimate of the maximum daily loss of the Global Markets portfolio positions (with a confidence level of 99%) depends on the market movements of the last two years, not picking up the impact of large market events if they have not occurred within that historical window.
    • The use of the 99% confidence level does not consider potential losses that can occur beyond this level. To mitigate this limitation, different stress exercises are also performed, as described later.

    At the same time, and following the guidelines established by the Spanish and European authorities, BBVA incorporates metrics in addition to VaR with the aim of meeting the Bank of Spain's regulatory requirements with respect to the calculation of bank capital for the trading book. Specifically, the measures incorporated in the Group since December 2011 (stipulated by Basel 2.5) are:

    • VaR: In regulatory terms, the VaR charge incorporates the stressed VaR charge, and the sum of the two (VaR and stressed VaR) is calculated. This quantifies the losses associated with the movements of the risk factors inherent to market operations (including interest-rate risk, exchange-rate risk, equity risk and credit risk, among others). Both VaR and stressed VaR are rescaled by a regulatory multiplier set at three and by the square root of ten to calculate the capital charge.
    • Specific Risk - Incremental Risk Capital (“IRC”) Quantification of the risks of default and downgrading of the credit ratings of the bond and credit derivative positions in the portfolio. The IRC charge is exclusively applied in entities in respect of which the internal market risk model is used (i.e. BBVA, S.A. and BBVA Mexico). The IRC charge is determined based on the associated losses (calculated at 99.9% confidence level over a one year horizon under the hypothesis of constant risk) due to a rating change and/or default of the issuer with respect to an asset. In addition, the price risk is included in sovereign positions for the specified items.
    • Specific Risk - Securitization and correlation portfolios. Capital charges for securitizations and correlation portfolios are assessed based on the potential losses associated with the rating level of a specific credit structure. They are calculated by the standard model. The scope of the correlation portfolios refers to the First To Default (FTD)-type market operation and/or tranches of market CDOs and only for positions with an active market and hedging capacity.

    Validity tests are performed regularly on the risk measurement models used by the Group. They estimate the maximum loss that could have been incurred in the assessed positions with a certain level of probability (backtesting), as well as measurements of the impact of extreme market events on risk positions (stress testing). As an additional control measure, backtesting is conducted at a trading desk level in order to enable more specific monitoring of the validity of the measurement models.

    Market risk in 2020

    The Group’s market risk related to its trading portfolio remained at low levels compared to other risks managed by BBVA, particularly credit risk. This is due to the nature of the business. In 2020 the average VaR was €27 million, above the figure of 2019, with a maximum level in the year reached on the day May 14, 2020 of €39 million. The evolution in the BBVA Group’s market risk during 2020, measured as VaR without smoothing (see Glossary) with a 99% confidence level and a 1-day horizon (shown in millions of Euros) is as follows:

    By type of market risk assumed by the Group's trading portfolio, the main risk factor for the Group continued to be that linked to interest rates, with a weight of 56% of the total at December 31, 2020 (this figure includes the spread risk). The relative weight of this risk has increased compared with the close of 2019 (58%). Exchange-rate risk accounted for 22% of the total risk, increasing its weight with respect to December 2019 (13%), while equity, volatility and correlation risk has decreased, with a weight of 22% at the close of 2020 (vs. 29% at the close of 2019).

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 the VaR was €32 million, €20 million and €17 million, respectively. The total VaR figures for 2020, 2019 and 2018 can be broken down as follows:

    VaR by Risk Factor (Millions of Euros)

    Interest/Spread Risk Currency Risk Stock-market Risk Vega/Correlation Risk Diversification Effect(*) Total
    2020
    VaR average in the year 29 12 4 11 (28) 27
    VaR max in the year 39 20 10 20 (14) 39
    VaR min in the year 20 3 1 6 (39) 18
    End of period VaR 32 12 2 11 (29) 28
    2019
    VaR average in the year 21 6 4 9 (20) 19
    VaR max in the year 28 6 3 9 (21) 25
    VaR min in the year 13 5 5 9 (18) 14
    End of period VaR 24 5 5 8 (22) 20
    2018
    VaR average in the year 20 6 4 9 (20) 21
    VaR max in the year 23 7 6 11 (21) 26
    VaR min in the year 17 6 4 7 (18) 16
    End of period VaR 19 5 3 7 (17) 17
    • (*) The diversification effect is the difference between the sum of the average individual risk factors and the total VaR figure that includes the implied correlation between all the variables and scenarios used in the measurement.

    Download table

    Validation of the internal market risk model

    The internal market risk model is validated on a regular basis by backtesting in both, BBVA, S.A. and Global Markets Mexico (in BBVA Mexico). The aim of backtesting is to validate the quality and precision of the internal market risk model used by BBVA Group to estimate the maximum daily loss of a portfolio, at a 99% level of confidence and a 250-day time horizon, by comparing the Group's results and the risk measurements generated by the internal market risk model. These tests showed that the internal market risk model of both, BBVA, S.A. and Global Markets Mexico is adequate and precise.

    Two types of backtesting have been carried out in 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    • "Hypothetical" backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the results obtained, not taking into account the intraday results or the changes in the portfolio positions. This validates the appropriateness of the market risk metrics for the end-of-day position.
    • "Real" backtesting: the daily VaR is compared with the total results, including intraday transactions, but discounting the possible minimum charges or fees involved. This type of backtesting includes the intraday risk in portfolios.

    In addition, each of these two types of backtesting was carried out at a risk factor or business type level, thus making a deeper comparison of the results with respect to risk measurements.

    For the period between the year ended December 31, 2019 and the year ended December 31, 2020, the backtesting of the internal VaR calculation model was carried out, comparing the daily results obtained to the risk level estimated by the internal VaR calculation model. In that period, there were no negative exceptions in BBVA S.A., while in BBVA Mexico there were a total of 3 exceptions. The COVID-19 epidemic together with the fall in the oil price resulted in a sharp depreciation of the local currency, a considerable spike in stock market volatility, a breakdown of the correlation between different curves and an abrupt movement in local interest rate curves.

    At the end of the year the comparison showed the internal VaR calculation model was working correctly, within the "green" zone (0-4 exceptions), thus validating the internal VaR calculation model, as has been the case each year since the internal market risk model was approved for the Group.

    Stress testing

    A number of stress tests are carried out on the BBVA Group's trading portfolios. First, global and local historical scenarios are used that replicate the behavior of an extreme past event, such as for example the collapse of Lehman Brothers or the "Tequilazo" crisis. These stress tests are complemented with simulated scenarios, where the aim is to generate scenarios that have a significant impact on the different portfolios, but without being anchored to any specific historical scenario. Finally, for some portfolios or positions, fixed stress tests are also carried out that have a significant impact on the market variables affecting these positions.

    Historical scenarios

    The historical benchmark stress scenario for the BBVA Group is Lehman Brothers, whose sudden collapse in September 2008 led to a significant impact on the behavior of financial markets at a global level. The following are the most relevant effects of this historical scenario:

    • Credit shock: reflected mainly in the increase of credit spreads and downgrades in credit ratings.
    • Increased volatility in most of the financial markets (giving rise to a great deal of variation in the prices of different assets (currency, equity, debt).
    • Liquidity shock in the financial systems, reflected by a major movement in interbank curves, particularly in the shortest sections of the euro and dollar curves.
    Simulated scenarios

    Unlike the historical scenarios, which are fixed and therefore not suited to the composition of the risk portfolio at all times, the scenario used for the exercises of economic stress is based on resampling methodology. This methodology is based on the use of dynamic scenarios that are recalculated periodically depending on the main risks affecting the trading portfolios. On a data window wide enough to collect different periods of stress (data are taken from January 1, 2008 until the date of the assessment), a simulation is performed by resampling of historic observations, generating a distribution of losses and gains that serve to analyze the most extreme of births in the selected historical window. The advantage of this methodology is that the period of stress is not predetermined, but depends on the portfolio maintained at each time, and making a large number of simulations (10,000 simulations) allows a greater richness of information for the analysis of expected shortfall than what is available in the scenarios included in the calculation of VaR.

    The main features of this approach are: a) the generated simulations respect the correlation structure of the data, b) there is flexibility in the inclusion of new risk factors and c) it allows the introduction of a lot of variability in the simulations (desirable for considering extreme events).

    The impact of the stress test under multivariable simulation of the risk factors of the portfolio based on the expected shortfall (expected shortfall calculated at a 95% confidence level, 20 days) as of December 31, 2020 is as follows:

    Impact of the stress test (Millions of Euros)

    Europe Mexico Peru Venezuela Argentina Colombia Turkey
    Expected Shortfall (121) (69) (8) - (8) (4) (8)

    Download table

    7.3.2 Financial Instruments offset

    Financial assets and liabilities may be netted in certain cases. In particular, they are presented for a net amount on the consolidated balance sheet only when the Group's entities satisfy the provisions of IAS 32-Paragraph 42, so they have both the legal right to net recognized amounts, and the intention of settling the net amount or of realizing the asset and simultaneously paying the liability.

    In addition, the Group has presented as gross amounts assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet for which there are master netting arrangements in place, but for which there is no intention of settling the net amount. The most common types of events that trigger the netting of reciprocal obligations are bankruptcy of the entity, surpassing certain level of indebtedness threshold, failure to pay, restructuring and dissolution of the entity.

    In the current market context, derivatives are contracted under different framework contracts being the most widespread the ones developed by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) and, for the Spanish market, the Framework Agreement on Financial Transactions (“CMOF”). Almost all portfolio derivative transactions have been concluded under these framework contracts, including in them the netting clauses mentioned in the preceding paragraph as "Master Netting Agreement", greatly reducing the credit exposure on these instruments. Additionally, in contracts signed with counterparties, the collateral agreement annexes called Credit Support Annex (“CSA”) are included, thereby minimizing exposure to a potential default of the counterparty.

    Moreover, many of the transactions involving assets purchased or sold under a repurchase agreement are transacted through clearing houses that articulate mechanisms to reduce counterparty risk, as well as through the signing of various master agreements for bilateral transactions, the most widely used being the Global Master Repurchase Agreement (GMRA), published by the International Capital Market Association (“ICMA”), to which the clauses related to the collateral exchange are usually added within the text of the master agreement itself.

    A summary of the effect of offsetting (via netting and collateral) for derivatives and securities operations is presented below as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (D)
    Notes Gross Amounts Recognized (A) Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (B) Net Amount Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (C=A-B) Financial Instruments Cash Collateral Received/ Pledged Net Amount (E=C-D)
    Trading and hedging derivatives 10, 15 47,862 5,688 42,173 33,842 9,018 (686)
    Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing and similar agreements 34,500 - 34,500 35,141 161 (802)
    Total Assets 82,362 5,688 76,674 68,983 9,178 (1,488)
    Trading and hedging derivatives 10, 15 49,720 5,722 43,998 33,842 9,435 721
    Repurchase, securities lending and similar agreementss 43,950 - 43,950 44,677 1,619 (2,346)
    Total liabilities 93,670 5,722 87,948 78,519 11,054 (1,624)

    Download table

    December 2019 (Millions of Euros)

    Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (D)
    Notes Gross Amounts Recognized (A) Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (B) Net Amount Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (C=A-B) Financial Instruments Cash Collateral Received/ Pledged Net Amount (E=C-D)
    Trading and hedging derivatives 10, 15 36,349 2,388 33,961 25,020 8,210 731
    Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing and similar agreements 35,805 21 35,784 35,618 204 (39)
    Total Assets 72,154 2,409 69,744 60,637 8,415 692
    Trading and hedging derivatives 10, 15 38,693 2,394 36,299 25,020 10,613 667
    Repurchase, securities lending and similar agreements 45,977 21 45,956 45,239 420 297
    Total liabilities 84,670 2,414 82,256 70,259 11,033 964

    Download table

    December 2018 (Millions of Euros)

    Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (D)
    Notes Gross Amounts Recognized (A) Gross Amounts Offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (B) Net Amount Presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (C=A-B) Financial Instruments Cash Collateral Received/ Pledged Net Amount (E=C-D)
    Trading and hedging derivatives 10, 15 48,895 16,480 32,415 24,011 7,790 613
    Reverse repurchase, securities borrowing and similar agreements 28,074 42 28,032 28,022 169 (159)
    Total Assets 76,969 16,522 60,447 52,033 7,959 454
    Trading and hedging derivatives 10, 15 50,583 17,101 33,481 24,011 6,788 2,682
    Repurchase, securities lending and similar agreements 43,035 42 42,993 42,877 34 82
    Total liabilities 93,618 17,143 76,474 66,888 6,822 2,765

    Download table

    The amount of recognized financial instruments within derivatives includes the effect in case of compensation with counterparties with which the Group holds netting agreements, while, for repos, it reflects the market value of the collateral associated with the transaction.

    7.4 Structural risk

    The structural risks are defined, in general terms, as the possibility of sustaining losses due to adverse movements in market risk factors as a result of mismatches in the financial structure of an entity´s balance sheet.

    In the Group, the following types of structural risks are defined, according to the nature and the following market factors: interest rate, exchange rate and equity.

    The scope of structural risks in the Group is limited to the banking book, excluding market risks in the trading book that are clearly delimited and separated and make up the Market Risks.

    The Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO) is the main responsible body for the management of structural risks regarding liquidity/ funding interest rate, currency, equity and solvency. Every month, with the participation of the CEO and representatives from the areas of Finance, Risks and Business Areas; this committee monitors the structural risks and is presented with proposals with regard to action plans related with its management for its approval. These management proposals are made by the Finance area with a forward-looking focus, maintaining the alignment with the risk appetite framework, trying to guarantee the recurrence of results and financial stability, as well as to preserve the solvency of the entity. All balance management units have a local ALCO, which is permanently attended by members of the corporate center, and there is a corporate ALCO where management strategies are monitored and presented in the Group's subsidiaries.

    GRM area acts as an independent unit, ensuring adequate separation between the management and risk control functions, and is responsible for ensuring that the structural risks in the Group are managed according to the strategy approved by the Board of Directors.

    Consequently, GRM deals with the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of those risks and their reporting to the corresponding corporate bodies. Through the Global Risk Management Committee (GRMC), it performs the function of control and risk assessment and is responsible for developing the strategies, policies, procedures and infrastructure necessary to identify, evaluate, measure and manage the significant risks that the BBVA Group faces. To this end, GRM, through the corporate unit of Structural Risks, proposes a scheme of limits and alerts that defines the risk appetite set for each of the relevant structural risk types, both at Group level and by management units, which will be reviewed annually, reporting the situation periodically to the Group's corporate bodies as well as to the GRMC.

    Within the three lines of defense scheme in which BBVA's internal control model is established according to the most advanced standards in terms of internal control, the first line of defense is composed by the Finance area, which is responsible for managing the structural risk.

    While GRM, as a second line of defense, is in charge of identifying risks, and establishing policies and control models, periodically evaluating their effectiveness.

    In the second line of defense, there are also the Internal Risk Control units, which independently review the Structural Risk control, and Internal Financial Control, which carry out a review on the design and effectiveness of the operational controls over structural risk management.

    The third line of defense is represented by the Internal Audit area, which, with total independence, is responsible for reviewing specific controls and processes.

    7.4.1 Structural interest rate risk

    The structural interest-rate risk (“IRRBB”) is related to the potential impact that variations in market interest rates have on an entity's net interest income and equity. In order to properly measure IRRBB, BBVA takes into account the main sources that generate this risk: repricing risk, yield curve risk, option risk and basis risk, which are analyzed with an integral vision, combining two complementary points of view: net interest income (short term) and economic value (long term).

    The exposure of a financial entity to adverse interest rates movements is a risk inherent to the development of the banking business, which is also, in turn, an opportunity to create economic value. Therefore, interest rate risk must be effectively managed so that it is limited in accordance with the entity’s equity and in line with the expected economic result.

    This function falls to the Global ALM (Asset & Liability Management) unit, within the Finance area, who, through ALCO, aims to guarantee the recurrence of results and preserve the solvency of the entity, always adhering to the risk profile defined by the management bodies of the BBVA Group. The interest rate risk management of the balance sheet aims to promote the stability of the net interest income and book value with respect to changes in market interest rates, types of markets in the different balance-sheets, while respecting solvency and internal limits, as well as complying with current and future regulatory requirements. Likewise, a specific monitoring of the banking book instruments registered at market value (fair value) is developed, which due to their accounting treatment have an impact on results and / or equity.

    In this regard, the BBVA Group maintains an exposure to fluctuations on interest rates according to its objective strategy and risk profile, being carried out in a decentralized and independent manner in each of the banking entities that compose its structural balance-sheet.

    The management is carried out in accordance with the guidelines established by the European Banking Authority (EBA), with a monitoring of interest rate risk metrics, with the aim of analyzing the potential impact that could be derived from the range of scenarios in the different balance-sheets of the Group.

    Nature of Interest Rate Risk

    Repricing risk arises due to the difference between the repricing or maturity terms of the assets and liabilities, and represents the most frequent interest rate risk faced by financial entities. However, other sources of risk as changes in the slope and shape of the yield curve, the reference to different indexes and the optionality risk embedded in certain banking transactions, are also taken into account by the risk control system.

    BBVA's structural interest-rate risk management process is formed from a set of metrics and tools that enables the capture of additional sources to properly monitor the risk profile of the Group, backed-up by an assumptions set that aims to characterize the behavior of the balance sheet items with the maximum accuracy.

    The IRRBB measurement is carried out on a monthly basis, and includes probabilistic measures based on methods of scenario simulation, which enables to capture additional sources of risk to the parallel shifts, as the changes in slope shape and the basis of yield curves. Additionally, sensitivity analysis to multiple parallel shocks of different magnitude are also assessed on a regular basis. The process is run separately for each currency to which the Group is exposed, considering, at a later stage, the diversification effect among currencies and business units.

    The risk measurement model is complemented by the assessment of ad-hoc scenarios and stress tests. As stress testing has become more relevant during the recent years, the evaluation of extreme scenarios of rupture of historical interest rates levels, correlations and volatility has continued to be enhanced, while assessing, also, BBVA Research market scenarios, and incorporating the set of scenarios defined according to EBA guidelines.

    During 2020, the Group worked to improve the control and management model in accordance with the guidelines established by the EBA on the management of interest rate risk in the banking book. It is worth highlighting, among other aspects, the reinforcement of the stress analysis, including the evaluation of the impacts on the main balance sheet accounts of the Group that could derive from the range of interest rate scenarios defined according to the EBA guidelines mentioned above.

    Key assumptions of the model

    In order to measure structural interest rate risk, the setting of assumptions on the evolution and behavior of certain balance sheet items is particularly relevant, especially those related to products without an explicit or contractual maturity.

    The assumptions that characterize these balance sheet items must be understandable for the areas and bodies involved in risk management and control and remain duly justified and documented. The modeling of these assumptions must be conceptually reasonable and consistent with the evidence based on historical experience, reviewed at least once a year.

    In view of the heterogeneity of the financial markets and the availability of historical data, each one of the entities of the Group is responsible for determining the behavior assumptions to be applied to the balance sheet items, always under the guidelines and the applicability of the corporate models existing in the Group.

    Among the balance sheet assumptions stand out those established for the treatment of items without contractual maturity, mainly for demand customer deposits, and those related to the expectations on the exercise of interest rate options, especially those relating to loans and deposits subject to prepayment risk.

    For the modeling of demand deposits, a segmentation of the accounts in several categories is previously carried out depending on the characteristics of the customer (retail / wholesale) and the product (type of account / transactionality / remuneration), in order to outline the specific behavior of each segment.

    In order to establish the remuneration of each segment, the relationship between the evolution of market interest rates and the interest rates of managed accounts is analyzed, with the aim of determining the translation dynamic (percentages and lags) of interest rates variations to the remuneration of the accounts.

    The behavior assigned to each category of accounts is determined by an analysis of the historical evolution of the balances and the probability of cancellation of the accounts. For this, the volatile part of the balance assigned to a short-term maturity is isolated, thus avoiding fluctuations in the level of risk caused by specific variations in the balances and promoting stability in the management of the balance. Once the stable part is identified, a medium / long term maturity model is applied through a decay distribution based on the average term of the accounts and the conditional cancellation probabilities throughout the life of the product.

    Additionally, the relationship of the evolution of the balance of deposits with the levels of market interest rates is taken into account, where appropriate, including the potential migration between the different types of deposits (on demand / time deposits) in the different interest rate scenarios.

    Equally relevant is the treatment of early cancelation options embedded in credit loans, mortgage portfolios and customer deposits. The evolution of market interest rates may condition, along with other variables, the incentive that customers have to prepay loans or deposits, modifying the future behavior of the balance amounts with respect to the forecasted contractual maturity schedule.

    The detailed analysis of the historical information related to prepayment data, both partial and total prepayment, combined with other variables such as interest rates, allows estimating future amortizations and, where appropriate, their behavior linked to the evolution of such variables.

    The approval and updating of the risk behavior models of structural interest rate risk are subject to corporate governance under the scope of GRM-Analytics. In this way, the models must be properly inventoried and cataloged and comply with the requirements established in the internal procedures for their development, updating and management of the changes. The models are also subject to the corresponding internal validations based on their relevance and the established monitoring requirements.

    The table below shows the profile of average interest rate risk in terms of sensitivities of the main currencies in the BBVA Group in 2020:

    Sensitivity to interest-rate analysis - December 2020

    Impact on net interest income (*) Impact on economic value (**)
    100 basis-points increase 100 basis-points decrease (***) 100 basis-points increase 100 basis-points decrease (***)
    EUR [1.5% , 3.5%] [-1.5% , -0.5%] [3.5% , 5.5%] [-3.5% , -1.5%]
    MXN [0.5% , 1.5%] [-1.5% , -0.5%] [-1.5% , -0.5%] [0.5% , 1.5%]
    TRY [-0.5% , 0.5%] [-0.5% , 0.5%] [-0.5% , 0.5%] [-0.5% , 0.5%]
    Other [-0.5% , 0.5%] [-0.5% , 0.5%] [-0.5% , 0.5%] [-0.5% , 0.5%]
    BBVA Group [3.5% , 5.5%] [-3.5% , -1.5%] [3.5% , 5.5%] [-3.5% , -1.5%]
    • (*) Percentage of "1 year" net interest income forecast for each unit.
    • (**) Percentage of Core Capital for each unit.
    • (***) In EUR and USD, negative interest rates scenarios are allowed up to plausible levels lower than current rates.

    Download table

    During 2020, central banks and governments have carried out monetary stimulus measures to mitigate the economic impact caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, which has significantly affected the global economy, spreading to most countries. In Europe, the monetary stimulus measures of the European Central Bank have continued, and the Euribor have fallen, reaching historical low records. In the United States, the reference rates (Libor) have maintained a downward trend, in line with the cuts made by the Federal Reserve in the first quarter of the year. Also in Mexico, the monetary policy rate has fallen significantly during the year. In Turkey, although it initially showed a downward trend in interest rates, aggressive increases have been registered since August, reversing the declines of previous quarters, ending the year with an increase of 500 basis points above December's level of 2019.

    In South America, monetary policy has been expansionary, with a reduction in reference rates in the economies of Colombia and Peru, reaching historical low records, affected by the contraction in activity. On the other hand, in Argentina there is a strongly restrictive monetary policy, with a high increase in interest rates in the second half of the year, due to the strong volatility of the markets, affected by the devaluation of the exchange rate.

    The BBVA Group, at an aggregate level, continues to maintain a moderate risk profile, in accordance with the established objective, showing a favorable position to a rise in interest rates on net interest income. Effective management of the balance sheet structural risk has mitigated the negative impact of the downward trend in interest rates and the volatility experienced as a result of the effects of COVID-19, and is reflected in the strength and recurrence of the margin of interests:

    • In Europe and the United States, the downward trend in interest rates remains limited by current levels, preventing extremely adverse scenarios from occurring. Both balance sheets are characterized by a loan portfolio with a high proportion referenced to a variable interest rate (mainly mortgages in Spain and loans to companies in both countries) and a liability composed mainly of customer deposits. The COAP portfolios act as hedging of the bank balance, mitigating its sensitivity to interest rate movements. This profile has remained stable during 2020 on both balance sheets. In Spain, the sensitivity of the interest margin has increased in the year due to the maintenance of higher balances of sensitive liquid assets as a result of the generation of liquidity on the balance sheet and the additional financing of TLTRO III (see Note 22), and due to maturity of a part of the coverage of the mortgage portfolio. In the United States, the sensitivity has been reduced due to the balance sheet hedges carried out in late 2019 and early 2020.
    • In Mexico, a balance has been maintained between balances referenced to fixed and variable interest rates. Among the assets most sensitive to interest rate movements, the wholesale portfolio stands out, while consumer and mortgages are mostly at a fixed rate. The COAP portfolio is used to balance the longer term of customer deposits. The sensitivity of the interest margin remains limited and stable during 2020, considering the new interest rate scenario that emerged in March, with a downward trend in rates benchmark throughout 2020.
    • In Turkey, the interest rate risk on the balance sheet increased during 2020, as a result of regulatory requirements (such as the Asset Ratio, applied by the Banking Regulation Supervision Agency (BRSA) and the Good Bank, established by the Central Bank of Turkey (CBRT)) that encourage loan growth. As a result of the establishment of these Regulations, the growth of loans, mostly at a fixed rate, together with the increase in the COAP portfolio, negatively affected sensitivity, being offset by inflation-linked bonds and floating bonds, as well as due to the increase in deposits in the liability side.
    • In South America, the risk profile on interest rates continues to be low, as most of the countries in the area have a composition of fixed / variable and very similar maturities between assets and liabilities, showing a sensitivity of the margin interest rate limited and with slight variations throughout 2020. Likewise, in countries with balances in several currencies, interest rate risk is also managed for each of the currencies, showing a very low level of risk. The measures promoted by central banks and governments have contributed to raising deposits and excess liquidity in Colombia and Peru, as well as their positions in monetary assets, generating a slight positive variation in margin sensitivity.

    7.4.2 Structural exchange-rate risk

    Structural exchange rate risk, inherent to the business of international banking groups that develop their activities in different geographies and currencies, is defined as the possibility of impacts on solvency, equity value and results driven by fluctuations in the exchange rates due to exposures in foreign currencies.

    In the BBVA Group, structural exchange-rate risk arises from the consolidation of holdings in subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the euro. Its management is centralized in order to optimize the joint management of permanent foreign currency exposures, taking diversification into account.

    The corporate Global ALM unit, through ALCO, designs and executes hedging strategies with the main purpose of preserving the stability of consolidated capital ratios and income flows generated in a currency other than the euro in the BBVA Group, keeping a value generation perspective to preserve the Group’s equity in the long term. To this end, a dynamic management strategy is carried out, considering hedge transactions according to market expectations and their costs.

    The risk monitoring metrics included in the framework of limits, in line with the Risk Appetite Framework, are integrated into management and supplemented with additional assessment indicators. At the corporate level they are based on probabilistic metrics that measure the maximum deviation in the Group’s Capital, CET1 (“Common Equity Tier 1”) ratio, and net attributable profit. The probabilistic metrics make it possible to estimate the joint impact of exposure to different currencies taking into account the different variability in exchange rates and their correlations.

    The suitability of these risk assessment metrics is reviewed on a regular basis through back-testing exercises. The final element of structural exchange-rate risk control is the stress and scenario analysis aimed to assess the vulnerabilities of foreign currency structural exposure not contemplated by the risk metrics and to serve as an additional tool when making management decisions. The scenarios are based both on historical situations simulated by the risk model and on the risk scenarios provided by BBVA Research.

    As of December 31, 2020, the main currencies of the geographies where the Group operates have depreciated against the euro during the year: Mexican peso (-13.1%), US Dollar (-8.5%), Turkish lira (-26.7%), Colombian peso (-12.6%), Peruvian sol (-16.3%) and Argentine peso (-34.8%).

    The Group's structural exchange-rate risk exposure level has in some cases increased due to the restrictions related to dividend payments from the subsidiaries which have offset the reduction in risk due to the depreciation of the currencies. The hedging policy intends to keep low levels of sensitivity to movements in the exchange rates of emerging markets currencies against the euro. The risk mitigation level in the capital ratio due to the book value of the BBVA Group's holdings in foreign emerging markets currencies stood at around 65% and, as of the end of 2020, CET1 ratio sensitivity to the depreciation of 10% in the euro exchange rate for each currency is estimated: USD +9 bps; Mexican peso -5 bps; Turkish lira -2 bps; other currencies -1 bp (excluding hyperinflation economies). On the other hand, hedging of emerging markets currency denominated earnings in 2020 reached 65%, concentrated in Mexican peso, Turkish lira and the main Latin American currencies.

    For the years 2020, 2019 and 2018, the estimated sensitivities of the result attributable to the parent company are shown below, taking into account the coverage against depreciations and appreciations of 1% of the average rate in the main currencies. To the extent that hedging positions are periodically modulated, the sensitivity estimate attempts to reflect an average (or effective) sensitivity in the year:

    Sensitivity to 1% (Millions of Euros)

    Currency 2020 2019 2018
    Mexican peso 4.9 12.7 13.0
    Turkish lira 4.5 3.1 3.0
    Peruvian sol 0.4 1.9 1.3
    Chilean peso 0.3 0.5 0.7
    Colombian peso 1.4 2.6 1.9
    Argentinian peso 0.9 1.3 (0.3)
    US Dollar 4.3 5.9 7.3

    Download table

    7.4.3 Structural equity risk

    Structural equity risk refers to the possibility of suffering losses in the value of positions in shares and other equity instruments held in the banking book with long or medium term investment horizons due to fluctuations in the value of equity indexes or shares.

    BBVA Group's exposure to structural equity risk arises largely from minority shareholdings held on industrial and financial companies. This exposure is modulated in some portfolios with positions held on derivative instruments on the same underlying assets, in order to adjust the portfolio sensitivity to potential changes in equity prices.

    The management of structural equity portfolios is a responsibility of Global ALM and other Group's units specialized in this area. Their activity is subject to the risk management corporate policy on structural equity risk management, complying with the defined management principles and Risk Appetite Framework.

    The structural equity risk metrics, designed by GRM according to the corporate model, contribute to the effective monitoring of the risk by estimating the sensitivity and the capital necessary to cover the possible unexpected losses due to changes in the value of the shareholdings in the Group's investment portfolio, with a level of confidence that corresponds to the objective rating of the entity, taking into account the liquidity of the positions and the statistical behavior of the assets to be considered

    In order to analyze the risk profile in depth, stress tests and scenario analysis of sensitivity to different simulated scenarios are carried out. They are based on both past crisis situations and forecasts made by BBVA Research. These analyses are carried out regularly to assess the vulnerabilities of structural equity exposure not contemplated by the risk metrics and to serve as an additional tool when making management decisions.

    Backtesting is carried out on a regular basis on the risk measurement model used.

    Global Equity markets have been severely affected by the outbreak of the coronavirus in the first quarter. The extraordinary fiscal and monetary response fostered their recovery although this has been uneven across different geographies and sectors. In this sense, the Spanish equity market has shown one of the worst performances as it fell 15% during 2020.

    Structural equity risk, measured in terms of economic capital, has remained fairly stable in the period. The aggregate sensitivity of the BBVA Group’s consolidated equity to a 1% fall in the price of shares of the companies making up the equity portfolio decreased to -€20 million as of December 31, 2020, compared to -€26 million as of December 31, 2019. This estimation takes into account the exposure in shares valued at market prices, or if not applicable, at fair value (excluding the positions in the Treasury Area portfolios) and the net delta-equivalent positions in derivatives on the same underlyings

    7.5 Liquidity and funding risk

    Liquidity and funding risk is defined as the incapacity of a bank in meeting its payment commitments due to lack of funds or that, to face those commitments, should have to make use of funding under burdensome terms.

    7.5.1 Liquidity and Funding Strategy and Planning

    The BBVA Group is a multinational financial institution whose business is focused mainly on retail and commercial banking activities. In addition to the retail business model, which forms its core business, the Group engages in corporate and investment banking, through the global CIB (Corporate & Investment Banking) division.

    Liquidity and funding risk management aims to maintain a solid balance sheet structure which allows a sustainable business model. The Group’s liquidity and funding strategy is based on the following pillars:

    • The principle of the funding self-sufficiency of its subsidiaries, meaning that each of the Liquidity Management Units (LMUs) must cover its funding needs independently on the markets where it operates. This avoids possible contagion due to a crisis affecting one or more of the Group’s LMUs.
    • Stable customer deposits as the main source of funding in all the LMUs, in accordance with the Group’s business model.
    • Diversification of the sources of wholesale funding, in terms of maturity, market, instruments, counterparties and currencies, with recurring access to the markets.
    • Compliance with regulatory requirements, ensuring the availability of ample liquidity buffers, of high quality, as well as sufficient instruments as required by regulations with the capacity to absorb losses.
    • Compliance with the internal Liquidity Risk and Funding metrics, while adhering to the Risk Appetite level established for each LMU at any time.

    Liquidity and Financing Risk Management aims, in the short term, to prevent an entity from having difficulties in meeting its payment commitments in due time and form or that, to meet them, it has to resort to obtaining funds in burdensome conditions that deteriorate the image or reputation of the entity.

    In the medium term, its objective is to ensure the suitability of the Group's financial structure and its evolution, within the framework of the economic situation, the markets and regulatory changes

    This management of structural and liquidity funding is based on the principle of financial self-sufficiency of the entities that comprise it. This approach helps prevent and limit liquidity risk by reducing the Group’s vulnerability during periods of high risk. This decentralized management prevents possible contagion from a crisis affecting only one or a few Group entities, which must act independently to meet their liquidity requirements in the markets where they operate.

    Within this strategy, the BBVA Group is organized into eleven LMUs compose of the parent company and the bank subsidiaries in each geography, plus the branches that depend on them.

    In addition, the policy for managing liquidity and funding risk is also based on the model’s robustness and on the planning and integration of risk management into the budgeting process of each LMU, according to the financing risk appetite that it decides to assume in its business.

    Liquidity and funding planning is part of the strategic processes for the Group’s budgetary and business planning. This objective is to allow a recurrent growth of the banking business with suitable maturities and costs within the established risk tolerance levels by using a wide range of instruments which allow the diversification of the funding sources and the maintenance of a high volume of available liquid assets.

    7.5.2 Governance and monitoring

    The responsibility for liquidity and funding management in the development of normal business activity lies with the Finance area as a first line of defense in managing the risks inherent to this activity, in accordance with the principles established by the European Banking Authority (EBA) and in line with the most demanding standards, policies, procedures and controls in the framework established by the governing bodies. Finance, through the Balance-Sheet Management area, plans and executes the funding of the structural long-term gap of each LMU and proposes to the Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO) the actions to be taken on this matter, in accordance with the policies established by the Risk Committee in line with the metrics of the Risk Appetite Framework approved by the Board of Directors.

    Finance is also responsible for preparing the regulatory reporting of liquidity, coordinating with the responsible areas in each LGU the necessary processes to cover the requirements at corporate and regulatory level, ensuring the integrity of the information provided.

    GRM is responsible for ensuring that the liquidity and financing risk in the Group is managed in accordance with the framework established by governing bodies. It also deals with the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of such risks and their communication to the relevant corporate bodies. In order to carry out this task properly, the risk function in the Group has been configured as a single, global function, independent of the management areas

    Additionally, the Group has, in its second line of defense, an Internal Risk Control unit, which performs an independent review of the control of Liquidity and Financing Risk, and a Financial Internal Control Unit that reviews the design and effectiveness of the controls operations on liquidity management and reporting.

    As the third line of defense of the Group's internal control model, Internal Audit is in charge of reviewing specific controls and processes in accordance with a work plan that is drawn up annually.

    The Group’s fundamental objectives regarding the liquidity and funding risk are determined through the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) and through the Loan-to-Stable Customer Deposits (LtSCD) ratio.

    The LCR ratio is a regulatory metric that aims to guarantee the resilience of entities in a scenario of liquidity tension within a time horizon of 30 days. Within its risk appetite framework and system of limits and alerts, BBVA has established a required LCR compliance level for the entire Group and for each individual LMU. The internal levels required are aimed at efficiently meeting the regulatory requirement, at a widely level above 100%.

    The LtSCD ratio measures the relationship between net lending and stable customer funds. The aim is to preserve a stable funding structure in the medium term for each of the LMUs which make up the BBVA Group, taking into account that maintaining an adequate volume of stable customer funds is key to achieving a sound liquidity profile. In geographical areas with dual-currency balances, the indicator is also controlled by currency to manage the mismatches that might occur.

    Stable customer funds are considered to be the financing obtained and managed from the LMUs among their target customers. Those funds are characterized by their low sensitivity to market changes and by their less volatile behavior at aggregated level per operation due to the loyalty of the customer to the entity. The stable resources are calculated by applying to each identified customer segment a haircut determined by the analysis of the stability if the balances by which different aspects are evaluated (concentration, stability, level of loyalty). The main source of stable resources arises from wholesale funding and retail customer funds.

    In order to establish the target (maximum) levels of LtSCD in each LMU and provide an optimal funding structure reference in terms of risk appetite, the corporate Structural Risks unit of GRM identifies and assesses the economic and financial variables that condition the funding structures in the different geographical areas.

    Additionally, liquidity and funding risk management aims to achieve a proper diversification of the funding structure, avoiding excessive dependence on short-term funding by establishing a maximum level for the short-term funds raised, including both wholesale financing and the least stable proportion of customer funds In relation to long-term financing, the maturity profile does not present significant concentrations, which makes it possible to adapt the schedule of the planned issuance plan to the best financial conditions in the markets. Lastly, concentration risk is monitored at LMU level, with the aim of ensuring a correct diversification of both the counterparty and type of instrument.

    One of the fundamental metrics within the general management framework of the liquidity and funding risk is the maintenance of a liquidity buffer consisting of high quality assets free of charges which can be sold or offered as collateral to obtain funding, either under normal market conditions or in stress situations.

    The Finance is responsible for the collateral management and determining the liquidity buffer within the BBVA Group. According to the principle of auto-sufficiency of the Group's subsidiaries, each LMU is responsible for maintaining a buffer of liquid assets which complies with the regulatory requirements applicable under each jurisdiction. In addition, the liquidity buffer of each LMU must be aligned with the liquidity and funding risk tolerance as well as the management limits set and approved for each case.

    In this context, the short-term resistance of the liquidity risk profile is promoted, ensuring that each LMU has sufficient collateral to deal with the risk of the closure of wholesale markets. Basic capacity is the internal metric for the management and control of short-term liquidity risk, which is defined as the relationship between the explicit assets available and the maturities of wholesale liabilities and volatile resources, at different time periods up to the year, with special relevance at 30 and 90 days, with the objective of preserving the survival period above 3 months with the available buffer, without considering the balance inflows.

    As a fundamental element of the liquidity and financing risk monitoring scheme, stress tests are carried out. They enable to anticipate deviations from the liquidity targets and the limits set in the appetite, and to establish tolerance ranges in the different management areas. They also play a major role in the design of the Liquidity Contingency Plan and the definition of specific measures to be adopted to rectify the risk profile if necessary.

    For each scenario, it is checked whether BBVA has a sufficient stock of liquid assets to guarantee its capacity to meet the liquidity commitments/outflows in the different periods analyzed. The analysis considers four scenarios: one central and three crisis-related (systemic crisis; unexpected internal crisis with a considerable rating downgrade and/or affecting the ability to issue in wholesale markets and the perception of business risk by the banking intermediaries and the entity’s clients; and a mixed scenario, as a combination of the two aforementioned scenarios). Each scenario considers the following factors: existing market liquidity, customer behavior and sources of funding, the impact of rating downgrades, market values of liquid assets and collateral, and the interaction between liquidity requirements and the development of BBVA's credit quality.

    The stress tests conducted on a regular basis by GRM reveal that BBVA maintains a sufficient buffer of liquid assets to deal with the estimated liquidity outflows in a scenario resulting from the combination of a systemic crisis and an unexpected internal crisis, during a period of longer than 3 months in general for the different LMUs (with the exception of Turkey where despite closing the year above 3 months, the regulatory requirements have led to non-compliance during certain periods), including in the scenario of a significant downgrade of the Bank’s rating by up to three notches.

    Together with the results of the stress tests and the risk metrics, the early warning indicators play an important role within the corporate model and the Liquidity Contingency Plan. They are mainly indicators of the funding structure, in relation to asset encumbrance, counterparty concentration, flights of customer deposits, unexpected use of credit facilities, and of the market, which help anticipate possible risks and capture market expectations.

    Finance is the area responsible for the elaboration, monitoring, execution and update of the liquidity and funding plan and of the market access strategy to guarantee and improve the stability and diversification of the wholesale funding sources.

    In order to implement and establish management in an anticipated manner, limits are set on an annual basis for the main management metrics that form part of the budgeting process for the liquidity and funding plan. This framework of limits contributes to the planning of the joint future performance of:

    • The loan book, considering the types of assets and their degree of liquidity, as well as their validity as collateral in collateralized funding.
    • Stable customer funds, based on the application of a methodology for establishing which segments and customer balances are considered to be stable or volatile funds based on the principle of sustainability and recurrence of these funds.
    • Projection of the credit gap, in order to require a degree of self-funding that is defined in terms of the difference between the loan-book and stable customer funds.
    • Incorporating the planning of securities portfolios into the banking book, which include both fixed-interest and equity securities, and are classified as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and at amortized cost, and additionally on trading portfolios.
    • The structural gap projection, as a result of assessing the funding needs generated both from the credit gap and by the securities portfolio in the banking book, together with the rest of on-balance-sheet wholesale funding needs, excluding trading portfolios. This gap therefore needs to be funded with customer funds that are not considered stable or on wholesale markets.

    As a result of these funding needs, the BBVA Group plans the target wholesale funding structure according to the tolerance set in each LMU target.

    Thus, once the structural gap has been identified and after resorting to wholesale markets, the amount and composition of wholesale structural funding is established in subsequent years, in order to maintain a diversified funding mix and guarantee that there is not a high reliance on short-term funding (short-term wholesale funding plus volatile customer funds).

    In practice, the execution of the principles of planning and self-funding at the different LMUs results in the Group’s main source of funding being customer deposits, which consist mainly of demand deposits, savings deposits and time deposits.

    As sources of funding, customer deposits are complemented by access to the interbank market and the domestic and international capital markets in order to address additional liquidity requirements, implementing domestic and international programs for the issuance of commercial paper and medium and long-term debt.

    The process of analysis and assessment of the liquidity and funding situation and of the inherent risks is a process carried out on an ongoing basis in the BBVA Group, with the participation of all the Group areas involved in liquidity and funding risk management. This process is carried out at both local and corporate level. It is incorporated into the decision- making process for liquidity and funding management, with integration between the risk appetite strategy and establishment and the planning process, the funding plan and the limits scheme.

    7.5.3 Liquidity and funding performance

    During 2020, the BBVA Group has maintained a robust and dynamic funding structure with a predominantly retail nature, where customer resources represent the main source of funding.

    During 2020, liquidity conditions have remained comfortable in all the countries where the BBVA Group operates. Since the beginning of March, the global crisis caused by COVID-19 has had a significant impact on financial markets. The effects of this crisis on the Group's balance sheets materialized fundamentally at first, through greater provision of credit lines by wholesale clients in view of the worsening financing conditions in the markets, with no significant effect on the retail world. These provisions were largely paid off over the following quarters. Dealing with this situation of initial uncertainty, the different central banks provided a joint response through specific measures and programs to facilitate the financing of the real economy and the provision of liquidity in financial markets, increasing liquidity buffers in almost all areas with BBVA presence

    Thus, the performance of the indicators show that the robustness of the funding structure remained steady during 2020, 2019 and 2018, in the sense that all LMUs held self-funding levels with stable customer resources above the requirements.

    LtSCD by LMU

    2020 2019 2018
    Group (average) 95% 108% 106%
    Eurozone 97% 108% 101%
    BBVA USA 92% 111% 119%
    BBVA Mexico 98% 116% 114%
    Garanti BBVA 95% 99% 110%
    Other LMUs 86% 103% 99%

    Download table

    With respect to LCR, the Group has maintained a liquidity buffer at both a consolidated and individual level in 2020. As a result, the ratio has remained comfortably above 100%, with the consolidated ratio as of December 31, 2020 standing at 149%.

    Although this requirement is only established at a Group level, for banks in the Eurozone, the minimum level required is comfortably exceeded in all subsidiaries. It should be noted that the calculation of the Consolidated LCR does not allow the transfer of liquidity between subsidiaries, so no excess liquidity may be transferred from these entities for the purpose of calculating the consolidated ratio. If the impact of these highly liquid assets was considered, the LCR would be 185%, or +36 basis points above the required level.

    LCR main LMU

    2020 2019 2018
    Group 149% 129% 127%
    Eurozone 173% 147% 145%
    BBVA USA (*) 144% 145% 143%
    BBVA Mexico 196% 147% 154%
    Garanti BBVA 183% 206% 209%
    • (*)BBVA USA LCR calculated according to local regulation (Fed Modified LCR)

    Download table

    Each entity maintains an individual liquidity buffer, both BBVA, S.A. and each of its subsidiaries, including BBVA USA, BBVA Mexico, Garanti BBVA and the Latin American subsidiaries.

    The table below shows the liquidity available by instrument as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 for the most significant entities based on prudential supervisor’s information (Commission Implementing Regulations (EU) 2017/2114 of November 9, 2017):

    December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    BBVA Eurozone BBVA Mexico Garanti BBVA Other
    Cash and withdrawable central bank reserves 39,330 8,930 6,153 6,831
    Level 1 tradable assets 48,858 9,205 7,019 6,237
    Level 2A tradable assets 5,119 106 - -
    Level 2B tradable assets 6,080 11 - 0
    Other tradable assets 20,174 421 701 745
    Non tradable assets eligible for central banks - - - -
    Cumulated counterbalancing capacity 119,560 18,672 13,873 13,814

    Download table

    December 2019 (Millions of Euros)

    BBVA Eurozone BBVA Mexico BBVA USA Garanti BBVA Other
    Cash and withdrawable central bank reserves 14,516 6,246 4,949 6,450 6,368
    Level 1 tradable assets 41,961 7,295 11,337 7,953 3,593
    Level 2A tradable assets 403 316 344 - -
    Level 2B tradable assets 5,196 219 - - 12
    Other tradable assets 22,213 1,269 952 669 586
    Non tradable assets eligible for central banks - - 2,935 - -
    Cumulated counterbalancing capacity 84,288 15,344 20,516 15,072 10,559

    Download table

    December 2018 (Millions of Euros)

    BBVA Eurozone BBVA Mexico BBVA USA Garanti BBVA Other
    Cash and withdrawable central bank reserves 26,506 7,666 1,667 7,633 6,677
    Level 1 tradable assets 29,938 4,995 10,490 6,502 3,652
    Level 2A tradable assets 449 409 510 - -
    Level 2B tradable assets 4,040 33 - - -
    Other tradable assets 8,772 1,372 1,043 499 617
    Non tradable assets eligible for central banks - - 2,314 - -
    Cumulated counterbalancing capacity 69,705 14,475 16,024 14,634 10,946

    Download table

    The Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR), defined as the ratio between the amount of stable funding available and the amount of stable funding required, is one of the Basel Committee's essential reforms, and requires banks to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to the composition of their assets and off-balance-sheet activities. This ratio should be at least 100% at all times.

    The NSFR of BBVA Group and its main LMUs at December 31, 2020 and 2019, calculated based on the Basel requirements, was the following:

    NSFR main LMU

    2020 2019
    Group 127% 120%
    BBVA Eurozone 121% 113%
    BBVA Mexico 138% 130%
    BBVA USA 126% 116%
    Garanti BBVA 154% 151%

    Download table

    Below is a matrix of residual maturities by contractual periods based on supervisory prudential reporting as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    December 2020. Contractual Maturities (Millions of Euros)

    Demand Up to 1
    month
    1 to 3
    months
    3 to 6
    months
    6 to 9
    months
    9 to 12
    months
    1 to 2 years 2 to 3 years 3 to 5 years Over 5
    years
    Total
    ASSETS
    Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits 42,518 32,741 - - - - - - - - 75,258
    Deposits in credit entities - 3,616 677 921 356 461 117 120 2 39 6,309
    Deposits in other financial institutions - 2,202 855 797 734 543 1,251 721 515 500 8,119
    Reverse repo, securities borrowing and margin lending - 20,033 4,757 1,351 364 368 3,320 1,849 891 1,089 34,021
    Loans and advances 279 16,939 24,280 23,012 15,579 17,032 46,182 38,851 51,709 110,173 344,036
    Securities' portfolio settlement - 3,896 6,680 6,557 5,084 13,014 9,858 15,494 17,231 50,045 127,859

    Download table

    December 2020. Contractual maturities (Millions of Euros)

    Demand Up to 1
    month
    1 to 3
    months
    3 to 6
    months
    6 to 9
    months
    9 to 12
    months
    1 to 2 years 2 to 3 years 3 to 5 years Over 5
    years
    Total
    LIABILITIES
    Wholesale funding - 4,750 2,618 3,963 1,283 1,543 10,573 7,505 12,793 23,839 68,868
    Deposits in financial institutions 8,838 7,859 254 741 152 726 825 189 166 371 20,120
    Deposits in other financial institutions and international agencies 12,735 4,324 2,694 588 353 272 957 337 459 870 23,589
    Customer deposits 308,360 39,978 13,416 6,808 4,526 4,366 3,361 1,213 869 799 383,694
    Security pledge funding - 41,239 5,301 1,643 1,192 368 11,304 28,510 3,740 1,516 94,812
    Derivatives, net - (722) 15 (961) (85) 134 (400) (157) (264) (159) (2,599)

    Download table

    December 2019. Contractual maturities (Millions of Euros)

    Demand Up to 1
    month
    1 to 3
    months
    3 to 6
    months
    6 to 9
    months
    9 to 12
    months
    1 to 2 years 2 to 3 years 3 to 5 years Over 5
    years
    Total
    ASSETS
    Cash, cash balances at central banks and other
    demand deposits
    20,954 20,654 - - - - - - - - 41,608
    Deposits in credit entities - 3,591 283 488 585 503 189 24 120 432 6,216
    Deposits in other financial institutions - 1,336 1,120 796 589 991 1,420 1,072 672 2,089 10,084
    Reverse repo, securities borrowing and margin
    lending
    - 21,612 3,858 2,287 561 808 4,121 1,838 411 803 36,299
    Loans and advances 157 22,015 25,056 24,994 15,777 16,404 42,165 35,917 54,772 122,098 359,354
    Securities' portfolio settlement - 1,622 3,873 6,620 2,017 7,292 21,334 6,115 13,240 46,022 108,136

    Download table

    December 2019. Contractual maturities (Millions of Euros)

    Demand Up to 1
    month
    1 to 3
    months
    3 to 6
    months
    6 to 9
    months
    9 to 12
    months
    1 to 2 years 2 to 3 years 3 to 5 years Over 5
    years
    Total
    LIABILITIES
    Wholesale funding 1 1,393 1,714 4,208 1,645 4,386 8,328 10,608 10,803 27,840 70,927
    Deposits in financial institutions 7,377 7,608 493 1,122 172 1,514 386 614 206 510 20,004
    Deposits in other financial institutions and
    international agencies
    10,177 3,859 867 381 367 257 982 503 499 952 18,843
    Customer deposits 271,638 43,577 18,550 10,013 7,266 6,605 3,717 2,062 854 1,039 365,321
    Security pledge funding - 45,135 3,202 15,801 1,456 653 3,393 7,206 759 1,308 78,914
    Derivatives, net - (66) (25) 29 (11) 1,097 (830) (278) (333) (420) (838)

    Download table

    December 2018. Contractual maturities (Millions of Euros)

    Demand Up to 1
    month
    1 to 3
    months
    3 to 6
    months
    6 to 9
    months
    9 to 12
    months
    1 to 2 years 2 to 3 years 3 to 5 years Over 5
    years
    Total
    ASSETS
    Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand
    deposits
    9,550 40,599 - - - - - - - - 50,149
    Deposits in credit entities 801 3,211 216 141 83 152 133 178 27 1,269 6,211
    Deposits in other financial institutions 1 1,408 750 664 647 375 1,724 896 1,286 2,764 10.515
    Reverse repo, securities borrowing and margin lending - 21,266 1,655 1,158 805 498 205 1,352 390 210 27,539
    Loans and advances 132 19,825 25,939 23,265 15,347 16,433 42,100 32,336 53,386 120,571 349,334
    Securities' portfolio settlement - 1,875 4,379 5,990 2,148 6,823 8,592 12,423 11,533 42,738 96,501

    Download table

    December 2018. Contractual Maturities (Millions of Euros)

    Demand Up to 1
    month
    1 to 3
    month
    3 to 6
    month
    6 to 9
    month
    9 to 12
    Months
    1 to 2 month 2 to 3 month 3 to 5 month Over 5
    month
    Total
    LIABILITIES
    Wholesale funding 1 2,678 1,652 2,160 2,425 2,736 7,225 8,578 16,040 26,363 69,858
    Deposits in financial institutions 7,107 5,599 751 1,992 377 1,240 1,149 229 196 904 19,544
    Deposits in other financial institutions and international
    agencies
    10,680 4,327 1,580 458 302 309 781 304 825 1,692 21,258
    Customer deposits 252,630 44,866 18,514 10,625 6,217 7,345 5,667 2,137 1,207 1,310 350,518
    Security pledge funding 40 46,489 2,219 2,274 114 97 22,911 526 218 1,627 76,515
    Derivatives, net - (75) (523) (68) (5) (117) 498 (91) (67) (392) (840)

    Download table

    With regard to the financing structure, the loan portfolio is mostly financed by retail deposits. The “demand” maturity bucket mainly contains the retail customer sight accounts whose behavior historically showed a high level of stability and little concentration. According to a behavior analysis which is done every year in every entity, this type of account is considered to be stable and for liquidity risk purposes receive a better treatment.

    The liquidity situation of the Group's main management units is detailed below:

    In the Euro Liquidity Management Unit (UGL), the liquidity and financing situation remains solid and comfortable with a large high-quality liquidity buffer that has been increased during the year as a result of the growth in customer deposits and the actions taken by the European Central Bank, which have meant an injection of liquidity in the system. As a result of the COVID-19 crisis, there was initially a greater demand for credit through the increase in the use of credit lines by the Corporate & Investment Banking wholesale business, which was also accompanied by a growth in customer deposits. Subsequently, there were partial refunds of those lines while deposits have continued to grow. In addition, it is important to note the measures implemented by the ECB to deal with this crisis, which have included different actions such as: the expansion of asset purchase programs, especially through the PEPP (Pandemic Emergency Purchase Program) for 750,000 million of euros in a first tranche announced in March and expanded with a second tranche for an additional 600,000 million euros until June 2021 or until the ECB considers that the crisis has ended, the coordinated action of central banks for the provision of US dollars, a temporary package of measures to make flexible the collateral eligible for financing operations, the relaxation and improvement of the conditions of the TLTRO III program and the creation of the new program of long-term refinancing operations without specific emergency objective (PELTRO). In this regard, BBVA attended the TLTRO III program windows in March and June (with an amount drawn down at the end of December of 35,032 million euros) due to its favorable conditions in terms of cost and term, amortizing the corresponding part of the TLTRO II program (see Note 22).

    In the United States there is a comfortable liquidity situation with significant growth in deposits during the year, driven mainly by stimulus measures from the American government and the Federal Reserve. This has led to an increase in the liquidity buffer and the liquidity and financing indicators are comfortable. As in the euro zone, during the end of the first quarter of 2020 there was an increase in loans stemmed mainly from an increase in the use of credit lines by wholesale clients and the stimulus program of the American government aimed at SMEs and freelances (Paycheck Protection Program). Subsequently, there were repayments that bring the percentage of use of credit lines to levels prior to the pandemic.

    In Mexico, the liquidity position has remained solid during the year due to the increase in deposits driven by the success of the commercial actions carried out by the entity, especially in the second semester, as well as by the stimulus measures implemented by Banxico throughout the year to provide liquidity to the financial system, which made it possible to offset the increase in the use of credit lines as a result of the COVID-19 crisis. This good performance in deposits, together with the normalization in credit growth, has reduced the credit gap, resulting in the entity being in a comfortable situation in liquidity and financing ratios.

    At Garanti BBVA, the liquidity situation remained comfortable during 2020, with a contraction of loans and a growth of deposits in foreign currency, as well as a higher growth in loans than deposits in local currency. As a result of the COVID-19 crisis, the Turkish regulator established the so-called asset ratio to mainly increase loans and discourage the accumulation of deposits, causing an increase in the credit gap, which was covered with the excess liquidity that the entity had. Subsequently, the asset ratio requirement was reduced in the third quarter (from 100% to 90%) and was eliminated in December. All in all, Garanti BBVA has shown a solid liquidity buffer.

    In South America, an adequate liquidity situation is maintained throughout the region, favored by the support of the different central banks and governments that, with the aim of mitigating the impact of the COVID-19 crisis, have implemented measures for stimulating economic activity and providing greater liquidity to financial systems. In Argentina, the outflow of deposits in US dollars in the banking system slowed down during 2020, and even showed some growth in the fourth quarter. BBVA Argentina continues to maintain a solid liquidity position BBVA Colombia, after the actions carried out to adjusting excess liquidity by reducing wholesale deposits, continues to show a comfortable liquidity position. BBVA Peru has seen its comfortable liquidity situation strengthened as a result of the continuous increase in the volume of deposits during the second semester, as well as the funds from the Central Bank's support programs.

    The wholesale financing markets in which the Group operates, after the first two months of 2020 of great stability were followed by a strong correction derived from the COVID-19 crisis and limited access to the primary market. This situation has been stabilizing due to the evolution of the pandemic, the development of vaccines, various geopolitical events and the actions of the Central Banks. Secondary market volumes ended the year reaching the levels of January 2020, while primary market volumes have been reactivated, lowering the issue premiums.

    The main transactions carried out by the companies that form part of the BBVA Group in 2020 were:

    • During the first quarter of 2020 BBVA, S.A. made 2 senior non-preferred securities issues for a total of 1,400 million euros and another Tier 2 for 1,000 million euros (for further information, see “Solvency” section of the Consolidated Management Report). In the second quarter of 2020, an issuance of senior preferred securities for 1,000 million euros was executed as a social-COVID-19 bond, the first of its kind for a private financial entity in Europe (for further information, see “Solvency” and “Responsible Banking” sections of the Consolidated Management Report). In the third quarter, three public issues were made: the first is the first green convertible bond of a financial institution world-wide for an amount of 1,000 million euros; the second is a Tier 2 subordinated securities issue denominated in pound sterling, for an amount of 300 million pounds; and the third is an issuance of preferred securities registered with the US SEC (Securities Exchange Commission) in two tranches with maturities of three and five years, for a total of 2,000 million dollars. On the other hand, in February 2020, BBVA exercised the call option of a convertible bond of 1,500 million euros, and in January 2021, the entity has early amortized three preferred issuances (for more information on these transactions see the section “Solvency” of this report).
    • In 2020, BBVA México successfully carried out a local senior issuance of 15,000 million Mexican pesos (614 million euros) in three tranches (two tranches in Mexican pesos at 3 and 5 years and another tranche in US dollars at 3 years), in order to advance the refinancing of maturities in the year taking advantage of the good market moment. It also carried out an international issue of senior unsecured securities for an amount of 500 million US dollars of 5 years with a rate of 1.875%, which represents the lowest in history for a financial institution in Mexico and for any private financial institutions in Latin America. Furthermore, within the measures adopted by Banxico throughout the year, BBVA Mexico has participated in auctions of US dollars with credit institutions (swap line with the Fed) initially for an amount of 1,250 million US dollars, partially renewing that position from June to September, for an amount of US $ 700 million. Likewise, it has participated in the so-called Banxico facilities 7 and 8 (measures to transfer funds to micro, small and medium-sized companies, as well as to individuals affected by the pandemic).
    • In Turkey, Garanti BBVA carried out a Tier 2 issuance for TRY 750 million in the first quarter of 2020. In the second quarter of 2020, Garanti BBVA renewed a syndicated loan by issuing the first green syndicated loan indexed to sustainability criteria, and in whose renovation the EBRD -European Bank for Reconstruction and Development- and the IFC -International Finance Corporation- have participated. And in the fourth quarter, Garanti BBVA partially renewed a syndicated loan for an amount of $636 million.

    The liquidity position of the rest of subsidiaries has continued to be sound, maintaining a solid liquidity position in all the jurisdictions in which the Group operates.

    In this context, BBVA has maintained its objective of strengthening the funding structure of the different Group entities based on growing their self-funding from stable customer funds, while guaranteeing a sufficient buffer of fully available liquid assets, diversifying the various sources of funding available, and optimizing the generation of collateral available for dealing with stress situations in the markets.

    7.5.4 Asset encumbrance

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the encumbered (those provided as collateral for certain liabilities) and unencumbered assets are broken down as follows:

    December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    Encumbered assets Non-encumbered assets
    Book value Market value Book value Market value
    Assets 121,999 614,260
    Equity instruments 2,134 2,134 14,556 14,556
    Debt securities 29,379 26,112 100,108 100,108
    Loans and advances and other assets 90,486 499,595

    Download table

    December 2019 (Millions of Euros)

    Encumbered assets Non-encumbered assets
    Book value Market value Book value Market value
    Assets 101,792 596,898
    Equity instruments 3,526 3,526 12,113 12,113
    Debt securities 29,630 29,567 95,611 95,611
    Loans and advances and other assets 68,636 489,174

    Download table

    December 2018 (Millions of Euros)

    Encumbered assets Non-encumbered assets
    Book value Market value Book value Market value
    Assets 107,950 567,573
    Equity instruments 1,864 1,864 6,485 6,485
    Debt Securities 31,157 32,216 82,209 82,209
    Loans and Advances and other assets 74,928 478,880

    Download table

    The committed value of "Loans and Advances and other assets" corresponds mainly to loans linked to the issue of covered bonds, territorial bonds or long-term securitized bonds (see Note 22.4) as well as those used as a guarantee to access certain funding transactions with central banks. Debt securities and equity instruments correspond to underlying that are delivered in repos with different types of counterparties, mainly clearing houses or credit institutions, and to a lesser extent central banks. Collateral provided to guarantee derivative transactions is also included as committed assets.

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, collateral pledges received mainly due to repurchase agreements and securities lending, and those which could be committed in order to obtain funding are provided below:

    December 2020. Collateral received (Millions of Euros)

    Fair value of encumbered collateral received or own debt securities issued Fair value of collateral received or own debt securities issued available for encumbrance Nominal amount of collateral received or own debt securities issued not available for encumbrance
    Collateral received 30,723 8,652 1,071
    Equity instruments 239 204 -
    Debt securities 30,484 8,448 1,071
    Loans and advances and other assets - - -
    Own debt securities issued other than own covered
    bonds or ABSs
    3 94 -

    Download table

    December 2019. Collateral received (Millions of Euros)

    Fair value of encumbered collateral received or own debt securities issued Fair value of collateral received or own debt securities issued available for encumbrance Nominal amount of collateral received or own debt securities issued not available for encumbrance
    Collateral received 38,496 9,208 48
    Equity instruments 65 70 -
    Debt securities 38,431 9,130 38
    Loans and advances and other assets - 8 10
    Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds or ABSs - 82 -

    Download table

    December 2018. Collateral received (Millions of Euros)

    Fair value of encumbered collateral received or own debt securities issued Fair value of collateral received or own debt securities issued available for encumbrance Nominal amount of collateral received or own debt securities issued not available for encumbrance
    Collateral received 27,474 5,633 319
    Equity instruments 89 82 -
    Debt securities 27,385 5,542 300
    Loans and advances and other assets - 8 19
    Own debt securities issued other than own covered bonds
    or ABSs
    78 87 -

    Download table

    The guarantees received in the form of reverse repurchase agreements or security lending transactions are committed by their use in repurchase agreements, as is the case with debt securities.

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, financial liabilities issued related to encumbered assets in financial transactions as well as their book value were as follows:

    Sources of encumbrance (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Matching liabilities, contingent liabilities or securities lent Assets, collateral received and own debt securities issued other than covered bonds and ABSs encumbered Matching liabilities, contingent liabilities or securities lent Assets, collateral received and own debt securities issued other than covered bonds and ABSs encumbered Matching liabilities, contingent liabilities or securities lent Assets, collateral received and own debt securities issued other than covered bonds and ABSs encumbered
    Book value of financial liabilities 131,352 147,523 124,252 135,500 113,498 131,172
    Derivatives 16,611 16,348 19,066 20,004 8,972 11,036
    Loans and advances 98,668 111,726 87,906 94,240 85,989 97,361
    Outstanding subordinated debt 16,073 19,449 17,280 21,256 18,538 22,775
    Other sources 653 5,202 449 4,788 3,972 4,330

    Download table

    8. Fair value of financial instruments

    Framework and processes control

    As part of the process established in the Group for determining the fair value in order to ensure that financial assets and liabilities are properly following the IFRS 13 principles: Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal market or most advantageous market, at the measurement date.

    BBVA has established, at a geographic level, a structure of Risk Operational Admission and Product Governance Committees responsible for validating and approving new products or types of financial assets and liabilities before being contracted. Local management responsible for valuation, which are independent from the business (see Management Report - Risk) are members of these committees.

    These areas are required to ensure, prior to the approval stage, the existence of not only technical and human resources, but also adequate informational sources to measure the fair value of these financial assets and liabilities, in accordance with the rules established by the valuation global area and using models that have been validated and approved by the responsible areas.

    Fair value hierarchy

    All financial instruments, both assets and liabilities are initially recognized at fair value, which at that point is equivalent to the transaction price, unless there is evidence to the contrary in the market. Subsequently, depending on the type of financial instrument, it may continue to be recognized at amortized cost or fair value through adjustments in the consolidated income statement or equity.

    When possible, the fair value is determined as the market price of a financial instrument. However, for many of the financial assets and liabilities of the Group, especially in the case of derivatives, there is no market price available, so its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments or, in the absence thereof, by using mathematical measurement models that are sufficiently tried and trusted by the international financial community. The estimates of the fair value derived from the use of such models take into consideration the specific features of the asset or liability to be measured and, in particular, the various types of risk associated with such asset or liability. However, the limitations inherent in the measurement models and possible inaccuracies in the assumptions and parameters required by these models may mean that the estimated fair value of an asset or liability does not exactly match the price for which the asset or liability could be exchanged or settled on the date of its measurement.

    Additionally, for financial assets and liabilities that show significant uncertainty in inputs or model parameters used for valuation, criteria is established to measure said uncertainty and activity limits are set based on these. Finally, these measurements are compared, as much as possible, against other sources such as the measurements obtained by the business teams or those obtained by other market participants.

    The process for determining the fair value requires the classification of the financial assets and liabilities according to the measurement processes used as set forth below:

    • Level 1: Valuation using directly the quotation of the instrument, observable and readily and regularly available from independent price sources and referenced to active markets that the entity can access at the measurement date. The instruments classified within this level are fixed-income securities, equity instruments and certain derivatives.
    • Level 2: Valuation of financial instruments with commonly accepted techniques that use inputs obtained from observable data in markets.
    • Level 3: Valuation of financial instruments with valuation techniques that use significant unobservable inputs in the market. As of December 31, 2020, the affected instruments at fair value accounted for approximately 0.55% of financial assets and 0.40% of the Group’s financial liabilities. Model selection and validation is undertaken by control areas outside the business areas.

    8.1 Fair value of financial instruments

    The fair value of the Group’s financial instruments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and its corresponding carrying amounts, as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are presented below:

    Fair value and carrying amount (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Notes Carrying amount Fair value Carrying amount Fair value Carrying amount Fair value
    ASSETS
    Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits 9 65,520 65,520 44,303 44,303 58,196 58,196
    Financial assets held for trading 10 108,257 108,257 101,735 101,735 89,103 89,103
    Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss 11 5,198 5,198 5,557 5,557 5,135 5,135
    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss 12 1,117 1,117 1,214 1,214 1,313 1,313
    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 13 69,440 69,440 61,183 61,183 56,337 56,337
    Financial assets at amortized cost 14 367,668 374,267 439,162 442,788 419,660 419,857
    Hedging derivatives 15 1,991 1,991 1,729 1,729 2,892 2,892
    LIABILITIES
    Financial liabilities held for trading 10 86,488 86,488 88,680 88,680 79,761 79,761
    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss 12 10,050 10,050 10,010 10,010 6,993 6,993
    Financial liabilities at amortized cost 22 490,606 491,006 516,641 515,910 509,185 510,300
    Hedging derivatives 15 2,318 2,318 2,233 2,233 2,680 2,680

    Download table

    Not all financial assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value, so below we provide the information on financial instruments recorded at fair value and subsequently the information of those recorded at amortized cost (including their fair value although this value is not used when accounting for these instruments).

    8.1.1 Fair value of financial instruments recognized at fair value, according to valuation criteria

    Below are the different elements used in the valuation technique of financial instruments.

    Active Market

    BBVA considers active market as a market that allows the observation of bid and offer prices representative of the levels to which the market participants are willing to negotiate an asset, with sufficient frequency and volume.

    By default, BBVA would consider all internally approved “Organized Markets” as active markets, without considering this an unchangeable list.

    Furthermore, BBVA would consider as traded in an “Organized Market” quotations for assets or liabilities from Over The Counter (OTC) markets when they are obtained from independent sources, observable on a daily basis and fulfil certain conditions.

    The following table shows the financial instruments carried at fair value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, broken down by level used to determine their fair value as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    Fair value of financial instruments by levels (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
    ASSETS
    Financial assets held for trading 32,555 73,856 1,847 31,135 69,092 1,508 26,730 61,969 404
    Loans and advances 2,379 28,659 1,609 697 32,321 1,285 47 28,642 60
    Debt securities 12,790 11,123 57 18,076 8,178 55 17,884 7,494 199
    Equity instruments 11,367 31 60 8,832 - 59 5,194 - 60
    Derivatives 6,019 34,043 121 3,530 28,593 109 3,605 25,833 85
    Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss 3,826 381 992 4,305 92 1,160 3,127 78 1,929
    Loans and advances 210 - 499 82 - 1,038 25 - 1,778
    Debt securities 4 324 28 - 91 19 90 71 76
    Equity instruments 3,612 57 465 4,223 1 103 3,012 8 75
    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss 939 178 - 1,214 - - 1,313 - -
    Loans and advances - - - - - - - - -
    Debt securities 939 178 - 1,214 - - 1,313 - -
    Equity instruments - - - - - - - - -
    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 60,976 7,866 598 50,896 9,203 1,084 45,824 9,323 1,190
    Loans and advances 33 0 - 33 - - 33 - -
    Debt securities 59,982 7,832 493 49,070 9,057 604 43,788 9,211 711
    Equity instruments 961 34 105 1,794 146 480 2,003 113 479
    Derivatives – Hedge accounting 120 1,862 8 44 1,685 - 7 2,882 3
    LIABILITIES
    Financial liabilities held for trading 27,587 58,045 856 26,266 61,588 827 22,932 56,560 269
    Deposits 8,381 23,495 621 9,595 32,121 649 7,989 29,945 -
    Trading derivatives 7,402 34,046 232 4,425 29,466 175 3,919 26,615 267
    Other financial liabilities 11,805 504 3 12,246 1 2 11,024 - 1
    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss - 8,558 1,492 - 8,629 1,382 - 3,149 3,844
    Customer deposits - 902 - - 944 - - 976 -
    Debt certificates (*) - 3,038 1,492 - 3,274 1,382 - 1,529 1,329
    Other financial liabilities - 4,617 - - 4,410 - - 643 2,515
    Derivatives – Hedge accounting 53 2,250 15 30 2,192 11 223 2,454 3

    (*) The information for the years 2019 and 2018 has been subject to certain modifications, related to some issuances of Garanti Group


    Download table


    The following table sets forth the main valuation techniques, hypothesis and inputs used in the estimation of fair value of the financial instruments classified under Levels 2 and 3, based on the type of financial asset and liability and the corresponding balances as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    Fair value of financial Instruments by levels. December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Level 2 Level 3 Level 2 Level 3 Level 2 Level 3 Valuation technique(s) Observable inputs Unobservable inputs
    ASSETS
    Financial assets held for trading 73,856 1,847 69,092 1,508 61,969 404
    Loans and advances 28,659 1,609 32,321 1,285 28,642 60 Present-value method (Discounted future cash flows) - Issuer's credit risk
    - Current market interest rates
    - Funding interest rates observed in the market or in consensus services
    - Exchange rates
    - Prepayment rates
    - Issuer´s credit risk
    - Recovery rates
    - Funding interest rates not observed in the market or in consensus services
    Debt securities 11,123 57 8,178 55 7,494 199 Present-value method
    (Discounted future cash flows)
    Observed prices in non active markets
    - Issuer´s credit risk
    - Current market interest rates
    - Non active markets prices
    - Prepayment rates
    - Issuer´s credit risk
    - Recovery rates
    Equity instruments 31 60 - 59 - 60 Comparable pricing (Observable price in a similar market)
    Net asset value
    - Brokers quotes
    - Market operations
    - NAVs published
    - NAV not published
    Derivatives 34,043 121 28,593 109 25,833 85
    Interest rate Interest rate products (Interest rate Swaps, Call money Swaps and FRA): Discounted cash flows
    Caps/Floors: Black, Hull-White and SABR
    Bond options: Black
    Swaptions: Black, Hull-White and LGM
    Other Interest rate Options: Black, Hull-White and LGM
    Constant Maturity Swaps: SABR
    - Exchange rates
    - Market quoted future prices
    - Market interest rates
    - Underlying assets prices: shares, funds, commodities
    - Market observable volatilities
    - Issuer credit spread levels
    - Quoted dividends
    - Market listed correlations
    - Beta
    - Implicit correlations between tenors
    - Interest rates volatility
    Equity Future and Equity Forward: Discounted future cash flows
    Equity Options: Local Volatility, Momentum adjustment
    - Volatility of volatility
    - Implicit assets correlations
    - Long term implicit correlations
    - Implicit dividends and long term repos
    Foreign exchange and gold Future and Equity Forward: Discounted future cash flows
    Foreign exchange Options: Local volatility, moments adjustment
    - Volatility of volatility
    - Implicit assets correlations
    - Long term implicit correlations
    Credit Credit Derivatives: Default model and Gaussian copula - Correlation default
    - Credit spread
    - Recovery rates
    - Interest rate yield
    - Default volatility
    Commodities Commodities: Momentum adjustment and Discounted cash flows
    Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss 381 992 92 1,160 78 1,929
    Loans and advances - 499 - 1,038 - 1,778 Specific liquidation criteria regarding losses of the EPA proceedings
    PD and LGD of the internal models, valuations and specific criteria of the EPA proceedings
    Discounted future cash flows
    - Prepayment rates
    - Business plan of the underlying asset, WACC, macro scenario
    - Property valuation
    Debt securities 324 28 91 19 71 76 Present-value method
    (Discounted future cash flows)
    - Issuer credit risk
    - Current market interest rates
    - Prepayment rates
    - Issuer credit risk
    - Recovery rates
    Equity instruments 57 465 1 103 8 75 Comparable pricing (Observable price in a similar market)
    Net asset value
    - Brokers quotes
    - Market operations
    - NAVs published
    - NAV provided by the administrator of the fund
    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss 178 - - - - - Present-value method
    (Discounted future cash flows)
    - Issuer credit risk
    - Current market interest rates
    Debt securities 178 - - - - -
    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 7,866 598 9,203 1,084 9,323 1,190
    Debt securities 7,832 493 9,057 604 9,221 711 Present-value method
    (Discounted future cash flows)
    Observed prices in non active markets
    - Issuer´s credit risk
    - Current market interest rates
    - Non active market prices
    - Prepayment rates
    - Issuer credit risk
    - Recovery rates
    Equity instruments 34 105 146 480 113 479 Comparable pricing (Observable price in a similar market)
    Net asset value
    - Brokers quotes
    - Market operations
    - NAVs published
    - NAV provided by the administrator of the fund
    Hedging derivatives 1,862 8 1,685 - 2,882 3
    Interest rate Interest rate products (Interest rate swaps, Call money Swaps and FRA): Discounted cash flows
    Caps/Floors: Black, Hull-White and SABR
    Bond options: Black
    Swaptions: Black, Hull-White and LGM
    Other Interest rate options: Black, Hull-White and LGM
    Constant Maturity Swaps: SABR
    - Exchange rates
    - Market quoted future prices
    - Market interest rates
    - Underlying assets prices: shares, funds, commodities
    - Market observable volatilities
    - Issuer credit spread levels
    - Quoted dividends
    - Market listed correlations
    Equity Future and Equity Forward: Discounted future cash flows
    Equity Options: Local Volatility, Momentum adjustment
    Foreign exchange and gold Future and Equity Forward: Discounted future cash flows
    Foreign exchange Options: Local Volatility, moments adjustment
    Credit Credit Derivatives: Default model and Gaussian copula
    Commodities Commodities: Momentum adjustment and Discounted cash flows

    Download table

    Fair Value of financial Instruments by Levels (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Level 2 Level 3 Level 2 Level 3 Level 2 Level 3 Valuation technique(s) Observable inputs Unobservable inputs
    LIABILITIES
    Financial liabilities held for trading 58,045 856 61,588 827 56,560 269
    Deposits 23,495 621 32,121 649 29,945 - Present-value method
    (Discounted future cash flows)
    - Interest rate yield
    - Funding interest rates observed in the market or in consensus services
    - Exchange rates.
    - Funding interest rates not observed in the market or in consensus services.
    Derivates 34,046 232 29,466 175 26,615 267
    Interest rate Interest rate products (Interest rate Swaps, call money Swaps and FRA): Discounted cash flows
    Caps/Floors: Black, Hull-White and SABR
    Bond options: Black
    Swaptions: Black, Hull-White and LGM
    Other Interest rate Options: Black, Hull-White and LGM
    Constant Maturity Swaps: SABR
    - Exchange rates
    - Market quoted future prices
    - Market interest rates
    - Underlying assets prices: shares, funds, commodities
    - Market observable volatilities
    - Issuer credit spread levels
    - Quoted dividends
    - Market listed correlations
    - Beta
    - Correlation between tenors
    - Interest rates volatility
    Equity Future and Equity forward: Discounted future cash flows
    Equity Options: Local volatility, momentum adjustment
    - Volatility of volatility
    - Assets correlation
    Foreign exchange and gold Future and Equity Forward: Discounted future cash flows
    Foreign exchange Options: Local volatility, moments adjustment
    - Volatility of volatility
    - Assets correlation
    Credit Credit Derivatives: Default model and Gaussian copula - Correlation default
    - Credit spread
    - Recovery rates
    - Interest rate yield
    - Default volatility
    Commodities Commodities: Momentum adjustment and discounted cash flows
    Short positions 504 3 1 2 1 Present-value method
    (Discounted future cash flows)
    - Prepayment rates
    - Issuer´s credit risk
    - Current market interest rates
    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss 8,558 1,492 8,629 1,382 3,149 3,844 Present-value method
    (Discounted future cash flows)
    - Prepayment rates
    - Issuer´s credit risk
    - Current market interest rates
    - Prepayment rates
    - Issuer´s credit risk
    - Current market interest rates
    Derivatives – Hedge accounting 2,250 15 2,192 11 2,454 3
    Interest rate Interest rate products (Interest rate Swaps, Call money Swaps and FRA): Discounted cash flows
    Caps/Floors: Black, Hull-White and SABR
    Bond options: Black
    Swaptions: Black, Hull-White and LGM
    Other Interest rate Options: Black, Hull-White and LGM
    Constant Maturity Swaps: SABR
    - Exchange rates
    - Market quoted future prices
    - Market interest rates
    - Underlying assets prices: shares, funds, commodities
    - Market observable volatilities
    - Issuer credit spread levels
    - Quoted dividends
    - Market listed correlations
    - Beta
    - Implicit correlations between tenors
    - interest rates volatility
    Equity Future and Equity Forward: Discounted future cash flows
    Equity Options: Local volatility, momentum adjustment
    - Volatility of volatility
    - Implicit assets correlations
    - Long term implicit correlations
    - Implicit dividends and long term repos
    Foreign exchange and gold Future and Equity Forward: Discounted future cash flows
    Foreign exchange Options: Local Volatility, moments adjustment
    - Volatility of volatility
    - Implicit assets correlations
    - Long term implicit correlations
    Credit Credit Derivatives: Default model and Gaussian copula - Correlation default
    - Credit spread
    - Recovery rates
    - Interest rate yield
    - Default volatility
    Commodities Commodities: Momentum adjustment and discounted cash flows

    Download table

    Main valuation techniques

    The main techniques used for the assessment of the majority of the financial instruments classified in Level 3, and its main unobservable inputs, are described below:

    • The net present value (net present value method): This technique uses the future cash flows of each financial instrument, which are established in the different contracts, and discounted to their present value. This technique often includes many observable inputs, but may also include unobservable inputs, as described below:
    • Credit Spread: This input represents the difference in yield of a debt security and the reference rate, reflecting the additional return that a market participant would require to take the credit risk of that debt security. Therefore, the credit spread of the debt security is part of the discount rate used to calculate the present value of the future cash flows.
    • Recovery rate: This input represents the percentage of principal and interest recovered from a debt instrument that has defaulted.
    • Comparable prices (similar asset prices): This input represents the prices of comparable financial instruments and benchmarks used to calculate a reference yield based on relative movements from the entry price or current market levels. Further adjustments to account for differences that may exist between financial instrument being valued and the comparable financial instrument may be added. It can also be assumed that the price of the financial instrument is equivalent to the comparable instrument.
    • Net asset value: This technique utilizes certain assumptions to use net asset value as representative of fair value, which is equal to the total value of the assets and liabilities of a fund published by the managing entity.
    • Gaussian copula: This model is used to integrate default probabilities of credit instruments referenced to more than one underlying CDS. The joint density function used to value the instrument is constructed by using a Gaussian copula that relates the marginal densities by a normal distribution, usually extracted from the correlation matrix of events approaching default by CDS issuers.
    • Black 76: variant of Black Scholes model, whose main application is the valuation of bond options, cap floors and swaptions where the behavior of the Forward and not the Spot itself, is directly modeled.
    • Black Scholes: The Black Scholes model postulates log-normal distribution for the prices of securities, so that the expected return under the risk neutral measure is the risk free interest rate. Under this assumption, the price of vanilla options can be obtained analytically, so that inverting the Black- Scholes formula, the implied volatility for process of the price can be calculated.
    • Heston: This model, typically applied to equity OTC options, assumes stochastic behavior of volatility. According to which, the volatility follows a process that reverts to a long-term level and is correlated with the underlying equity instrument. As opposed to local volatility models, in which the volatility evolves deterministically, the Heston model is more flexible, allowing it to be similar to that observed in the short term today.
    • Libor market model: This model assumes that the dynamics of the interest rate curve can be modeled based on the set of forward contracts that compose the underlying interest rate. The correlation matrix is parameterized on the assumption that the correlation between any two forward contracts decreases at a constant rate, beta, to the extent of the difference in their respective due dates. The input “Credit default volatility” is a volatility input of the credit factor dynamic applied in rate/credit hybrid operative. The multifactorial frame of this model makes it ideal for the valuation of instruments sensitive to the slope or curve, including interest rate option.
    • Local Volatility: In the local volatility models of the volatility, instead of being static, evolves over time according to the level of moneyness of the underlying, capturing the existence of smiles. These models are appropriate for pricing path dependent options when use Monte Carlo simulation technique is used.
    Unobservable inputs

    Quantitative information of unobservable inputs used to calculate Level 3 valuations is presented below as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    Unobservable inputs. December 2020

    Financial instrument Valuation technique(s) Significant unobservable inputs Min Average Máx Units
    Debt Securities Present value method Credit Spread 4.32 47.01 564.22 p.b
    Recovery Rate 0.00% 37.06% 40.00% %
    0.10% 99.92% 143.87% %
    Equity/Fund instruments (*) Net Asset Value
    Comparable Pricing
    Security Finance Present value method Repo funding curve (1.18%) (0.25%) 0.74% Abs Repo rate
    Credit Derivatives Gaussian Copula Correlation Default 30.40% 44.87% 60.95% %
    Black 76 Price Volatility - Vegas
    Equity Derivatives Option models on equities, baskets of equity, funds Dividends (**)
    Correlations (77%) 51% 98% %
    Volatility 6.52 29.90 141.77 Vegas
    FX Derivatives Option models on FX underlyings Volatility 4.11 10.00 16.14 Vegas
    IR Derivatives Option models on IR underlyings Beta 0.25 2.00 18.00 %
    Correlation Rate/Credit (100) 100 %
    Credit Default Volatility - - - Vegas
    • (*) Due to the diversity of valuation models of equity valuations, we would not include all the unobservable inputs or the quantitative ranges of them.
    • (**) The range of unobservable dividends is too wide range to be relevant.

    Download table

    Unobservable inputs. December 2019

    Financial instrument Valuation technique(s) Significant unobservable inputs Min Average Max Units
    Loans and advances Present value method Repo funding curve (6) 16 100 p.b.
    Debt securities Comparable pricing Credit spread 18 83 504 p.b
    Recovery rate 0.00% 28.38% 40.00% %
    Comparable pricing 0.01% 98.31% 135.94% %
    Equity instruments (*) Comparable pricing
    Net asset Value
    Credit option Gaussian Copula Correlation default 19.37% 44.33% 61.08% %
    Corporate Bond option Black 76 Price volatility - - - Vegas
    Equity OTC option Heston Forward Volatility Skew 35.12 35.12 35.12 Vegas
    Local Volatility Dividends (**)
    Volatility 2.49 23.21 60.90 Vegas
    FX OTC options Black Scholes / Local vol Volatility 3.70 6.30 10.05 Vegas
    Interest rate options Libor Market Model Beta 0.25 2.00 18.00 %
    Correlation rate/Credit (100) 100 %
    Credit default Volatility - - - Vegas
    • (*) Due to the diversity of valuation models of equity valuations, we would not include all the unobservable inputs or the quantitative ranges of them.
    • (**) The range of non-observable dividends has too wide range to be relevant.

    Download table

    Unobservable inputs. December 2018

    Financial instrument Valuation technique(s) Significant unobservable inputs Min Average Max Units
    Debt securities Comparable pricing Credit spread 37 152 385 p.b
    Recovery rate 0.00% 32.06% 40.00% %
    1.00% 88.00% 275.00% %
    Equity instruments (*) Comparable pricing
    Net asset Value
    Credit option Gaussian Copula Correlation default 0.00% 37.98% 60.26% %
    Corporate Bond option Black 76 Price volatility - - - Vegas
    Equity OTC option Heston Forward Volatility Skew 47.05 47.05 47.05 Vegas
    Local Volatility Dividends (**)
    Volatility 13.79 27.24 65.02 Vegas
    FX OTC options Black Scholes / Local vol Volatility 5.05 7.73 9.71 Vegas
    Interest rate options Libor Market Model Beta 0.25 9.00 18.00 %
    Correlation rate/Credit (100) 100 %
    Credit default Volatility - - - Vegas
    • (*) Due to the diversity of valuation models of equity valuations, we would not include all the unobservable inputs or the quantitative ranges of them.
    • (**) The range of non-observable dividends has too wide range to be relevant.

    Download table

    Adjustments to the valuation for risk of default

    Under IFRS 13 the credit risk valuation adjustments must be considered in the classification of assets and liabilities within fair value hierarchy, because of the absence of observable data of probabilities of default and recoveries used in the calculation.

    These adjustments are calculated by estimating Exposure At Default, Probability of Default and Loss Given Default, which are based on the recovery levels for all derivative products on any instrument, deposits and repos at the legal entity level (all counterparties under a same master agreement), in which BBVA has exposure.

    Credit Valuation Adjustment (hereinafter “CVA”) and Debit Valuation Adjustments (hereinafter “DVA”) are included in the valuation of derivatives, both assets and liabilities, to reflect the impact on the fair value of the counterparty credit risk and its own, respectively. The Group incorporates in its valuation, for all exposures classified in any of the categories valued at fair value, both the counterparty credit risk and its own. In the trading portfolio, and in the specific case of derivatives, credit risk is recognized through such adjustments.

    As a general rule, the calculation of CVA is the sum of the expected positive exposure in time t, the probability of default between t-1 and t, and the Loss Given Default of the counterparty. Consequently, the DVA is calculated as the sum of the expected negative exposure in time t, the probability of default of BBVA between t-1 and t, and the Loss Given Default of BBVA. Both calculations are performed throughout the entire period of potential exposure.

    The calculation of the expected positive and negative exposure is done through a Montecarlo simulation of the market variables involved in all trades’ valuation under the same legal netting set.

    The information needed to calculate the probability of default and the loss given default of a counterparty comes from the credit markets. The counterparty’s Credit Default Swaps are used if liquid quotes are available. If a market price is not available, BBVA has implemented a mapping process based on the sector, rating and geography of the counterparty to assign probabilities of default and loss given default calibrated directly to market.

    The amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 related to the valuation adjustments to the credit assessment of the derivative asset as “Credit Valuation Adjustments” (“CVA”) was €-142 million, €-106 and €-163 million respectively, and the valuation adjustments to the derivative liabilities as “Debit Valuation Adjustment” (DVA) was €124 million, €117 and €214 million, respectively. The impact recorded under “Gains or (-) losses on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net” in the consolidated income statement as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 corresponding to the mentioned adjustments was a net impact of €-29 million, €67 and €-24 million respectively.

    Additionally, as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, €-9, €-8 and €-12 million related to the “Funding Valuation Adjustments” (“FVA”) were recognized in the consolidated balance sheet, being the impact on results €-1 million, €4 and €-2 million, respectively.

    Financial assets and liabilities classified as Level 3

    The changes in the balance of Level 3 financial assets and liabilities included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

    Financial assets Level 3: Changes in the year (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
    Balance at the beginning 3,754 2,220 3,527 4,115 835 1,386
    Changes in fair value recognized in profit and loss (*) 609 293 112 71 (167) (28)
    Changes in fair value not recognized in profit and loss (89) (4) 2 - (4) -
    Acquisitions, disposals and liquidations (**) (699) (393) 5 595 2,102 2,710
    Net transfers to Level 3 549 287 77 (2,751) 761 47
    Exchange differences and others (160) (35) 31 189 - -
    Discontinued operations (***) (518) (5) - - - -
    Balance at the end 3,446 2,363 3,754 2,219 3,527 4,115
    • (*) Profit or loss that is attributable to gains or losses relating to those financial assets and liabilities held as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Valuation adjustments are recorded under the heading “Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities (net)”.
    • (**) Of which, in 2020, the assets roll forward is comprised of €326 million of acquisitions, €1,014 million of disposals and €11 million of liquidations. The liabilities roll forward is comprised of €115 million of acquisitions, €449 million of sales and €11 million of liquidations.
    • (***) Amount in 2020 are mainly due to the stake in BBVA USA (see Notes 3 and 21).

    Download table

    During the 2020 financial year, the level of significance of the unobservable inputs used to determine the fair value hierarchy of loans and advances to customers at amortized cost has been reviewed, resulting in a greater exposure classified as Level 3. This review has been carried out in the context of availability of new information, more adjusted to the changes that have occurred both in market conditions and in the composition of the credit portfolio. The effect on the consolidated results and solvency ratios, resulting from this review, does not represent any change (see Note 8.2).

    During 2019, certain interest rate yields were adapted to those observable in the market, which mainly affected the valuation of certain deposit classes recorded under “Financial liabilities at amortized cost” and certain insurance products recorded under “Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss - Other financial liabilities”, and, as a result thereof, their classification changed from Level 3 to Level 2. Additionally, €1,285 million in assets held for trading and €649 million in liabilities held for trading were classified in Level 3, mainly due to certain reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements, due to the non-observability and liquidity in the interest rate yield for the financing of assets applied in the calculation of their fair value.

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the profit/loss on sales of financial instruments classified as Level 3 recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statement was not material.

    Transfers between levels

    The Global Valuation Area, in collaboration with the Group, has established the rules for an appropriate financial instruments held for trading classification according to the fair value hierarchy defined by IFRS.

    On a monthly basis, any new assets added to the portfolio are classified, according to this criterion, by the subsidiaries. Then, there is a quarterly review of the portfolio in order to analyze the need for a change in classification of any of these assets.

    The financial instruments transferred between the different levels of measurement for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are at the following amounts in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    Transfer between Levels. December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    From: Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
    To: Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2
    ASSETS
    Financial assets held for trading 1,460 11 203 548 4 98
    Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss 9 11 4 - - 17
    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss 143 - - - - -
    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 484 - 135 96 - 6
    Derivatives – Hedge accounting - - - 8 - -
    Total 2,096 23 342 652 4 122
    LIABILITIES
    Financial liabilities held for trading 8 3 - 268 - 13
    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss - - - 56 - 27
    Derivatives – Hedge accounting - - - - - -
    Total 8 3 - 324 - 40

    Download table

    Transfer between Levels (Millions of Euros)

    2019 2018
    From: Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
    To: Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2 Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2
    ASSETS
    Financial assets held for trading 74 - 1,119 502 1 160 1,171 2 2 6 - 2
    Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss - - 23 2 - 44 - - 9 67 - 24
    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss - - - - 1 - - - - - - -
    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 6 6 4 209 - 454 134 72 - 515 - -
    Derivatives – Hedge accounting - - - 26 - 10 - - - 52 118 49
    Total 79 6 1,145 739 2 667 1,305 74 11 641 118 75
    LIABILITIES
    Financial liabilities held for trading 1 - - - - - - - - 138 - 37
    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss - - - 27 - 2,679 - - - - - -
    Derivatives – Hedge accounting - - - 27 - 125 - - - - - -
    Total 1 - - 54 - 2,804 - - - 138 - 37

    Download table

    The amount of financial instruments that were transferred between levels of valuation during the year ended December 31, 2020, is not material relative to the total portfolios, and corresponds to the above changes in the classification between levels these financial instruments modified some of their features, specifically:

    • Transfers between Levels 1 and 2 represent mainly debt securities and equity instruments, which are either no longer listed on an active market (transfer from Level 1 to 2) or have just started to be listed (transfer from Level 2 to 1).
    • Transfers from Level 2 to Level 3 are mainly due to transactions of financial assets held for trading, non-trading financial assets mandatorily valued at fair value, hedging derivatives, financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss.
    • Transfers from Level 3 to Level 2 generally affect derivative and debt securities transactions, for which inputs observable in the market have been obtained.
    Sensitivity analysis

    Sensitivity analysis is performed on financial instruments with significant unobservable inputs (financial instruments included in level 3), in order to obtain a reasonable range of possible alternative valuations. This analysis is carried out on a monthly basis, based on the criteria defined by the Global Valuation Area taking into account the nature of the methods used for the assessment and the reliability and availability of inputs and proxies used. In order to establish, with a sufficient degree of certainty, the valuation risk that is incurred in such assets without applying diversification criteria between them.

    As of December 31, 2020, the effect on profit for the year and total equity of changing the main unobservable inputs used for the measurement of Level 3 financial instruments for other reasonably possible unobservable inputs, taking the highest (most favorable input) or lowest (least favorable input) value of the range deemed probable, would be as follows:

    Financial instruments Level 3: Sensitivity analysis (Millions of Euros)

    Potential impact on consolidated income statement Potential impact on other comprehensive income
    Most favorable hypothesis Least favorable hypothesis Most favorable hypothesis Least favorable hypothesis
    ASSETS
    Financial assets held for trading 10 (40) - -
    Loans and Advances 1 (1) - -
    Debt securities 5 (5) - -
    Equity instruments 1 (31) - -
    Derivatives 3 (3) - -
    Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss 229 (60) - -
    Loans and advances 204 (29) - -
    Debt securities 15 (15) - -
    Equity instruments 9 (16) - -
    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss - - - -
    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income - - 22 (23)
    Total 239 (101) 22 (23)

    Download table

    8.2 Fair value of financial instruments carried at cost, by valuation criteria

    The valuation technique used to calculate the fair value of financial assets and liabilities carried at cost are presented below:

    Financial assets
    • Cash, balances at central banks and other demand deposits / loans to central banks / short-term loans to credit institutions/ Repurchase agreements: in general, their fair value is assimilated to their book value, due to the nature of the counterparty and because they are mainly short-term balances in which the book value is the most reasonable estimation of the value of the asset.
    • Loans to credit institutions which are not short-term and loans to customers: In general, the fair value of these financial assets is determined by the discount of expected future cash flows, using market interest rates at the time of valuation adjusted by the credit spread and taking all kind of behavior hypothesis if it is considered to be relevant (prepayment fees, optionality, etc.).
    • Debt securities: Fair value estimated based on the available market price or by using internal valuation methodologies..
    Financial liabilities
    • Deposits from central banks: for recurrent liquidity auctions and other monetary policy instruments of central banks / short-term deposits, from credit institutions / repurchase agreements / short term customer deposits: their book value is considered to be the best estimation of their fair value.
    • Deposits of credit institutions which are not short-term and term customer deposits: these deposits will be valued by discounting future cash flows using the interest rate curve in effect at the time of the adjustment adjusted by the credit spread and incorporating any behavioral assumptions if this proves relevant (early repayments, optionalities, etc.).
    • Debt certificate (Issuances): The fair value estimation of these liabilities depend on the availability of market prices or by using the present value method: discount of future cash flows, using market interest rates at valuation time and taking into account the credit spread.

    The following table presents the fair value of key financial instruments carried at amortized cost in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, broken down according to the method of valuation used for the estimation:

    Fair value of financial instruments at amortized cost by levels (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
    ASSETS
    Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits 65,355 - 165 44,111 - 192 58,024 - 172
    Financial assets at amortized cost 35,196 15,066 324,005 29,391 217,279 196,119 21,419 204,619 193,819
    LIABILITIES
    Financial liabilities at amortized cost 90,839 255,278 144,889 67,229 289,599 159,082 58,225 269,128 182,948

    Download table

    The main valuation techniques and inputs used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments accounted for at cost and classified in levels 2 and 3 is shown below. These are broken down by type of financial instrument and the balances correspond to those as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    Fair Value of financial Instruments at amortized cost by valuation technique. December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Level 2 Level 3 Level 2 Level 3 Level 2 Level 3 Valuation technique(s) Main inputs used
    ASSETS
    Financial assets at amortized cost 15,066 324,005 217,279 196,119 204,619 193,819 Present-value method
    (Discounted future cash flows)
    Central banks - - - 2 - 1 - Credit spread
    - Prepayment rates
    - Interest rate yield
    Loans and advances to credit institutions 1,883 12,641 9,049 4,628 4,934 4,291 - Credit spread
    - Prepayment rates
    - Interest rate yield
    Loans and advances to customers 3,904 310,924 194,897 190,144 190,666 183,645 - Credit spread
    - Prepayment rates
    - Interest rate yield
    Debt securities 9,279 440 13,333 1,345 9,019 5,881 - Credit spread
    - Interest rate yield
    LIABILITIES
    Financial liabilities at amortized cost 255,278 144,889 289,599 159,082 269,128 182,948
    Deposits from central banks - 207 129 - 196 - Present-value method
    (Discounted future cash flows)
    - Issuer´s credit risk
    - Prepayment rates
    - Interest rate yield
    Deposits from credit institutions 22,914 4,633 21,575 6,831 22,281 9,852
    Deposits from customers 210,097 129,525 245,720 135,514 240,547 135,270
    Debt certificates 14,413 4,848 14,194 11,133 6,104 25,096
    Other financial liabilities 7,854 5,676 7,981 5,604 - 12,730

    Download table

    9. Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits

    The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Cash on hand 6,447 7,060 6,346
    Cash balances at central banks (*) 53,079 31,755 43,880
    Other demand deposits 5,994 5,488 7,970
    Total 8.1 65,520 44,303 58,196

    (*) The variation in 2020 is mainly due to an increase in balances of BBVA, S.A. at the Bank of Spain.

    Download table

    10. Financial assets and liabilities held for trading

    10.1 Breakdown of the balance

    The breakdown of the balance under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Financial assets and liabilities held for trading (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    ASSETS
    Derivatives (*) 40,183 32,232 29,523
    Equity instruments 7.2.2 11,458 8,892 5,254
    Credit institutions 633 1,037 880
    Other sectors 10,824 7,855 4,374
    Debt securities 7.2.2 23,970 26,309 25,577
    Issued by central banks 1,011 840 1,001
    Issued by public administrations 19,942 23,918 22,950
    Issued by financial institutions 1,479 679 790
    Other debt securities 1,538 872 836
    Loans and advances 7.2.2 32,647 34,303 28,750
    Loans and advances to central banks 53 535 2,163
    Reverse repurchase agreement (**) 53 535 2,163
    Loans and advances to credit institutions 20,499 21,286 14,566
    Reverse repurchase agreement (**) 20,491 21,219 13,305
    Loans and advances to customers 12,095 12,482 12,021
    Reverse repurchase agreement (**) 11,493 12,187 11,794
    Total assets 8.1 108,257 101,735 89,103
    LIABILITIES
    Derivatives (*) 41,680 34,066 30,801
    Short positions 12,312 12,249 11,025
    Deposits 32,496 42,365 37,934
    Deposits from central banks 6,277 7,635 10,511
    Repurchase agreement (**) 6,277 7,635 10,511
    Deposits from credit institutions 16,558 24,969 15,687
    Repurchase agreement (**) 16,217 24,578 14,839
    Customer deposits 9,660 9,761 11,736
    Repurchase agreement (**) 9,616 9,689 11,466
    Total liabilities 8.1 86,488 88,680 79,761

    (*) The variation in 2020 is mainly due to the evolution of exchange rate derivatives at BBVA, S.A. The information for 2019 and 2018 has been subject to certain modifications related to the operation of non-significant cross currency swaps in order to improve comparability with the figures for 2020.

    (**) See Note 35.

    Download table

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 “Short positions” include €11,696, €11,649 and €10,255 million, respectively, held with general governments.

    10.2 Derivatives

    The derivatives portfolio arises from the Group’s need to manage the risks it is exposed to in the normal course of business and also to market products amongst the Group’s customers. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, trading derivatives were mainly contracted in over-the-counter (OTC) markets, with counterparties, consisting primarily of foreign credit institutions and other financial corporations, and are related to foreign-exchange, interest-rate and equity risk.

    Below is a breakdown of the net positions by transaction type of the fair value and notional amounts of derivatives recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, divided into organized and OTC markets:

    Derivatives by type of risk and by product or by type of market (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Assets Liabilities Notional amount - Total Assets Liabilities Notional amount - Total Assets Liabilities Notional amount - Total
    Interest rate 26,451 26,028 3,252,066 21,004 20,378 3,024,794 18,546 18,169 2,929,371
    OTC 26,447 26,020 3,233,718 21,004 20,377 2,997,443 18,546 18,169 2,910,016
    Organized market 3 8 18,348 - 1 27,351 - - 19,355
    Equity instruments 2,626 4,143 72,176 2,263 3,499 84,140 2,799 2,956 114,184
    OTC 584 1,836 42,351 353 1,435 40,507 631 463 39,599
    Organized market 2,042 2,307 29,825 1,910 2,065 43,633 2,168 2,492 74,586
    Foreign exchange and gold 10,952 11,216 461,898 8,608 9,788 472,194 7,942 9,280 432,283
    OTC 10,942 11,216 457,180 8,571 9,782 463,662 7,931 9,225 426,952
    Organized market 10 - 4,719 37 6 8,532 11 55 5,331
    Credit 153 292 23,411 353 397 29,077 232 393 25,452
    Credit default swap 146 156 21,529 338 283 26,702 228 248 22,791
    Credit spread option - - - - 2 150 2 - 500
    Total return swap 7 136 1,882 14 113 2,225 2 145 2,161
    Other - - - - - - - - -
    Commodities 1 1 26 4 4 64 3 3 67
    Other - - - - - - - - -
    DERIVATIVES 40,183 41,680 3,809,577 32,232 34,066 3,610,269 29,523 30,801 3,501,358
    Of which: OTC - credit institutions 24,432 27,244 958,017 19,962 22,973 1,000,243 16,305 18,055 897,384
    Of which: OTC - other financial corporations 8,211 8,493 2,663,978 6,028 6,089 2,370,988 7,136 7,522 2,355,784
    Of which: OTC - other 5,484 3,627 134,690 4,294 2,932 159,521 3,902 2,677 148,917

    Download table

    11. Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Equity instruments 7.2.2 4,133 4,327 3,095
    Debt securities 7.2.2 356 110 237
    Loans and advances to customers 7.2.2 709 1,120 1.803
    Total 8.1 5,198 5,557 5,135

    Download table

    12. Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss

    The breakdown of the balance under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    ASSETS
    Debt securities 7.2.2 1,117 1,214 1,313
    LIABILITIES
    Customer deposits 902 944 976
    Debt certificates 4,531 4,656 2,858
    Other financial liabilities: Unit-linked products 4,617 4,410 3,159
    Total liabilities 8.1 10,050 10,010 6,993

    Download table

    Within “Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss”, liabilities linked to insurance products where the policyholder bears the risk ("Unit-Link") are recorded. Since the liabilities linked to insurance products in which the policyholder assumes the risk are valued the same way as the assets associated to these insurance products, there is no credit risk component borne by the Group in relation to these liabilities.

    In addition, the assets and liabilities are included in these headings to reduce inconsistencies (asymmetries) in the valuation of those operations and those used to manage their risk.

    13. Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    13.1 Breakdown of the balance

    The breakdown of the balance by the main financial instruments in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Financial assets designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Equity instruments 7.2.2 1,100 2,420 2,595
    Debt securities (*) 68,308 58,731 53,709
    Loans and advances to credit institutions 7.2.2 33 33 33
    Total 8.1 69,440 61,183 56,337
    Of which: loss allowances of debt securities (97) (110) (28)
    • (*) The variation corresponds mainly to the increase in financial assets issued by governments in BBVA, S.A.

    Download table

    During financial years 2020 and 2019, there have been no significant reclassifications from “Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” to other headings or from other headings to “Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income”.

    13.2 Equity instruments

    The breakdown of the balance under the heading "Equity instruments" of the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income. Equity instruments. (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Amortized cost Unrealized gains Unrealized losses Fair value Amortized cost Unrealized gains Unrealized losses Fair value Amortized cost Unrealized gains Unrealized losses Fair value
    Equity instruments
    Spanish companies shares 2.182 - (1.309) 873 2,181 - (507) 1,674 2,172 - (210) 1,962
    Foreign companies shares 100 38 (17) 121 136 87 (11) 213 90 43 (12) 121
    The United States 27 - - 27 30 47 - 78 20 17 - 37
    Mexico 1 33 - 34 1 33 - 34 1 25 - 26
    Turkey 2 4 - 6 3 2 - 5 3 - (1) 2
    Other countries 70 1 (17) 54 102 5 (11) 96 66 1 (11) 56
    Subtotal equity instruments listed 2.282 38 (1.326) 995 2,317 87 (518) 1,886 2,262 43 (222) 2,083
    Equity instruments
    Spanish companies shares 5 1 - 5 5 1 - 5 6 1 - 7
    Foreign companies shares 58 43 (1) 100 450 79 (1) 528 453 54 (1) 506
    The United States - - - - 387 32 - 419 388 23 - 411
    Mexico - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Turkey 5 - - 5 5 4 - 9 6 4 - 10
    Other countries 52 43 (1) 94 57 43 (1) 99 59 27 (1) 85
    Subtotal unlisted equity instruments 62 44 (1) 105 454 80 (1) 533 459 55 (1) 513
    Total 2.344 82 (1.327) 1.100 2,772 167 (519) 2,420 2,721 98 (223) 2,595

    Download table

    13.3 Debt securities

    The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Debt securities” of the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, broken down by issuers, is as follows:

    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income. Debt securities (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Amortized cost Unrealized gains Unrealized losses Fair value Amortized cost Unrealized gains Unrealized losses Fair value Amortized cost Unrealized gains Unrealized losses Fair value
    Domestic debt securities
    Government and other government agency debt securities 28,582 801 (16) 29,367 20,740 830 (20) 21,550 17,205 661 (9) 17,857
    Central banks - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Credit institutions 1,363 76 (0) 1,439 959 65 - 1,024 793 63 - 855
    Other issuers 867 40 (1) 906 907 40 - 947 804 37 (1) 841
    Subtotal 30,811 917 (17) 31,712 22,607 935 (21) 23,521 18,802 761 (10) 19,553
    Foreign debt securities
    Mexico 9,107 291 (3) 9,395 7,790 22 (26) 7,786 6,299 6 (142) 6,163
    Government and other government agency debt securities 8,309 271 (1) 8,579 6,869 18 (19) 6,868 5,286 4 (121) 5,169
    Central banks - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Credit institutions 113 5 - 118 77 2 - 78 35 - (1) 34
    Other issuers 685 15 (2) 698 843 2 (6) 840 978 2 (20) 961
    The United States 4,642 52 (3) 4,691 11,376 68 (51) 11,393 14,507 47 (217) 14,338
    Government securities 2,307 9 (1) 2,315 8,570 42 (12) 8,599 11,227 37 (135) 11,130
    Treasury and other government agencies 2,307 9 (1) 2,315 5,595 32 (2) 5,624 7,285 29 (56) 7,258
    States and political subdivisions - - - - 2,975 10 (10) 2,975 3,942 8 (79) 3,872
    Central banks - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Credit institutions 186 3 - 188 122 2 - 124 49 1 - 50
    Other issuers 2,149 40 (2) 2,187 2,684 24 (39) 2,670 3,231 9 (82) 3,158
    Turkey 3,456 90 (73) 3,473 3,752 38 (76) 3,713 4,164 20 (269) 3,916
    Government and other government agency debt securities 3,456 90 (73) 3,473 3,752 38 (76) 3,713 4,007 20 (256) 3,771
    Central banks - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Credit institutions - - - - - - - - 157 - (13) 145
    Other issuers - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Other countries 18,340 739 (42) 19,037 11,870 554 (106) 12,318 9,551 319 (130) 9,740
    Other foreign governments and other government agency debt securities 10,458 502 (17) 10,943 6,963 383 (78) 7,269 4,510 173 (82) 4,601
    Central banks 1,599 21 (8) 1,611 1,005 9 (4) 1,010 987 2 (4) 986
    Credit institutions 2,521 116 (8) 2,629 1,795 109 (12) 1,892 1,856 111 (20) 1,947
    Other issuers 3,762 100 (8) 3,854 2,106 53 (12) 2,147 2,197 33 (25) 2,206
    Subtotal 35,545 1,172 (120) 36,596 34,788 681 (259) 35,210 34,521 392 (758) 34,157
    Total 66,356 2,089 (137) 68,308 57,395 1,617 (280) 58,731 53,323 1,153 (768) 53,709

    Download table

    The credit ratings of the issuers of debt securities as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

    Debt securities by rating

    2020 2019 2018
    Fair value
    (Millions of Euros)
    % Fair value
    (Millions of Euros)
    % Fair value
    (Millions of Euros)
    %
    AAA 4,345 6.4% 3,669 6.2% 531 1.0%
    AA+ 595 0.9% 7,279 12.4% 13,100 24.4%
    AA 449 0.7% 317 0.5% 222 0.4%
    AA- 406 0.6% 265 0.5% 409 0.8%
    A+ 5,912 8.7% 3,367 5.7% 632 1.2%
    A 2,112 3.1% 12,895 22.0% 687 1.3%
    A- 31,614 46.3% 10,947 18.6% 18,426 34.3%
    BBB+ 8,629 12.6% 9,946 16.9% 9,195 17.1%
    BBB 4,054 5.9% 2,966 5.1% 4,607 8.6%
    BBB- 5,116 7.5% 1,927 3.3% 1,003 1.9%
    BB+ or below 4,731 6.9% 4,712 8.0% 4,453 8.3%
    Unclassified 345 0.5% 441 0.8% 445 0.8%
    Total 68,308 100.0% 58,731 100.0% 53,709 100.0%

    Download table

    13.4 Gains/losses

    Changes in gains / losses

    The changes in the gains/losses (net of taxes) in December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 of debt securities recognized under the equity heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) – Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss – Fair value changes of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income” and equity instruments recognized under the equity heading “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) – Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss –Fair value changes of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

    Other comprehensive income - Changes in gains / losses (Millions of Euros)

    Debt securities Equity instruments
    Notes 2020 2019 2018 2020 2019 2018
    Balance at the beginning 1,760 943 1,557 (403) (155) 84
    Effect of changes in accounting policies (IFRS 9) (58) (40)
    Valuation gains and losses 489 1,267 (640) (876) (238) (174)
    Amounts transferred to income (72) (119) (137)
    Amounts transferred to Reserves - -
    Income tax and other (107) (331) 221 23 (10) (25)
    Balance at the end 30 2,069 1,760 943 (1,256) (403) (155)

    Download table

    In 2020, the debt securities impaired recognized in the heading “Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss or net gains by modification– Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” in the accompanying consolidated income statement amounted to €19 million (see Note 47).

    In 2019, the debt securities impaired recognized in the heading “Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss or net gains by modification– Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” in the accompanying consolidated income statement amounted to €82 million (see Note 47) as a result of the decrease in the rating of debt securities in Argentina during the last quarter of 2019.

    In 2018, the debt securities impaired recognized in the heading “Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss or net gains by modification– Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” in the accompanying consolidated income statement amounted to €1 million (see Note 47).

    In 2020, equity securities presented a decrease of 876 million euros in the heading “Gains and losses from valuation - Accumulated other comprehensive income - Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss - Fair value changes of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income”, mainly due to the Telefónica quotation.

    During 2020, 2019 and 2018 there has been no significant impairment recorded in equity instruments under the heading “Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss or net gains by modification- Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income” (see Note 47).

    14. Financial assets at amortized cost

    14.1 Breakdown of the balance

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the financial instrument, is as follows:

    Financial assets at amortized cost (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Debt securities 35,737 38,877 32,530
    Government 28,727 31,526 25,014
    Credit institutions 783 719 644
    Other financial corporations 5,027 5,254 5,421
    Non-financial corporations 1,200 1,379 1,451
    Loans and advances to central banks 6,209 4,275 3,941
    Loans and advances to credit institutions 14,575 13,649 9,163
    Reverse repurchase agreements (**) 1,914 1,817 478
    Other loans and advances 12,661 11,832 8,685
    Loans and advances to customers (***) 311,147 382,360 374,027
    Government 19,391 28,222 28,114
    Other financial corporations 9,817 11,207 9,468
    Non-financial corporations 136,424 166,789 163,922
    Other 145,515 176,142 172,522
    Total 8.1 367,668 439,162 419,660
    Of which: impaired assets of loans and advances to customers (*) 14,672 15,954 16,349
    Of which: loss allowances of loans and advances (*) (12,141) (12,427) (12,217)
    Of which: loss allowances of debt securities (48) (52) (51)
    • (*) See Note 7.2.
    • (**) See Note 35.
    • (***) Amount in 2020 is mainly due to the stake in BBVA USA (see Note 21).

    Download table

    During financial years 2020, 2019 and 2018, there have been no significant reclassifications neither from “Financial assets at amortized cost” to other headings or from other headings to “Financial assets at amortized cost”.

    14.2 Debt securities

    The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Debt securities” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the issuer of the debt securities, is as follows:

    Financial assets at amortized cost: Debt securities. (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Amortized cost Unrealized gains Unrealized losses Fair value Amortized cost Unrealized gains Unrealized losses Fair value Amortized cost Unrealized gains Unrealized losses Fair value
    Domestic debt securities
    Government and other government agencies 13,656 1,212 - 14,868 12,755 630 (21) 13,363 10,953 458 (265) 11,146
    Central banks - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Credit institutions - - - - 26 - - 26 53 - - 53
    Other issuers 4,835 59 (7) 4,887 4,903 38 (10) 4,931 5,014 41 (25) 5,030
    Subtotal 18,492 1,271 (7) 19,756 17,684 668 (31) 18,320 16,019 499 (290) 16,228
    Foreign debt securities
    Mexico 7,771 534 (16) 8,289 6,374 168 (18) 6,525 5,148 10 - 5,157
    Government and other government agencies debt securities 6,963 479 - 7,442 5,576 166 - 5,742 4,571 9 - 4,579
    Central banks - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Credit institutions 632 55 - 687 526 2 - 529 350 1 - 351
    Other issuers 176 - (16) 160 272 - (18) 254 227 - - 227
    The United States 52 - (26) 26 6,125 111 (20) 6,217 2,559 15 (3) 2,570
    Government securities 14 - - 14 5,690 111 (18) 5,783 2,070 - - 2,070
    Treasury and other government agencies 14 - - 14 1,161 50 (17) 1,193 118 - - 118
    States and political subdivisions - - - - 4,530 61 (1) 4,590 1,952 - - 1,952
    Central banks - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Credit institutions 23 - (16) 7 25 - (1) 25 23 9 (2) 30
    Other issuers 15 - (10) 5 410 - (1) 409 466 6 (1) 470
    Turkey 3,628 95 (25) 3,698 4,113 48 (65) 4,097 4,062 - (261) 3,801
    Government and other government agencies debt securities 3,621 95 (25) 3,691 4,105 47 (65) 4,088 4,054 - (261) 3,793
    Central banks - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Credit institutions 6 - - 6 7 1 - 8 7 - - 7
    Other issuers 1 - - 1 1 - - 1 1 - - 1
    Other countries 5,795 505 (1) 6,299 4,581 82 (26) 4,637 4,741 32 (152) 4,622
    Other foreign governments and other government agency debt securities 4,473 467 (1) 4,939 3,400 82 (22) 3,459 3,366 27 (152) 3,242
    Central banks - - - - - - - - 64 - - 64
    Credit institutions 122 - - 122 135 - - 135 147 - - 147
    Other issuers 1,200 38 - 1,238 1,047 - (4) 1,043 1,164 5 - 1,169
    Subtotal 17,245 1,134 (68) 18,311 21,194 409 (129) 21,476 16,510 57 (416) 16,150
    Total 35,737 2,405 (75) 38,067 38,877 1,077 (160) 39,796 32,530 556 (706) 32,378

    Download table

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the credit ratings of the issuers of debt securities classified as follows::

    Debt securities by rating

    2020 2019 2018
    Carrying amount
    (Millions of Euros)
    % Carrying amount
    (Millions of Euros)
    % Carrying amount
    (Millions of Euros)
    %
    AAA 151 0.4% 39 0.1% 49 0.2%
    AA+ 74 0.2% 6,481 16.7% 1,969 6.1%
    AA 64 0.2% 14 - 62 0.2%
    AA- 48 0.1% 713 1.8% - -
    A+ 42 0 - - 607 1.9%
    A 590 1.7% 16,806 43.2% 21 0.1%
    A- 16,736 46.8% 607 1.6% 6,117 18.8%
    BBB+ 7,919 22.2% 3,715 9.6% 13,894 42.7%
    BBB 942 2.6% 551 1.4% 1,623 5.0%
    BBB- 4,499 12.6% 3,745 9.6% 2,694 8.3%
    BB+ or below 3,928 11.0% 5,123 13.2% 4,371 13.4%
    Unclassified 743 2.1% 1,083 2.8% 1,123 3.5%
    Total 35,737 100.0% 38,877 100.0% 32,530 100.0%

    Download table

    14.3 Loans and advances to customers

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to their nature, is as follows:

    Loans and advances to customers (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    On demand and short notice 2,835 3,050 3,641
    Credit card debt 13,093 16,354 15,445
    Trade receivables 15,544 17,276 17,436
    Finance leases 7,650 8,711 8,650
    Reverse repurchase agreements 71 26 294
    Other term loans 267,031 332,160 324,767
    Advances that are not loans 4,924 4,784 3,794
    Total 311,147 382,360 374,027

    Download table

    The heading “Financial assets at amortized cost – Loans and advances to customers” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets also includes certain secured loans that, as mentioned in Appendix X and pursuant to the Mortgage Market Act, are linked to long-term mortgage covered bonds.

    The following table sets forth a breakdown of the gross carrying amount "Loans and advances to customers" with maturity greater than one year by fixed and variable rate as of December 31, 2020:

    Interest sensitivity of outstanding loans and advances maturing in more than one year (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019
    Domestic Foreign Total Domestic Foreign Total
    Fixed rate 46,104 66,444 112,548 55,920 68,915 124,835
    Variable rate 86,710 41,452 128,162 79,329 97,765 177,095
    Total 132,814 107,895 240,710 135,249 166,680 301,929

    Download table

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, 47%, 41% and 38%, respectively, of "Loans and advances to customers" with maturity greater than one year have fixed-interest rates and 53%, 59% and 62%, respectively, have variable interest rates.

    This heading also includes some loans that have been securitized. The balances recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets corresponding to these securitized loans are as follows:

    Securitized loans (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Securitized mortgage assets 23,953 26,169 26,556
    Other securitized assets 6,144 4,249 3,221
    Total 30,098 30,418 29,777

    Download table

    15. Hedging derivatives and fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk

    The balance of these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Derivatives – Hedge accounting and fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedge of interest rate risk (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    ASSETS
    Derivatives – Hedge accounting 1,991 1,729 2,892
    Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk 51 28 (21)
    LIABILITIES
    Hedging derivatives 2,318 2,233 2,680
    Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk - - -

    Download table

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the main positions hedged by the Group and the derivatives designated to hedge those positions were:

    • Fair value hedging:
    • Fixed-interest debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income and at amortized cost: The interest rate risk of these securities is hedged using interest rate derivatives (fixed-variable swaps) and forward sales.
    • Long-term fixed-interest debt securities issued by the Bank: the interest rate risk of these securities is hedged using interest rate derivatives (fixed-variable swaps).
    • Fixed-interest loans: The equity price risk of these instruments is hedged using interest rate derivatives (fixed-variable swaps).
    • Fixed-interest and/or embedded derivative deposit portfolio hedges: it covers the interest rate risk through fixed-variable swaps. The valuation of the borrowed deposits corresponding to the interest rate risk is in the heading "Fair value changes of the hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk”.
    • Cash-flow hedges: Most of the hedged items are floating interest-rate loans and asset hedges linked to the inflation of the financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income portfolio. This risk is hedged using foreign-exchange, interest-rate swaps, inflation and FRA’s (“Forward Rate Agreement”).
    • Net foreign-currency investment hedges: These hedged risks are foreign-currency investments in the Group’s foreign subsidiaries. This risk is hedged mainly with foreign-exchange options and forward currency sales and purchases.

    Note 7 analyzes the Group’s main risks that are hedged using these derivatives.

    The details of the net positions by hedged risk of the fair value of the hedging derivatives recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

    Derivatives - Hedge accounting breakdown by type of risk and type of hedge. (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
    Interest rate 989 525 920 488 982 513
    OTC 989 525 920 488 982 513
    Organized market - - - - - -
    Equity - - - 3 6 -
    OTC - - - 3 6 -
    Organized market - - - - - -
    Foreign exchange and gold 435 350 420 316 587 398
    OTC 435 350 420 316 587 398
    Organized market - - - - - -
    Credit - - - - - -
    Commodities - - - - - -
    Other - - - - - -
    FAIR VALUE HEDGES 1,424 874 1,341 808 1,575 912
    Interest rate 154 1,055 224 850 221 562
    OTC 154 1,041 224 839 219 562
    Organized market - 15 - 11 2 -
    Equity - - - - - -
    Foreign exchange and gold 225 55 115 18 955 873
    OTC 225 50 115 18 955 873
    Organized market - 5 - - - -
    Credit - - - - - -
    Commodities - - - - - -
    Other - - - - - -
    CASH FLOW HEDGES 379 1,111 339 868 1,176 1,435
    HEDGE OF NET INVESTMENTS IN A FOREIGN OPERATION 166 139 12 242 92 231
    PORTFOLIO FAIR VALUE HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK 18 170 37 216 33 90
    PORTFOLIO CASH FLOW HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK 3 23 1 99 15 12
    DERIVATIVES-HEDGE ACCOUNTING 1,991 2,318 1,729 2,233 2,892 2,680
    of which: OTC - credit institutions 1,718 1,965 1,423 1,787 2,534 2,462
    of which: OTC - other financial corporations 273 333 306 426 355 216
    of which: OTC - other - - - 8 2 2

    Download table

    Below there is a breakdown of the items covered by fair value hedges:

    Hedged items in fair value hedges. December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    Carrying amount Hedge adjustments included in the carrying amount of assets/liabilities Remaining adjustments for discontinued micro hedges including hedges of net positions Hedged items in portfolio hedge of interest rate risk
    ASSETS
    Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 28,091 (99) 12 -
    Interest rate 28,059
    Other 33
    Financial assets measured at amortized cost 11,177 386 3 2,500
    Interest rate 11,177
    LIABILITIES
    Financial liabilities measured at amortized costs 23,546 (576) 2 -
    Interest rate 23,543
    Equity -
    Foreign exchange and gold 3

    Download table

    The following is the calendar of the notional maturities of the hedging instruments as of December 31, 2020:

    Calendar of the notional maturities of the hedging instruments (Millions of Euros)

    Up to 3 months From 3 months to 1 year From 1 to 5 years More than 5 years Total
    FAIR VALUE HEDGES 3,581 10,945 28,487 18,656 61,668
    Of which: Interest rate 3,569 10,879 26,946 18,609 60,003
    CASH FLOW HEDGES 10,495 2,808 2,576 6,972 22,852
    Of which: Interest rate 6,756 154 1,816 6,600 15,326
    HEDGE OF NET INVESTMENTS IN A FOREIGN OPERATION 1,853 2,910 - - 4,763
    PORTFOLIO FAIR VALUE HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK 299 576 1,533 1,029 3,437
    PORTFOLIO CASH FLOW HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK 101 11 1,049 - 1,161
    DERIVATIVES-HEDGE ACCOUNTING 15,933 17,340 33,984 26,623 93,881

    Download table

    In 2020, 2019 and 2018, there was no reclassification in the accompanying consolidated income statements of any amount corresponding to cash flow hedges that was previously recognized in equity (see Note 41).

    The amount for derivatives designated as accounting hedges that did not pass the effectiveness test in December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were not material.

    16. Investments in joint ventures and associates

    16.1 Joint ventures and associates

    The breakdown of the balance of “Investments in joint ventures and associates” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Joint Ventures and Associates Entities. Breakdown by entities (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Joint ventures
    Altura Markets S.V., S.A. 77 73 69
    RCI Colombia 36 37 32
    Desarrollo Metropolitanos del Sur, S.L. 17 14 13
    Other 19 30 59
    Subtotal 149 154 173
    Associates
    Divarian Propiedad, S.A.U. 567 630 591
    Metrovacesa, S.A. 285 443 508
    BBVA Allianz Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A. 250 - -
    ATOM Bank PLC 64 136 138
    Solarisbank AG 39 36 37
    Cofides 25 23 22
    Redsys servicios de procesamiento, S.L. 14 14 12
    Servicios Electrónicos Globales S.A. de CV 11 11 9
    Other 33 41 88
    Subtotal 1,288 1,334 1,405
    Total 1,437 1,488 1,578

    Download table

    Details of the joint ventures and associates as of December 31, 2020 are shown in Appendix II.

    The following is a summary of the changes in the in December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets:

    Joint ventures and associates. Changes in the year (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Balance at the beginning 1,488 1,578 1,588
    Acquisitions and capital increases 257 161 309
    Disposals and capital reductions (47) (149) (516)
    Transfers and changes of consolidation method (7) (27) 211
    Share of profit and loss 39 (39) (42) (7)
    Exchange differences (27) 10 2
    Dividends, valuation adjustments and others (188) (43) (8)
    Balance at the end 1,437 1,488 1,578

    Download table

    During the year 2020, the most significant changes in the heading “Investments in joint ventures and associates” correspond to the valuation of Metrovacesa and BBVA Allianz Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A.

    During the year 2019, there was no significant change in the heading “Investment in joint ventures and associates”.

    The variation during the year 2018 was mainly explained by the decrease of BBVA Group stakes in Testa Residencial, S.A., Metrovacesa Suelo y Promoción, S.A. and the contribution of assets and subsequent sale to Cerberus of 80% of the capital stake in Divarian Propiedad, S.A.U., (see Note 3 and Appendix III).

    Appendix III provides notifications on acquisitions and disposals of holdings in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, in compliance with article 155 of the Corporations Act and article 125 of the Securities Market Act 4/2015.

    16.2 Other information about associates and joint ventures

    If these entities had been consolidated rather than accounted for using the equity method, the change in each of the lines of balance sheet and the consolidated income statement would not be significant.

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 there was no financial support agreement or other contractual commitment to associates and joint ventures entities from the holding or the subsidiaries that are not recognized in the financial statements (see Note 53.2).

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 there was no contingent liability in connection with the investments in joint ventures and associates (see Note 53.2).

    16.3 Impairment

    As described in IAS 36, the book value of the associates and joint venture entities has been compared with their recoverable amount, being the latter calculated as the higher between the value in use and the fair value minus the cost of sale. For the year ended December 31, 2020, €158 million have been recorded in the Group’s consolidated income statement due to impairment. For the year ended December 31, 2019, €46 million were recorded due to impairment. There were no impairments recognized in 2018 (see Note 48).

    17. Tangible assets

    The breakdown and movement of the balance and changes of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the related items, is as follows:

    Tangible assets: Breakdown by type of assets and changes in the year 2020. (Millions of Euros)

    Right to use asset Investment properties Assets leased out under an operating lease Total
    Notes Land and buildings Work in progress Furniture, fixtures and vehicles Own use Investment properties
    Cost
    Balance at the beginning 6,001 56 6,351 3,516 101 216 337 16,578
    Additions 157 54 255 183 - 2 - 651
    Retirements (10) (23) (294) (157) (3) (11) - (498)
    Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year - - - - - - - -
    Companies held for sale (*) (925) (31) (366) (294) - - - (1,616)
    Transfers (248) (2) (5) (60) 25 18 - (272)
    Exchange difference and other (595) (2) (426) (127) - (24) 8 (1,166)
    Balance at the end 4,380 52 5,515 3,061 123 201 345 13,677
     
    Accrued depreciation
    Balance at the beginning 1,253 - 4,344 370 11 15 74 6,067
    Additions 45 83 - 370 312 12 3 1 781
    Additions transfer to discontinued operations (*) 24 - 20 32 - - - 76
    Retirements (2) - (248) (10) - - - (260)
    Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year - - - - - - - -
    Companies held for sale (*) (373) - (321) (71) - - - (765)
    Transfers (42) - (12) (9) 4 1 - (58)
    Exchange difference and other (110) - (294) (42) - (3) (21) (470)
    Balance at the end 833 - 3,859 582 27 16 54 5,371
     
    Impairment
    Balance at the beginning 212 - - 191 14 26 - 443
    Additions 49 18 - 26 68 12 1 - 125
    Retirements - - - - - - - -
    Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year - - - - - - - -
    Companies held for sale (*) (8) - - - - - - (8)
    Transfers (68) - - 10 - 7 - (51)
    Exchange difference and other (5) - (26) 5 - - - (26)
    Balance at the end 149 - - 274 26 34 - 483
     
    Net tangible assets
     
    Balance at the beginning 4,536 56 2,007 2,955 76 175 263 10,068
    Balance at the end 3,398 52 1,656 2,205 70 151 291 7,823
    • (*) Amount is mainly due to the stake in BBVA USA (see Note 3).

    Download table

    Tangible assets. Breakdown by type of assets and changes in the year 2019 (Millions of Euros)

    Right to use asset Investment properties Assets leased out under an operating lease Total
    Notes Land and buildings Work in progress Furniture, fixtures and vehicles Own use Investment properties
    Cost
    Balance at the beginning 5,939 70 6,314 - - 201 386 12,910
    Additions 90 63 335 3,574 101 12 - 4,175
    Retirements (44) (20) (302) (57) - (10) - (433)
    Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year - - - - - - - -
    Disposal of entities in the year - - - - - - - -
    Transfers (41) (51) (8) (1) - 13 - (88)
    Exchange difference and other 57 (6) 12 - - - (49) 14
    Balance at the end 6,001 56 6,351 3,516 101 216 337 16,578
     
    Accrued depreciation
    Balance at the beginning 1,138 - 4,212 - - 11 76 5,437
    Additions 45 92 - 431 338 11 4 - 876
    Additions transfer to discontinued operations (*) 34 - 26 43 - - - 103
    Retirements (38) - (255) (3) - - - (296)
    Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year - - - - - - - -
    Disposal of entities in the year - - - - - - - -
    Transfers (16) - (13) (1) - - - (30)
    Exchange difference and other 43 - (57) (7) - - (2) (23)
    Balance at the end 1,253 - 4,344 370 11 15 74 6,067
     
    Impairment
    Balance at the beginning 217 - - - - 27 - 244
    Additions 49 14 - 20 60 - - - 94
    Retirements (3) - - - - - - (3)
    Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year - - - - - - - -
    Disposal of entities in the year - - - - - - - -
    Transfers (16) - - 127 14 (4) - 121
    Exchange difference and other - - (20) 4 - 3 - (13)
    Balance at the end 212 - - 191 14 26 - 443
     
    Net tangible assets
     
    Balance at the beginning 4,584 70 2,102 - - 163 310 7,229
    Balance at the end 4,536 56 2,007 2,955 76 175 263 10,068
    • (*) Amount in 2019 is mainly due to the stake in BBVA USA (see Note 3).

    Download table

    The right to use asset consists mainly of the rental of commercial real estate premises for central services and the network branches located in the countries where the Group operates whose average term is between 5 and 20 years. The clauses included in rental contracts correspond to a large extent to rental contracts under normal market conditions in the country where the property is rented.

    Tangible assets. Breakdown by type of assets and changes in the year 2018 (Millions of Euros)

    For own use Total tangible asset of own use Investment properties Assets leased out under an operating lease Total
    Notes Land and buildings Work in progress Furniture, fixtures and vehicles
    Cost
    Balance at the beginning 5,490 234 6,628 12,352 228 492 13,072
    Additions 445 78 404 927 11 - 938
    Retirements (98) (17) (492) (607) (149) (1) (757)
    Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year - - - - - - -
    Disposal of entities in the year - - - - - - -
    Transfers 64 (177) (12) (125) (5) - (130)
    Exchange difference and other 38 (48) (214) (224) 116 (105) (213)
    Balance at the end 5,939 70 6,314 12,323 201 386 12,910
     
    Accrued depreciation
    Balance at the beginning 1,076 - 4,380 5,456 13 77 5,546
    Additions 45 86 - 442 528 5 - 533
    Additions transfer to discontinued operations (*) 34 - 27 61 - - 61
    Retirements (36) - (403) (439) (8) - (447)
    Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year - - - - - - -
    Disposal of entities in the year (3) - - (3) - - (3)
    Transfers (31) - (22) (53) (2) - (55)
    Exchange difference and other 12 - (212) (200) 3 (1) (198)
    Balance at the end 1,138 - 4,212 5,350 11 76 5,437
     
    Impairment
    Balance at the beginning 315 - - 315 20 - 335
    Additions 49 29 - - 29 (25) - 4
    Additions transfer to discontinued operations (*) 1 - - 1 - - 1
    Retirements - - - - (27) - (27)
    Acquisition of subsidiaries in the year - - - - - - -
    Disposal of entities in the year - - - - - - -
    Transfers (77) - - (77) (3) - (80)
    Exchange difference and other (51) - - (51) 62 - 11
    Balance at the end 217 - - 217 27 - 244
     
    Net tangible assets
     
    Balance at the beginning 4,099 234 2,248 6,581 195 415 7,191
    Balance at the end 4,584 70 2,102 6,756 163 310 7,229
    • (*) Amount is mainly due to the stake in BBVA USA (see Note 3).

    Download table

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the cost of fully amortized tangible assets that remained in use were €2,299, €2,658 and €2,624 million respectively while its recoverable residual value was not significant.

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 the amount of tangible assets under financial lease schemes on which the purchase option is expected to be exercised was not material. The main activity of the Group is carried out through a network of bank branches located geographically as shown in the following table:

    Branches by geographical location (Number of branches)

    2020 2019 2018
    Spain 2,482 2,642 2,840
    Mexico 1,746 1,860 1,836
    South America 1,514 1,530 1,543
    The United States 639 643 646
    Turkey 1,021 1,038 1,066
    Rest of Eurasia 30 31 32
    Total 7,432 7,744 7,963

    Download table

    The following table shows the detail of the net carrying amount of the tangible assets corresponding to Spanish and foreign subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    Tangible assets by Spanish and foreign subsidiaries. Net assets values (Millions of euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    BBVA and Spanish subsidiaries 4,294 4,865 2,705
    Foreign subsidiaries 3,529 5,203 4,524
    Total 7,823 10,068 7,229

    Download table

    18. Intangible assets

    18.1 Goodwill

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the cash-generating unit (hereinafter “CGU”) to which goodwill has been allocated, is as follows:

    Goodwill. Breakdown by CGU and changes of the year (Millions of Euros)

    The United States Mexico Turkey Colombia Chile Other Total
     
    Balance as of December 31, 2017 4,837 493 509 168 32 23 6,062
    Additions - - - - - - -
    Exchange difference 229 26 (127) (7) (3) - 118
    Impairment - - - - - - -
    Other - - - - - - -
    Balance as of December 31, 2018 5,066 519 382 161 29 23 6,180
    Additions - - - - - - -
    Exchange difference 98 31 (36) 3 (2) (1) 93
    Impairment (1,318) - - - - - (1,318)
    Other - - - - - - -
    Balance as of December 31, 2019 3,846 550 346 164 27 22 4,955
    Additions - - - - - - -
    Exchange difference (22) (72) (92) (21) - (1) (208)
    Impairment (2,084) - - - - (13) (2,097)
    Companies held for sale (1,740) - - - - - (1,740)
    Other - - - - - - -
    Balance as of December 31, 2020 - 478 254 143 27 8 910

    Download table

    As of December 31, 2020, the remaining goodwill of the United States CGU was reclassified to the heading “Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale” of the consolidated balance sheet, whereas the impairment was reclassified to the heading “Profit (loss) after tax from discontinued operations” of the consolidated income statements (see Notes 1.3, 3 and 21).

    Goodwill in business combinations

    There were no significant business combinations during 2020, 2019 and 2018.

    Impairment Test

    As mentioned in Note 2.2.8, the CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated, are periodically tested for impairment by including the allocated goodwill in their carrying amount. This analysis is performed at least annually and whenever there is any indication of impairment. Furthermore, it is analyzed whether certain changes in the valuation assumptions used could give rise to differences in the result of the impairment test.

    The BBVA Group performs estimations on the recoverable amount of certain CGU´s by calculating the value in use through the discounted value of future cash flows method.

    The main hypotheses used for the value in use calculation are the following:

    • The forecast cash flows, including net interest margin and cost of risk, estimated by the Group's management, and based on the latest available budgets for the next 4 to 5 years, considering the macroeconomic variables of each CGU, regarding the existing balance structure as well as macroeconomic variables such as the evolution of interest rates and the CPI of the geography where the CGU is located, among others.
    • The constant growth rate for extrapolating cash flows, starting in the fourth or fifth year, beyond the period covered by the budgets or forecasts.
    • The discount rate on future cash flows, which coincides with the cost of capital assigned to each CGU, and which consists of a risk-free rate plus a premium that reflects the inherent risk of each of the businesses evaluated.

    The focus used by the Group's management to determine the values of the assumptions is based both on its projections and past experience. These values are verified and use external sources of information, wherever possible. Additionally, the valuation of the goodwill of the CGU of Turkey has been reviewed by independent experts (not the Group's external auditors).

    As of December 31, 2020, as a result of the CGU´s assessment, the Group concluded there is no evidence of further indicators of impairment losses that requires recognizing significant additional impairment losses in any of the CGUs where goodwill that the Group has recognized in the consolidated balance sheet is allocated.

    As of March 31, 2020, the Group identified an indicator of impairment of goodwill in the United States CGU and as a result of the goodwill impairment test, the Group estimated impairment in the United States CGU, of €2,084 million, which was mainly due to the negative impact of the update of the macroeconomic scenario following the COVID-19 pandemic (see Note 1.5) and the expected evolution of interest rates. This recognition did not affect the tangible book value nor the liquidity nor the solvency ratio of the BBVA Group.

    As of December 31, 2019, the Group estimated impairment losses in the United States CGU of €1,318 million, which was mainly as a result of the negative evolution of interest rates, especially in the second half of the year, which accompanied by the slowdown of the economy caused the expected evolution of results below the previous estimation. This recognition did not affect the tangible book value nor the liquidity nor the solvency ratio of the BBVA Group.

    As of December 31, 2018, no impairment had been identified in any of the main CGUs.

    Goodwill - the United States CGU

    As of December 31, 2020, the remaining goodwill corresponding to the United States CGU has been reclassified to the heading "Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale" in the consolidated balance sheets (see Notes 1.3, 3 and 21). Pursuant to IFRS 5.15, the CGU must be measured at the lower of fair value less costs to sell and the carrying amount. Given the price agreed in the sale agreement, the fair value less costs to sell is higher than carrying amount of the assets and liabilities of the CGU, which means that as of December 31, 2020 these will remain valued at their carrying amount (included goodwill) on the reclassification date.

    The most significant assumptions used in the latest impairment tests of such CGU are:

    Impairment test assumptions CGU goodwill - United States

    March 2020 December 2019 December 2018
    Discount rate (*) 10.3% 10.0% 10.5%
    Sustainable growth rate 3.0% 3.5% 4.0%
    • (*) Post-tax discount rates.

    Download table

    In accordance with paragraph 33.c of IAS 36, as of March 31, 2020, the Group used a constant growth rate of 3.0%, based on the real GDP growth rate of the United States, the expected inflation and the potential growth of the banking sector in the United States.

    The assumptions that carry the most weight and whose volatility could affect the most in determining the present value of cash flows from the fifth year on are the discount rate and the growth rate. The following shows the amount that would increase (or decrease) the recoverable value of the CGU, as a consequence of a reasonably possible variation (in basis points, “bp”) of each of the key assumptions as of March 31, 2020:

    Sensitivity analysis for main assumptions - United States (Millions of Euros)

    Increase of 50 basis points (*) Decrease of 50 basis points (*)
    Discount rate (755) 869
    Sustainable growth rate 270 (235)
    • (*) The use of very different discount or growth rates would be inconsistent with the macroeconomic assumptions under which the Unit builds its business plan, such as inflation assumptions or interest rate curves used to determine cash flows.

    Download table

    Goodwill - Mexico CGU

    The Group’s most significant goodwill corresponds to the CGU in Mexico, the main significant assumptions used in the impairment test of this mentioned CGU as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    Impairment test assumptions CGU goodwill in Mexico

    2020 2019 2018
    Discount rate (*) 15.3% 14.8% 14.8%
    Sustainable growth rate 5.7% 5.9% 5.6%
    • (*) Post-tax discount rates.

    Download table

    In accordance with paragraph 33.c of IAS 36, as of December 31, 2020, the Group used a growth rate of 5.7% based on the real GDP growth rate of Mexico, the expected inflation and the potential growth of the banking sector in Mexico.

    The assumptions with a greater relative weight and whose volatility could have a greater impact in determining the present value of the cash flows starting on the fourth year are the discount rate and the growth rate. Below, in a simplified way, is shown the increased (or decreased) amount of the CGU recoverable amount as a result of a reasonable variation (in basis points) of each of the key assumptions, considered in isolation as of December 31, 2020, where, in any case, the value in use would continue to exceed their book value:

    Sensitivity analysis for main assumptions - Mexico (Millions of Euros)

    Impact of an increase of 50 basis points (*) Impact of a decrease of 50 basis points (*)
    Discount rate (1,043) 1,156
    Growth rate 688 (620)
    • (*) Based on historical changes, the use of 50 basis points to calculate the sensitivity analysis would be a reasonable variation with respect to the observed variations over the last five years.

    Download table

    Goodwill - Turkey CGU

    The main significant assumptions used in the impairment test of the CGU of Turkey as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are:

    Impairment test assumptions CGU goodwill in Turkey

    2020 2019 2018
    Discount rate (*) 21.0% 17.4% 24.3%
    Growth rate 7.0% 7.0% 7.0%
    • (*) Post-tax discount rates.

    Download table

    Given the potential growth of the sector in Turkey, in accordance with paragraph 33.c of IAS 36, as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 the Group used a steady growth rate of 7.0% based on the real GDP growth rate of Turkey and expected inflation.

    The assumptions with a greater relative weight and whose volatility could affect more in determining the present value of the cash flows starting on the fifth year are the discount rate and the growth rate. Below, in a simplified way, is shown the increased (or decreased) amount of the recoverable amount as a result of a reasonable variation (in basis points) of each of the key assumptions, considered in isolation as of December 31, 2020, where, in any case, the value in use would continue to exceed their book value:

    Sensitivity analysis for main assumptions - Turkey (Millions of Euros)

    Impact of an increase of 50 basis points (*) Impact of a decrease of 50 basis points (*)
    Discount rate (164) 175
    Growth rate 29 (26)
    • (*) Based on historical changes, the use of 50 basis points to calculate the sensitivity analysis would be a reasonable variation with respect to the observed variations over the last five years.

    Download table

    Considering the uncertainty caused by the current economic situation, the Group has carried out additional sensitivities on other variables such as the net interest income and the cost of risk forecasts, not having detected any modification on the result of the impairment test on the CGU.

    As of March 31, 2020, a goodwill impairment test of the Turkey CGU was carried out due to the identification of indicators of impairment. As a result of such test, the Group determined that there was no impairment in this CGU.

    Goodwill - Other CGUs

    The sensitivity analysis on the main assumptions carried out for the rest of the CGUs of the Group indicate that their value in use would continue to exceed their book value.

    18.2 Other intangible assets

    The breakdown of the balance and changes of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, according to the nature of the related items, is as follows:

    Other intangible assets (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Computer software acquisition expenses 1,202 1,598 1,605
    Other intangible assets with an infinite useful life 12 11 11
    Other intangible assets with a definite useful life 221 401 518
    Total 1,435 2,010 2,134

    Download table

    The changes of this heading in December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, are as follows:

    Other intangible assets (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Notes Computer software Other intangible assets Total of intangible assets Computer software Other intangible assets Total of intangible assets Computer software Other intangible assets Total of intangible assets
    Balance at the beginning 1,598 412 2,010 1,605 529 2,134 1,682 721 2,402
    Additions 452 8 460 525 8 533 540 12 552
    Amortization in the year 45 (448) (59) (507) (447) (63) (510) (436) (65) (500)
    Amortization transfer to discontinued operations (*) (77) (3) (80) (106) (4) (110) (105) (8) (114)
    Exchange differences and other (38) (91) (129) 32 (58) (25) (74) (49) (123)
    Impairment (6) - (6) (11) (1) (12) (2) (81) (83)
    Decreases by companies held for sale (*) (279) (34) (313) - - - - - -
    Balance at the end 1,202 233 1,435 1,598 412 2,010 1,605 529 2,134
    • (*) Amount is mainly due to the stake in BBVA USA (see Note 3).

    Download table

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the cost of fully amortized intangible assets that remained in use were €2,622 million, €2,702 million, €2,412 million respectively, while their recoverable value was not significant.

    19. Tax assets and liabilities

    19.1 Consolidated tax group

    Pursuant to current legislation, BBVA consolidated tax group in Spain includes the Bank (as the parent company) and its Spanish subsidiaries that meet the requirements provided for under Spanish legislation regulating the taxation regime for the consolidated profit of corporate groups.

    The Group’s non-Spanish banks and subsidiaries file tax returns in accordance with the tax legislation in force in each country.

    19.2 Years open for review by the tax authorities

    At 31 December 2020, the BBVA consolidated tax group in Spain is currently under inspection for the years 2014 to 2016 inclusive for the main taxes applicable to it.

    The remainder of the Spanish consolidated entities in general have the last four years open for inspection by the tax authorities for the main taxes applicable, except for those in which there has been an interruption of the limitation period due to the start of an inspection.

    On the other hand, in relation to the main jurisdictions in which the Group is present and carries out its activity, in the case of Mexico, BBVA Bancomer S.A., is currently under inspection by the Mexican Tax Authorities for the years 2016 and 2017 corresponding to Corporate Income Tax and Value Added Tax.

    In addition, in the case of Turkey, the head entity in this country, Garanti BBVA A.S., is currently under inspection by the Tax Authorities of that country for all the taxes applicable to it corresponding to the years 2017 and 2018.

    In view of the varying interpretations that can be made of some applicable tax legislation, the outcome of the tax inspections of the open years that may be conducted by the tax authorities in the future may give rise to contingent tax liabilities which cannot be reasonably estimated at the present time. However, the Group considers that the possibility of these contingent liabilities becoming actual liabilities is remote and, in any case, the tax charge which might arise therefore would not materially affect the Group’s accompanying consolidated financial statements.

    19.3 Reconciliation

    The reconciliation of the Group’s corporate income tax expense resulting from the application of the Spanish corporation income tax rate and the income tax expense recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

    Reconciliation of taxation at the Spanish corporation tax rate to the tax expense recorded for the year (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Amount Effective Tax % Amount Effective Tax % Amount Effective Tax %
    Profit or (-) loss before tax 3,576 6,398 8,446
    From continuing operations 5,248 7,046 7,565
    From discontinued operations (1,672) (648) 881
    Taxation at Spanish corporation tax rate 30% 1,073 1,920 2,534
    Lower effective tax rate from foreign entities (*) (181) (381) (234)
    Mexico (32) 29% (112) 27% (78) 28%
    Chile (2) 23% (2) 27% (18) 21%
    Colombia 3 31% 6 32% 10 33%
    Peru (7) 28% (12) 28% (12) 28%
    Turkey (73) 25% (86) 23% (132) 20%
    USA (75) 16% (97) 17% (97) 20%
    Others 5 (78) 93
    Revenues with lower tax rate (dividends/capital gains) (49) (49) (57)
    Equity accounted earnings 12 18 3
    Other effects (**) 661 545 (27)
    Income tax 1,516 2,053 2,219
    Of which: Continuing operations 1,459 1,943 2,042
    Of which: Discontinued operations 57 110 177
    • (*) Calculated by applying the difference between the tax rate in force in Spain and the one applied to the Group’s earnings in each jurisdiction.
    • (**) This amount is generated in 2020 and 2019 mainly as a result of the impact of the goodwill impairment of The United States' CGU.

    Download table

    The effective income tax rate for the Group in the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

    Effective tax rate (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Income from:
    Consolidated tax group in Spain 259 (718) 1,482
    Other Spanish entities 7 7 33
    Foreign entities 4,982 7,757 6,050
    Gains (losses) before taxes from continuing operations 5,248 7,046 7,565
    Tax expense or income related to profit or loss from continuing operations 1,459 1,943 2,042
    Effective tax rate 27.8% 27.6% 27.0%

    Download table

    In the year 2020, in the main countries in which the Group has presence, there has been no changes in the nominal tax rate on corporate income tax except for Colombia, where the applicable tax rate is 36% compared to the tax rate applicable last year 33%. In the year 2019, there has been no changes in the nominal tax rate on corporate income tax, except for Colombia where the applicable tax rate has been 33% compared to the initially forecasted 37%.

    19.4 Income tax recognized in equity

    In addition to the income tax expense recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statements, the Group has recognized the following income tax charges for these items in the consolidated total equity:

    Tax recognized in total equity (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Charges to total equity
    Debt securities and others (230) (130) (87)
    Equity instruments (43) (40) (56)
    Subtotal (273) (170) (143)
    Total (273) (170) (143)

    Download table

    19.5 Current and deferred taxes

    The balance under the heading "Tax assets" in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes current and deferred tax assets. The balance under the “Tax liabilities” heading includes the Group’s various current and deferred tax liabilities. The details of the mentioned tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

    Tax assets and liabilities (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Tax assets
    Current tax assets 1,199 1,765 2,784
    Deferred tax assets 15,327 15,318 15,316
    Pensions 439 456 405
    Financial Instruments 1,292 1,386 1,401
    Loss allowances 1,683 1,636 1,375
    Other 1,069 1,045 1,292
    Secured tax assets 9,361 9,363 9,363
    Tax losses 1,483 1,432 1,480
    Total 16,526 17,083 18,100
    Tax Liabilities
    Current tax liabilities 545 880 1,230
    Deferred tax liabilities 1,809 1,928 2,046
    Financial Instruments 908 1,014 1,136
    Other 901 914 910
    Total 2,355 2,808 3,276

    Download table

    The most significant variations of the deferred assets and liabilities in the years 2020, 2019 and 2018 derived from the followings causes:

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities. Annual variations (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Deferred assets Deferred liabilities Deferred assets Deferred liabilities Deferred assets Deferred liabilities
    Balance at the beginning 15,318 1,928 15,316 2,046 14,725 2,184
    Pensions (17) - 51 - 10 -
    Financials instruments (94) (106) (15) (122) (52) (291)
    Loss allowances 47 - 261 - 370 -
    Others 24 (13) (247) 4 65 153
    Guaranteed tax assets (2) - - - (70) -
    Tax losses 51 - (48) - 268 -
    Balance at the end 15,327 1,809 15,318 1,928 15,316 2,046

    Download table

    With respect to the changes in assets and liabilities due to deferred tax in 2020 contained in the above table, the following should be pointed out:

    • Secured tax assets maintain a very similar balance to that of the previous year.
    • The increase in tax assets due to tax loss arises as a result of the generation of tax losses and deductions in the year.
    • The evolution of deferred tax assets (other than those guaranteed and those linked to tax losses) net of deferred tax liabilities is due to the agreement to sell the US business unit (its deferred tax assets and liabilities in 2020 are shown under "Non-current assets or liabilities and disposal groups classified as held for sale"), the effect of exchange rates, especially in the case of Mexico and Turkey, and the operation of corporate income tax, where the differences between accounting and taxation give rise to constant movements in deferred taxes.

    On the deferred tax assets and liabilities contained in the table above, those included in section 19.4 above have been recognized against the entity's equity, and the rest against earnings for the year or reserves.

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the estimated amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, which were not recognized deferred tax liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, amounted to 106 million euros, 473 million euros and 443 million euros, respectively.

    Of the deferred tax assets contained in the above table, the detail of the items and amounts guaranteed by the Spanish government, broken down by the items that originated those assets is as follows:

    Secured tax assets (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Pensions 1,924 1,924 1,924
    Loss allowances 7,437 7,439 7,439
    Total 9,361 9,363 9,363

    Download table

    As of December 31, 2020, non-guaranteed net deferred tax assets of the above table amounted to €4,156 million (€4,027 and €3,907 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 respectively), which broken down by major geographies is as follows:

    • Spain: Net deferred tax assets recognized in Spain totaled €2,590 million as of December 31, 2020 (€2,447 and €2,653 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively). €1,480 million of the figure recorded in the year ended December 31, 2020 for net deferred tax assets related to tax credits and tax loss carry forwards and €1,110 million relate to temporary differences.
    • Mexico: Net deferred tax assets recognized in Mexico amounted to €1,036 million as of December 31, 2020 (€1,083 and €826 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively). Practically all of deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020 relate to temporary differences.
    • South America: Net deferred tax assets recognized in South America amounted to €126 million as of December 31, 2020 (€84 and €0.4 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively). Practically all the deferred tax assets are related to temporary differences.
    • The United States: Net deferred tax assets recognized in the United States amounted to €2 million as of December 31, 2020 (€122 and €164 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively). All the deferred tax assets relate to temporary differences. In this respect, it should be noted that the 2020 figure is affected by the sale agreement of the US business unit (the deferred tax assets and liabilities of the business subject to the sale agreement in 2020 are shown as "Non-current assets or liabilities and disposal groups that have been classified as held for sale").
    • Turkey: Net deferred tax assets recognized in Turkey amounted to €395 million as of December 31, 2020 (€278 and €250 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively). Practically all the deferred tax assets are related to temporary differences.

    Based on the information available as of December 31, 2020, including historical levels of benefits and projected results available to the Group for the coming 15 years, the Group has carried out an analysis of its recovery of deferred tax assets and liabilities taking into account the impact of COVID-19 pandemic (see Note 1.5). It is considered that sufficient taxable income will be generated for the recovery of above mentioned unsecured deferred tax assets when they become deductible according to the tax laws.

    On the other hand, the Group has not recognized certain negative tax bases and deductions for which, in general, there is no legal period for offsetting, amounting to approximately € 2,156 million euros, which are mainly originated by Catalunya Banc.

    20. Other assets and Liabilities

    The composition of the balance of these captions of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is:

    Other assets and liabilities (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    ASSETS
    Inventories 572 581 635
    Transactions in progress 160 138 249
    Accruals 756 804 702
    Other items 1,025 2,277 3,886
    Total 2,513 3,800 5,472
    LIABILITIES
    Transactions in progress 75 39 39
    Accruals 1,584 2,456 2,558
    Other items 1,144 1,247 1,704
    Total 2,802 3,742 4,301

    Download table

    21. Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale and liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale

    The composition of the balances under the headings “Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale” and “liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, broken down by the origin of the assets, is as follows:

    Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale. Breakdown by items (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Foreclosures and recoveries (*) 1,398 1,647 2,210
    Assets from tangible assets 480 310 433
    Companies held for sale (**) 84,792 1,716 29
    Accrued amortization (***) (89) (51) (44)
    Impairment losses (594) (543) (628)
    Total non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale 85,987 3,079 2,001
    Companies held for sale (**) 75,446 1,554 -
    Total liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale 75,446 1,554 -
    • (*) 2018 figures correspond mainly to the agreement with Cerberus to transfer the "Real Estate" business in Spain (see Note 3).
    • (**) 2020 figures correspond mainly to the sale of BBVA´s stake in BBVA USA (see Note 3). 2019 figures correspond mainly to the BBVA´s stake in BBVA Paraguay (see Note 3).
    • (***) Corresponds to the accumulated depreciation of assets before their classification as "Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale".

    Download table

    Assets and liabilities from discontinued operations

    As mentioned in Note 3, in 2020 the agreement for the sale of the BBVA subsidiary in the United States was announced. The assets and liabilities corresponding to the companies for sale were reclassified to the headings “Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale” and “Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale” of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020; and the earnings of these companies for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were classified under the heading "Profit (loss) after tax from discontinued operations" of the accompanying consolidated income statements (see Note 1.3).

    The condensed consolidated balance sheets, condensed consolidated income statements and condensed consolidated statements of cash flow of the companies for sale in the United States subsidiary for the years 2020, 2019 and 2018 are provided below:

    Condensed balance sheets of companies held for sale in the United States subsidiary as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

    CONDENSED ASSETS (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Cash, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits 11,368 5,678 2,326
    Financial assets held for trading 821 513 228
    Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss 13 18 18
    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 4,974 6,834 10,030
    Financial assets at amortized cost 61,558 62,860 59,302
    Derivatives - hedge accounting 9 10 23
    Tangible assets 799 900 665
    Intangible assets 1,949 4,183 5,438
    Tax assets 360 263 446
    Other assets 1,390 1,463 1,401
    Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale 16 31 30
    TOTAL ASSETS 83,257 82,751 79,908

    Download table

    CONDENSED LIABILITIES (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Financial liabilities held for trading 98 94 114
    Financial liabilities at amortized cost 73,132 70,438 66,635
    Derivatives - hedge accounting 2 11 21
    Provisions 157 186 172
    Tax liabilities 201 87 249
    Other liabilities 492 464 497
    TOTAL LIABILITIES 74,082 71,279 67,688

    Download table

    ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Actuarial gains (losses) on defined benefit pension plans (66) (80) (69)
    Hedge of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion) (432) (432) (432)
    Foreign currency translation 801 1,576 1,337
    Hedging derivatives. Cash flow hedges (effective portion) 250 81 5
    Fair value changes of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 70 (11) (130)
    ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 622 1,134 710

    Download table

    Condensed income statements of companies held for sale in the United States subsidiary for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

    CONDENSED INCOME STATEMENTS (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Interest and other income 2,638 3,221 2,797
    Interest expense (429) (887) (570)
    NET INTEREST INCOME 2,209 2,335 2,227
    Dividend income 4 10 13
    Fee and commission income 677 736 670
    Fee and commission expense (183) (205) (194)
    Gains (losses) on derecognition of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net 19 54 25
    Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net 90 30 66
    Gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net 8 - -
    Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, net 5 3 3
    Gains (losses) from hedge accounting, net 4 4 3
    Exchange differences, net 19 5 (22)
    Other operating income 19 32 20
    Other operating expense (63) (64) (79)
    GROSS INCOME 2,808 2,941 2,731
    Administration costs (1,462) (1,534) (1,474)
    Depreciation and amortization (205) (214) (174)
    Provisions or reversal of provisions 2 (3) 22
    Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss or net gains by modification (729) (521) (221)
    NET OPERATING INCOME 413 670 884
    Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets (2,084) (1,318) (1)
    Gains (losses) on derecognition of non-financial assets and subsidiaries, net (3) 2 (2)
    Gains (losses) from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations 2 (2) -
    PROFIT (LOSS) BEFORE TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS (1,671) (648) 881
    Tax expense or income related to profit or loss from continuing operations (57) (110) (177)
    PROFIT (LOSS) AFTER TAX FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS (1,729) (758) 704
    Profit (loss) after tax from discontinued operations - - -
    PROFIT (LOSS) FOR THE PERIOD (1,729) (758) 704
    ATTRIBUTABLE TO MINORITY INTEREST (NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST) - - -
    ATTRIBUTABLE TO OWNERS OF THE PARENT (1,729) (758) 704

    Download table

    Condensed statements of cash flows of companies held for sale in the United States subsidiary for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

    CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    A) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 6,874 3,888 (228)
    B) CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES (145) (133) (123)
    C) CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES (65) (468) (256)
    D) EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES (974) 65 84
    (INCREASE/DECREASE) NET CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (A+B+C+D) 5,690 3,352 (522)

    Download table

    Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale

    The changes in the balances of “Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale” in 2020, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

    Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale. Changes in the year 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    Notes Foreclosed
    assets
    Property, Plant
    and Equipment
    (*)
    Companies held
    for sale (**)
    Total
    Cost (1)
    Balance at the beginning 1,648 258 1,716 3,622
    Additions 285 - 83,266 83,551
    Contributions from merger transactions - - - -
    Retirements (sales and other decreases) (288) (45) (190) (523)
    Transfers, other movements and exchange differences (**) (228) 180 - (48)
    Disposals by companies held for sale (19) (2) - (21)
    Balance at the end 1,398 391 84,792 86,581
    Impairment (2)
    Balance at the beginning 411 132 - 543
    Additions 50 74 29 - 103
    Additions transfer to discontinued operations - - - -
    Contributions from merger transactions - - - -
    Retirements (sales and other decreases) (56) (13) - (69)
    Other movements and exchange differences (42) 60 - 18
    Disposals by companies held for sale (1) - - (1)
    Balance at the end 386 208 - 594
    Balance at the end of net carrying value (1)-(2) 1,012 183 84,792 85,987
    • (*) Net of accumulated amortization until assets were reclassified as “Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale”
    • (**) The variation corresponds mainly to the agreement for the sale of BBVA USA (see Note 3).

    Download table

    Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale. Changes in the year 2019 (Millions of Euros)

    Property, Plant
    and Equipment
    (*)
    Companies
    held for sale (**)
    Total
    Notes Foreclosed assets
    Cost (1)
    Balance at the beginning 2,211 389 29 2,629
    Additions 665 10 1,676 2,351
    Contributions from merger transactions 2 - - 2
    Retirements (sales and other decreases) (1,023) (206) - (1,229)
    Transfers, other movements and exchange differences (**) (207) 65 11 (131)
    Balance at the end 1,648 258 1,716 3,622
    Impairment (2)
    Balance at the beginning 504 124 - 628
    Additions 50 67 5 - 72
    Additions transfer to discontinued operations 5 - - 5
    Contributions from merger transactions - - - -
    Retirements (sales and other decreases) (164) (22) - (186)
    Other movements and exchange differences (1) 25 - 24
    Balance at the end 411 132 - 543
    Balance at the end of Net carrying value (1)-(2) 1,237 126 1,716 3,079
    • (*) Net of accumulated amortization until assets were reclassified as “Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale”
    • (**) The variation corresponds mainly to the BBVA’s stake in BBVA Paraguay (see Note 3).

    Download table

    Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale. Changes in the year 2018 (Millions of Euros)

    From own use
    assets
    (*)
    Companies
    held for sale
    (**)
    Total
    Notes Foreclosed assets
    Cost (1)
    Balance at the beginning 6,207 371 18,623 25,201
    Additions 692 4 - 696
    Contributions from merger transactions - - - -
    Retirements (sales and other decreases) (4,489) (227) (18,594) (23,310)
    Transfers, other movements and exchange differences (**) (199) 241 - 42
    Balance at the end 2,211 389 29 2,629
     
    Impairment (2)
    Balance at the beginning 1,154 194 - 1,348
    Additions 50 204 2 - 206
    Additions transfer to discontinued operations 2 - - 2
    Contributions from merger transactions - - - -
    Retirements (sales and other decreases) (830) (101) - (931)
    Other movements and exchange differences (26) (29) - 3
    Balance at the end 504 124 - 628
    Balance at the end of net carrying value (1)-(2) 1,707 265 29 2,001
    • (*) Net of accumulated amortization until assets were reclassified as “Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale”
    • (**) The variation corresponds mainly to the BBVA’s stake in BBVA Chile and the agreement with Cerberus to transfer the "Real Estate" business in Spain (see Note 3).

    Download table

    As indicated in Note 2.2.4, “Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale” and “Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale” are valued at the lower amount between its fair value less costs to sell and its carrying amount. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 practically all of the carrying amount of the assets recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis coincides with their fair value.

    Assets from foreclosures or recoveries

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, assets from foreclosures and recoveries, net of impairment losses, by nature of the asset, amounted to €747, €871 and €1,072 million in assets for residential use; €215, €259 and €182 million in assets for tertiary use (industrial, commercial or office) and €21, €28 and €19 million in assets for agricultural use, respectively.

    In December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the average sale time of assets from foreclosures or recoveries was between 2 and 3 years.

    During the years 2020, 2019 and 2018, some of the sale transactions for these assets were financed by Group companies. The amount of loans granted to the buyers of these assets in those years amounted to €78, €79 and €82 million, respectively; with an average financing of 28.3% of the sales price during 2020.

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the amount of the profits arising from the sale of assets financed by Group companies that are not recognized in the consolidated income statement amounted to €1 million.

    22. Financial liabilities at amortized cost

    22.1 Breakdown of the balance

    The breakdown of the balance under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Deposits 415,467 438,919 435,229
    Deposits from central banks 45,177 25,950 27,281
    Demand deposits 163 23 20
    Time deposits and other 38,274 25,101 26,885
    Repurchase agreements (*) 6,740 826 375
    Deposits from credit institutions 27,629 28,751 31,978
    Demand deposits 7,196 7,161 8,370
    Time deposits and other 16,079 18,896 19,015
    Repurchase agreements (*) 4,354 2,693 4,593
    Customer deposits (**) 342,661 384,219 375,970
    Demand deposits 266,250 280,391 260,573
    Time deposits and other 75,666 103,293 114,188
    Repurchase agreements (*) 746 535 1,209
    Debt certificates 61,780 63,963 61,112
    Other financial liabilities 13,358 13,758 12,844
    Total 490,606 516,641 509,185
    • (*) See Note 35.
    • (**) Amount in 2020 is mainly due to the stake in BBVA USA (see Note 21).

    Download table

    The amount recorded in Deposits from central banks - Time deposits includes the provisions of the TLTRO III facilities of the European Central Bank, mainly BBVA S.A. amounting to €35,032 million as of December 31, 2020, that basically explains the change compared to the previous year (see Note 7.5).

    On April 30, 2020, the European Central Bank modified some of the terms and conditions of the TLTRO III facilities in order to support the continued access of companies and households to bank credit in the face of interruptions and temporary shortages of funds associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. Entities whose eligible net lending exceeds 0% between March 1, 2020 and March 31, 2021 will pay an interest rate 0.5% lower than the average rate of the deposit facilities during the period that includes from June 24, 2020 to June 23, 2021. This means that the interest rate applicable to the facilities drawn down is -1%. Outside of this period, the average interest rate of the deposit facilities will be applied (currently -0.5%) provided that the financing objectives are met according to the conditions of the European Central Bank.

    The Group is reasonably certain about the fulfillment of these financing objectives. Therefore, the effective interest rate of each facility is -0.5% and the accounting registration of the discount in the interest rate associated with the COVID-19 pandemic is recognized during the annual period from June 24, 2020 to June 23, 2021.

    The positive remuneration currently being generated by the drawdowns of the TLTRO III facilities is recorded under the heading of "Interest income and other similar income – other income" in the consolidated income statements and amounts to €211 million as of December 31, 2020 (See Note 37.1).

    22.2 Deposits from credit institutions

    The breakdown by geographical area and the nature of the related instruments of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Deposits from credit institutions. December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    Demand deposits Time deposits and other (*) Repurchase agreements Total
    Spain 345 1,405 1 1,751
    Mexico 689 672 188 1,549
    Turkey 8 580 28 617
    South America 557 1,484 - 2,041
    Rest of Europe 2,842 4,531 4,070 11,444
    Rest of the world 2,755 7,406 67 10,228
    Total 7,196 16,079 4,354 27,629
    • (*) Subordinated deposits are included amounting €12 million.

    Download table

    Deposits from credit institutions. December 2019 (Millions of Euros)

    Demand deposits Time deposits and other (*) Repurchase agreements Total
    Spain 2,104 1,113 1 3,218
    The United States 2,082 4,295 - 6,377
    Mexico 432 1,033 168 1,634
    Turkey 302 617 4 924
    South America 394 2,285 161 2,840
    Rest of Europe 1,652 5,180 2,358 9,190
    Rest of the world 194 4,374 - 4,568
    Total 7,161 18,896 2,693 28,751
    • (*) Subordinated deposits are included amounting €195 million.

    Download table

    Deposits from credit institutions. December 2018 (Millions of Euros)

    Demand deposits Time deposits and other (*) Repurchase agreements Total
    Spain 1,981 2,527 55 4,563
    The United States 1,701 2,677 - 4,379
    Mexico 280 286 - 566
    Turkey 651 669 4 1,323
    South America 442 1,892 - 2,335
    Rest of Europe 3,108 6,903 4,534 14,545
    Rest of the world 207 4,061 - 4,268
    Total 8,370 19,015 4,593 31,978
    • (*) Subordinated deposits are included amounting €191 million.

    Download table

    22.3 Customer deposits

    The breakdown by geographical area of this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, by type of instrument is as follows:

    Customer deposits. December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    Demand deposits Time deposits and other Repurchase agreements Total
    Spain 168,690 20,065 2 188,757
    Mexico 43,768 10,514 117 54,398
    Turkey 17,906 16,707 8 34,621
    South America 25,730 11,259 - 36,989
    Rest of Europe 8,435 12,373 619 21,427
    Rest of the world 1,720 4,748 - 6,468
    Total 266,250 75,666 746 342,661

    Download table

    Customer deposits. December 2019 (Millions of Euros)

    Demand deposits Time deposits and other (*) Repurchase agreements Total
    Spain 146,651 24,958 2 171,611
    The United States 46,372 19,810 - 66,181
    Mexico 43,326 12,714 523 56,564
    Turkey 13,775 22,257 10 36,042
    South America 22,748 13,913 - 36,661
    Rest of Europe 6,610 8,749 - 15,360
    Rest of the world 909 892 - 1,801
    Total 280,391 103,293 535 384,219
    • (*) Subordinated deposits are included amounting to €189 million.

    Download table

    Customer deposits. December 2018 (Millions of Euros)

    Demand deposits Time deposits and other (*) Repurchase agreements Total
    Spain 138,236 28,165 3 166,403
    The United States 41,222 21,317 - 62,539
    Mexico 38,383 11,837 770 50,991
    Turkey 10,856 22,564 7 33,427
    South America 23,811 14,159 - 37,970
    Rest of Europe 7,233 14,415 429 22,077
    Rest of the world 831 1,731 - 2,563
    Total 260,573 114,188 1,209 375,970
    • (*) Subordinated deposits are included amounting to €220 million.

    Download table

    22.4 Debt certificates

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading, by financial instruments and by currency, is as follows:

    Debt certificates (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    In Euros 42,462 40,185 37,436
    Promissory bills and notes 860 737 267
    Non-convertible bonds and debentures 14,538 12,248 9,638
    Covered bonds (*) 13,274 15,542 15,809
    Hybrid financial instruments (**) 355 518 814
    Securitization bonds 2,538 1,354 1,630
    Wholesale funding 2,331 1,817 142
    Subordinated liabilities 8,566 7,968 9,136
    Convertible perpetual certificates 4,500 5,000 5,490
    Convertible subordinated debt - - -
    Non-convertible preferred stock 159 83 107
    Other non-convertible subordinated liabilities 3,907 2,885 3,540
    In foreign currencies 19,318 23,778 23,676
    Promissory bills and notes 1,024 1,210 3,237
    Non-convertible bonds and debentures 8,691 10,587 9,335
    Covered bonds (*) 217 362 569
    Hybrid financial instruments (**) 455 1,156 1,455
    Securitization bonds 4 17 38
    Wholesale funding 1,016 780 544
    Subordinated liabilities 7,911 9,666 8,499
    Convertible perpetual certificates 1,633 1,782 873
    Convertible subordinated debt - - -
    Non-convertible preferred stock 35 76 74
    Other non-convertible subordinated liabilities 6,243 7,808 7,552
    Total 61,780 63,963 61,112
    • (*) Including mortgage-covered bonds (see Appendix X).
    • (**) Corresponds to the issuance of structured notes whose underlying risk differs from the underlying risk of the derivative.

    Download table

    Most of the foreign currency issues are denominated in U.S. dollars.

    22.4.1 Subordinated liabilities

    The breakdown of this heading, is as follows:

    Memorandum item: Subordinated liabilities at amortized cost

    2020 2019 2018
    Subordinated deposits 12 384 411
    Subordinated certificates 16,476 17,635 17,635
    Preferred stock 194 159 181
    Compound convertible financial instruments 6,133 6,782 6,363
    Other non-convertible subordinated liabilities (*) 10,149 10,693 11,092
    Total 16,488 18,018 18,047
    • (*) Subordinated issues of BBVA Paraguay as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are recorded in the consolidated balance sheet under the heading “Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale" amounting to €37 and €40 million, respectively. The subordinated issues of BBVA USA as of December 31, 2020 are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet under the heading “Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale" amounting to €735 million (see Note 21).

    Download table

    The issuances of BBVA International Preferred, S.A.U., Ltd., Caixa Terrassa Societat de Participacions Preferents, S.A.U. and CaixaSabadell Preferents, S.A.U. are jointly, severally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Bank.

    The balance variances are mainly due to the following transactions:

    Convertible perpetual liabilities

    The AGM held on March 17, 2017, resolved, under agenda item five, to confer authority to the Board of Directors to issue securities convertible into newly issued BBVA shares, on one or several occasions, within the maximum term of five years to be counted from the approval date of the authorization, up to a maximum overall amount of €8 billion or its equivalent in any other currency. Likewise, the AGM resolved to confer to the Board of Directors the authority to totally or partially exclude shareholders’ pre-emptive subscription rights within the framework of a specific issue of convertible securities, although this power was limited to ensure the nominal amount of the capital increases resolved or effectively carried out for conversion of mandatory convertible issuances made under this authority (without prejudice to anti-dilution adjustments), with exclusion of pre-emptive subscription rights and of those likewise resolved or carried out with exclusion of pre-emptive subscription rights in use of the authority to increase the share capital conferred by the AGM held on March 17, 2017, under agenda item four, do not exceed the maximum nominal amount, overall, of 20% of the share capital of BBVA at the time of the authorization, this limit not being applicable to contingent convertible issues.

    Under that delegation, BBVA made the following issuances that qualify as additional tier 1 capital of the Bank and the Group in accordance with Regulation (EU) 575/2013:

    • In May and November 2017, BBVA carried out two issues of perpetually convertible securities (additional Tier 1 capital instruments) excluding shareholders' pre-emptive rights, for a nominal amount of 500 million euros and 1,000 million U.S. dollars, respectively. These issues are listed on the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin of the Irish Stock Exchange and were directed only to qualified investors and foreign private banking clients, and cannot be placed or subscribed in Spain or among investors resident in Spain.
    • In September 2018 and March 2019, BBVA carried out both issuances of perpetual contingent convertible securities (additional tier 1 instruments), with exclusion of pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders, for a total nominal amount of €1 billion each. These issuances are listed in the AIAF Fixed Income Securities Market and were targeted only at professional clients and eligible counterparties, not being offered or sold to any retail clients.
    • On September 5, 2019, BBVA carried out an issuance of perpetual contingent convertible securities (additional tier 1 instruments), with exclusion of pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders, for a total nominal amount of $1 billion. This issuance is listed in the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin and was targeted only at qualified investors, not being offered to, and not being subscribed for, in Spain or by Spanish residents.
    • On July 15, 2020, BBVA carried out an issuance of perpetual contingent convertible securities (additional tier 1 instruments), with exclusion of pre-emptive subscription rights of shareholders, for a total nominal amount of €1 billion. This issuance is listed in the AIAF Fixed Income Securities Market and was targeted only at professional clients and eligible counterparties, not being offered or sold to any retail clients.

    Additionally, an issue of perpetually convertible securities (additional Tier 1 capital instruments) is outstanding, which was carried out in April 2016, for an amount of 1,000 million euros, by virtue of previous delegations of the shareholders' meeting. This issue was directed only to qualified investors and foreign private banking clients, and cannot be placed or subscribed in Spain or among investors residing in Spain. This issue is listed on the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin of the Irish Stock Exchange and is computed as additional Tier 1 capital of the Bank and the Group, in accordance with Regulation (EU) 575/2013.

    These perpetual securities will be converted into newly issued ordinary shares of BBVA if the CET 1 ratio of the Bank or the Group is less than 5.125%, in accordance with their respective terms and conditions.

    These issuances may be fully redeemed at BBVA’s option only in the cases contemplated in their respective terms and conditions and, in any case, in accordance with the provisions of the applicable legislation. In particular:

    • On May 9, 2018, the Bank early redeemed the issuance of contingently convertible preferred securities (additional tier 1 instruments) carried out by the Bank on May 9, 2013, for an amount of $1.5 billion on the First Reset Date of the issuance and once the prior consent from the Regulator had been obtained.
    • On February 19, 2019 the Bank early redeemed the issuance of contingently convertible preferred securities (additional tier 1 instruments), carried out by the Bank on February 19, 2014, for a total amount of €1.5 billion and once the prior consent from the Regulator had been obtained.
    • On February 18, 2020, the Bank early redeemed the issuance of contingently convertible preferred securities (additional tier 1 instruments) carried out by the Bank on February 18, 2015, for an amount of €1.5 billion on the First Reset Date of the issuance and once the prior consent from the Regulator had been obtained.
    Preferred securities

    The breakdown by issuer of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Preferred securities by issuer (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    BBVA International Preferred, S.A.U. (1) 35 37 35
    Unnim Group (2) 159 83 98
    BBVA USA - 19 19
    BBVA Colombia - 20 19
    Other - - 9
    Total 194 159 181
    • (1) Call exercised.
    • (2) Unnim Group: Issuances prior to the acquisition by BBVA.

    Download table

    These issuances were fully subscribed at the moment of the issue by qualified/institutional investors outside the Group and are redeemable, totally or partially, at the issuer’s option after five years from the issue date, depending on the terms of each issuance and with the prior consent from the Bank of Spain or the relevant authority.

    In connection with the above, once the necessary authorization from the European Central Bank was received and in conformity with its authority to redeem:

    • The Extraordinary and Universal General Meeting of Caixasabadell Preferents, S.A. Unipersonal, at its meeting held on December 11, 2020, decided to delegate on the company’s Board of Directors the authority to agree on the total early redemption of its only live issuance, subject to the applicable legal provisions and having previously obtained all necessary authorisations. In use of such delegation, having satisfied all legal and contractual formalities required and having obtained all relevant authorizations, the company’s Board of Directors, on the same date, agreed to carry out the early redemption of the total nominal amount of the issuance on January 14, 2021. As a result, once all necessary communications were released, on January 14, 2021 the total early redemption of the issuance took place.
    • The Extraordinary and Universal General Meeting of BBVA International Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal, at its meeting held on December 11, 2020, decided to delegate on the company’s Board of Directors the authority to agree on the total early redemption of its only live issuance, subject to the applicable legal provisions and having previously obtained all necessary authorisations. In use of such delegation, having satisfied all legal and contractual formalities required and having obtained all relevant authorizations, the company’s Board of Directors, on the same date, agreed to carry out the early redemption of the total nominal amount of the issuance on January 19, 2021. As a result, once all necessary communications were released, on January 19, 2021 the total early redemption of the issuance took place.
    • The Extraordinary and Universal General Meeting of Caixa Terrassa Societat de Participacions Preferents, S.A. Unipersonal, at its meeting held on December 11, 2020, decided to delegate on the company’s Board of Directors the implementation of all necessary actions in order to modify its only live issuance so as to include a new clause regarding the early redemption of the preferred securities. In use of the delegated authority and having obtained all necessary authorizations, the company’s Board of Directors, on the same date, agreed to modify the relevant issuance in order to include a new clause for the total early redemption of the preferred securities on January 29, 2021, therefore convening the relevant meeting of noteholders of the issuance to be held in Bilbao, on January 14, 2021, at first call, or on January 15, 2021, at second call. Having satisfied all applicable legal requirements, the noteholders’ meeting was held at first call and passed, with the necessary majority of votes, among other resolutions, the inclusion of a new total early redemption clause. As a result, on January 29, 2021 the total early redemption of the issuance took place.

    22.5 Other financial liabilities

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Other financial liabilities (Millions of Euros):

    2020 2019 2018
    Lease liabilities 2,674 3,335
    Creditors for other financial liabilities 2,408 2,623 2,891
    Collection accounts 3,275 3,306 4,305
    Creditors for other payment obligations 5,000 4,494 5,648
    Total 13,358 13,758 12,844

    Download table

    A breakdown of the maturity of the lease liabilities, due after December 31, 2020 is provided below:

    Maturity of future payment obligations (Millions of Euros)

    Up to 1 year 1 to 3 years 3 to 5 years Over 5 years Total
    Leases 244 430 397 1,602 2,674

    Download table

    23. Assets and liabilities under insurance and reinsurance contracts

    The Group has insurance subsidiaries mainly in Spain and Latin America (mostly in Mexico). The main product offered by the insurance subsidiaries is life insurance to cover the risk of death (risk insurance) and life-savings insurance. Within life and accident insurance, a distinction is made between freely sold products and those offered to customers who have taken mortgage or consumer loans, which cover the principal of those loans in the event of the customer’s death.

    There are two types of savings products: individual insurance, which seeks to provide the customer with savings for retirement or other events, and group insurance, which is taken out by employers to cover their commitments to their employees.

    The insurance business is affected by different risks, including those that are related to the BBVA Group such as credit risk, market risk, liquidity risk and operational risk and the methodology for risk measurement applied in the insurance activity is similar (see Note 7 and Management Report - Risk), although it has a differentiated management due to the particular characteristics of the insurance business, such as the coverage of contracted obligations and the long term of the commitments. Additionally, the insurance business generates certain specific risks, of a probabilistic nature:

    • Technical risk: arises from deviations in the estimation of the casualty rate of insurances, either in terms of numbers, the amount of such claims and the timing of its occurrence.
    • Biometric risk: depending on the deviations in the expected mortality behavior or the survival of the insured persons.

    The insurance industry is highly regulated in each country. In this regard, it should be noted that the insurance industry is undergoing a gradual regulatory transformation through new risk-based capital regulations, which have already been published in several countries.

    The heading “Assets under reinsurance and insurance contracts” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets includes the amounts that the consolidated insurance entities are entitled to receive under the reinsurance contracts entered into by them with third parties and, more specifically, the share of the reinsurer in the technical provisions recognized by the consolidated insurance subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the balance under this heading amounted to €306 million, €341 million and €366 million respectively.

    The most significant provisions recognized by consolidated insurance subsidiaries with respect to insurance policies issued by them are under the heading “Liabilities under insurance and reinsurance contracts” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading is as follows:

    Technical reserves (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Mathematical reserves 8,731 9,247 8,504
    Individual life insurance (1) 6,268 6,731 6,201
    Savings 5,431 5,906 5,180
    Risk 836 825 1,021
    Group insurance (2) 2,463 2,517 2,303
    Savings 2,298 2,334 2,210
    Risk 165 182 93
    Provision for unpaid claims reported 672 641 662
    Provisions for unexpired risks and other provisions 548 718 668
    Total 9,951 10,606 9,834
    • (1) Provides coverage in the event of death or disability.
    • (2) The insurance policies purchased by employers (other than BBVA Group) on behalf of its employees

    Download table

    The cash flows of those “Liabilities under insurance and reinsurance contracts” are shown below:

    Maturity (Millions of Euros). Liabilities under insurance and reinsurance contracts

    Up to 1 Year 1 to 3 Years 3 to 5 Years Over 5 Years Total
    2020 1,227 950 1,616 6,158 9,951
    2019 1,571 1,197 1,806 6,032 10,606
    2018 1,686 1,041 1,822 5,285 9,834

    Download table

    The modeling methods and techniques used to calculate the mathematical reserves for the insurance products are actuarial and financial methods and modeling techniques approved by the respective country’s insurance regulator or supervisor. The most important insurance entities are located in Spain and Mexico (which together account for approximately 96% of the insurance revenues), where the modeling methods and techniques are reviewed by the insurance regulator in Spain (General Directorate of Insurance) and Mexico (National Insurance and Bonding Commission), respectively. The modeling methods and techniques used to calculate the mathematical reserves for the insurance products are compliant with IFRS and primarily involve the valuation of the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the technical interest rate for each policy. To ensure this technical interest rate, asset-liability management is carried out, acquiring a portfolio of securities that generate the cash flows needed to cover the payment commitments assumed with the customers.

    The table below shows the key assumptions as of December 31, 2020, used in the calculation of the mathematical reserves for insurance products in Spain and Mexico, respectively:

    Mathematical reserves

    2020 2019 2018
    Mortality table Average technical interest type Mortality table Average technical interest type Mortality table Average technical interest type
    Spain Mexico Spain Mexico Spain Mexico Spain Mexico Spain Mexico Spain Mexico
    Individual life insurance (1) GRMF 80-2,GKM 80 / GKMF 95, PASEM,GKMF 80/95,PERFM 2000 Tables of the Comisión Nacional de Seguros y Fianzas 2000-individual 0.25%-2.87% 2.5%   GRMF 80-2, GKMF 80/95. PASEM, PERMF 2000 Tables of the Comisión Nacional de Seguros y Fianzas 2000-individual 0.25% -2.91% 2.50%   GRMF 80-2, GKM 80 / GKMF 95 PERMF 2000 PASEM Tables of the Comisión Nacional de Seguros y Fianzas 2000-individual 0.26%-3.27% 2.50%
    Group insurance(2) PERFM 2000 Tables of the Comisión Nacional de Seguros y Fianzas 2000-grupo Depending on the related portfolio 5.5%   PERMF 2000 Tables of the Comisión Nacional de Seguros y Fianzas 2000-grupo Depending on the related portfolio 5.50%   PERMF 2000 Tables of the Comisión Nacional de Seguros y Fianzas 2000-grupo Depending on the related portfolio 5.50%
    • (1) Provides coverage in the case of one or more of the following events: death and disability.
    • (2) Insurance policies purchased by companies (other than BBVA Group entities) on behalf of their employees.

    Download table

    24. Provisions

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, based on type of provisions, is as follows:

    Provisions. Breakdown by concepts (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Provisions for pensions and similar obligations 25 4,272 4,631 4,787
    Other long term employee benefits 25 49 61 62
    Provisions for taxes and other legal contingencies 612 677 686
    Provisions for contingent risks and commitments 728 711 636
    Other provisions (*) 479 457 601
    Total 6,141 6,538 6,772
    • (*) Individually insignificant provisions or contingencies, for various concepts in different geographies.

    Download table

    The change in provisions for pensions and similar obligations for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

    Provisions for pensions and similar obligations. Changes over the year (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Balance at the beginning 4,631 4,787 5,407
    Add
    Charges to income for the year 298 327 125
    Interest expense and similar charges 44 63 77
    Personnel expense 44.1 49 49 58
    Provision expense 205 215 (10)
    Charges to equity (1) 191 329 41
    Transfers and other changes (2) (71) (29) 96
    Less
    Benefit payments 25 (654) (718) (779)
    Employer contributions 25 (124) (65) (103)
    Balance at the end 4,272 4,631 4,787
    • (1) Correspond to actuarial losses (gains) arising from certain post-employment defined-benefit commitments for pensions recognized in “Equity” (see Note 2.2.12).
    • (2) It includes the amount of the sale of BBVA´s U.S. subsidiary (see Notes 1.3, 3 and 21).

    Download table

    Provisions for taxes, legal contingencies and other provisions. Changes over the year (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Balance at beginning 1,134 1,286 1,425
    Additions 555 396 455
    Acquisition of subsidiaries - -
    Unused amounts reversed during the year (215) (96) (184)
    Amount used and other variations (383) (453) (410)
    Balance at the end 1,091 1,134 1,286

    Download table

    Ongoing legal proceedings and litigation

    The financial sector faces an environment of increased regulatory pressure and litigation. In this environment, the various Group entities are often sued on lawsuits and are therefore involved in individual or collective legal proceedings and litigation arising from their activity and operations, including proceedings arising from their lending activity, from their labor relations and from other commercial, regulatory or tax issues, as well as in arbitration.

    On the basis of the information available, the Group considers that, as of December 31, 2020, the provisions made in relation to judicial proceedings and arbitration, where so required, are adequate and reasonably cover the liabilities that might arise, if any, from such proceedings. Furthermore, on the basis of the information available and with the exceptions indicated in Note 7.1 "Risk factors", BBVA considers that the liabilities that may arise from such proceedings will not have, on a case-by-case basis, a significant adverse effect on the Group's business, financial situation or results of operations.

    IRPH index

    In relation to consumer mortgage loan contracts linked to the interest rate index known as IRPH (average rate for mortgage loans over three years for the acquisition of free housing), the Spanish Supreme Court issued on 14 December 2017 its judgment 669/2017 confirming that it was not possible to determine the lack of transparency of the interest rate of the loan merely by reference to one or other of the official indexes nor, therefore, was it abuse according to Directive 93/13. In a separate legal proceeding, albeit concerning the same clause, the matter was referred to the Court of Justice of the European Union (the EU Court of Justice), raising a preliminary question in which the application of the above referred IRPH index and the decision of the Supreme Court on the matter was questioned again. On March 3, 2020, the EU Court of Justice resolved the referred question for a preliminary ruling.

    In that resolution, the EU Court of Justice concluded that the fact that the main elements relating to the calculation of the saving banks IRPH index used by the bank to which the question referred (Bankia, S.A.) were provided in the Bank of Spain Regulation (Circular 8/1990), published in the Spanish Official Gazette, which allowed consumers to understand the calculation of such index. In addition, the EU Court of Justice indicated that the national court shall determine whether the bank that is party to this proceeding complied with the applicable information obligations under national legislation. In the event that the entity had not complied with the applicable transparency regulations, the EU Court of Justice decision does not declare the contract null and void but provides that the national court could replace the IRPH index applied in the case under trial for a substitute index. The resolution sets forth that, in the absence of an agreement to the contrary of the parties to the contract, the referred substitute index could be the IRPH index for credit entities in Spain (as established in the fifteenth additional provision of Law 14/2013, of September 27, 2013).

    On November 13, 2020, the Supreme Court has issued new judgments on which it has again analyzed the legality of the above referred clause after the EU Court of Justice ruling which indicated that it was up to the national judge to rule on its transparency and possible abuse. In the particular cases analyzed, the Supreme Court has ruled that, even if the entity had not adequately complied with some regulatory requirement of transparency, such as reporting the evolution of the index in the past, this would not mean that the clause was abusive. In short, it considers that the control rules are different from transparency and abuse, so that if the clause is not abusive, the possible breach of any obligation of transparency cannot have legal consequences. Following these rulings, the Supreme Court is rejecting the appeals on the grounds of the existence of case law on the matter and lack of interest in the case. Therefore, BBVA considers that the ruling of the EU Court of Justice and these recent rulings of the Supreme Court should not have significant effects on the Group's business, financial situation or results of operations.

    Revolving credit cards

    There are also claims before the Spanish courts challenging the application of certain interest rates and other mandatory regulations to certain revolving credit card contracts. On March 4, 2020, the Supreme Court issued a ruling (number 149/2020) confirming the nullity of a revolving credit card agreement entered into by another entity (Wizink Bank) on the grounds that the interest applied to the card was usurious. In that ruling, the Supreme Court recognized that the reference to the "normal interest on money" to be used for this product must be the average interest applicable to credit transactions by means of credit and revolving cards published in the Bank of Spain's statistics, which is slightly higher than 20% annually. The Supreme Court also considered usurious a rate of 26.82% annually, when compared to such average rate. The Supreme Court concluded that for an interest rate to be usurious, it must be "manifestly disproportionate to the circumstances of the case", and therefore the ruling limits its effects to the case under analysis, and the marketing by credit entities of this product must be analyzed on a case-by-case basis.

    BBVA considers that this ruling of the Supreme Court should not have a significant effect on the Group's business, financial situation or results of operations.

    25. Post-employment and other employee benefit commitments

    As stated in Note 2.2.11, the Group has assumed commitments with employees including short-term employee benefits (see Note 44.1), defined contribution and defined benefit plans (see Glossary), healthcare and other long-term employee benefits.

    The Group sponsors defined-contribution plans for the majority of its active employees with the plans in Spain and Mexico being the most significant. Most defined benefit plans are closed to new employees with liabilities relating largely to retired employees, the most significant being those in Spain, Mexico and Turkey. In Mexico, the Group provides medical benefits to a closed group of employees and their family members, both active service and in retirees.

    The breakdown of the net defined benefit liability recorded on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is provided below:

    Net defined benefit liability (asset) on the consolidated balance sheet (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Pension commitments 4,539 5,050 4,678
    Early retirement commitments 1,247 1,486 1,793
    Medical benefits commitments 1,562 1,580 1,114
    Other long term employee benefits 49 61 62
    Total commitments 7,398 8,177 7,647
    Pension plan assets 1,608 1,961 1,694
    Medical benefit plan assets 1,484 1,532 1,146
    Total plan assets (1) 3,092 3,493 2,840
     
    Total net liability / asset 4,305 4,684 4,807
    Of which: Net asset on the consolidated balance sheet (2) (16) (8) (41)
    Of which: +Net liability on the consolidated balance sheet for provisions for pensions and similar obligations (3) 24 4,272 4,631 4,787
    Of which: Net liability on the consolidated balance sheet for other long term employee benefits (4) 24 49 61 62
    • (1) In Turkey, the foundation responsible for managing the benefit commitments holds an additional asset of €125 million as of December 31, 2020 which, in accordance with IFRS regarding the asset ceiling, has not been recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements, because although it could be used to reduce future pension contributions it could not be immediately refunded to the employer.
    • (2) Recorded under the heading “Other Assets - Other” of the consolidated balance sheet (see Note 20).
    • (3) Recorded under the heading “Provisions - Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” of the consolidated balance sheet.
    • (4) Recorded under the heading “Provisions – Other long-term employee benefits” of the consolidated balance sheet.

    Download table

    The impact relating to benefit commitments charged to consolidated income statement for the years 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

    Consolidated income statement impact (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Interest and other expense 44 63 77
    Interest expense 265 293 282
    Interest income (220) (230) (206)
    Personnel expense 121 143 130
    Defined contribution plan expense 44.1 72 95 72
    Defined benefit plan expense 44.1 49 49 58
    Provisions or (reversal) of provisions 46 210 213 125
    Early retirement expense 224 190 141
    Past service cost expense (8) 18 (33)
    Remeasurements (*) (11) 7 (10)
    Other provision expense 4 (1) 28
    Total impact on consolidated income statement: debit (credit) 375 419 332
    • (*) Actuarial losses (gains) on remeasurement of the net defined benefit liability relating to early retirements in Spain and other long-term employee benefits that are charged to the income statements (see Note 2.2.12).

    Download table

    The amounts relating to post-employment benefits charged to the consolidated balance sheet correspond to the actuarial gains (losses) on remeasurement of the net defined benefit liability relating to pension and medical commitments before income taxes as of December 31 2020, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

    Equity Impact (Millons of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Defined benefit plans 161 254 81
    Post-employment medical benefits 30 74 (47)
    Total impact on equity: debit (credit) 191 329 34

    Download table

    In 2020, the aggregate impact of this heading amounted to €191 million euros driven by, first of all, the variation in interest rates, €91 million euros losses on commitments in Mexico and €68 million euros in Spain, and secondly due to updating of the mortality tables in Spain (€49 million euros losses). These amounts are partially offset by the effect in other geographies and experience. In 2019, this heading amounted to €329 million euros mainly due to the variation in two geographies. Firstly, as a consequence of the €231 million euros increase in actuarial losses on commitments in Spain, due to the variation in discount rates from 1.75% to 1%. Secondly, driven by the €83 million euros increase in actuarial losses on commitments in Mexico, due to the decrease in discount rates from 10.45% to 9.04%.

    25.1 Defined benefit plans

    Defined benefit commitments relate mainly to employees who have already retired or taken early retirement, certain closed groups of active employees still accruing defined benefit pensions, and in-service death and disability benefits provided to most active employees. For the latter, the Group pays the required premiums to fully insure the related liability. The change in these pension commitments during the years ended December 31 2020, 2019 and 2018 is presented below:

    Defined Benefits (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Defined benefit obligation Plan assets Net liability (asset) Defined benefit obligation Plan assets Net liability (asset) Defined benefit obligation Plan assets Net liability (asset)
    Balance at the beginning 8,116 3,493 4,622 7,585 2,839 4,746 8,384 3,006 5,378
    Current service cost 53 - 53 52 - 52 61 - 61
    Interest income/expense 261 219 42 290 230 60 279 206 74
    Contributions by plan participants 4 4 - 4 4 - 4 3 1
    Employer contributions - 124 (124) - 65 (65) - 103 (103)
    Past service costs(1) 219 - 219 210 - 210 109 - 109
    Remeasurements: 364 176 187 783 454 329 (263) (286) 21
    Return on plan assets (2) - 176 (176) - 454 (454) - (286) 286
    From changes in demographic assumptions 57 - 57 (15) - (15) 14 - 14
    From changes in financial assumptions 276 - 276 688 - 688 (274) - (274)
    Other actuarial gains and losses 30 - 30 110 - 110 (3) - (3)
    Benefit payments (839) (185) (654) (905) (187) (718) (979) (200) (779)
    Settlement payments - - - - - - - - -
    Business combinations and disposals (*) (371) (327) (44) 15 12 3 13 11 2
    Effect on changes in foreign exchange rates (459) (409) (50) 63 69 (6) (31) (9) (22)
    Conversions to defined contributions - - - - - - - - -
    Other effects 1 (3) 4 19 6 13 10 6 4
    Balance at the end 7,348 3,092 4,256 8,116 3,493 4,623 7,585 2,840 4,745
    Of which: Spain 4,288 249 4,039 4,592 266 4,326 4,807 260 4,547
    Of which: Mexico 2,219 2,122 97 2,231 2,124 107 1,615 1,587 28
    Of which: The United States - - - 375 323 52 326 287 39
    Of which: Turkey 367 282 85 444 359 86 422 339 83
    • (*) The amount in 2020 in mainly due to the stake in BBVA USA (see Note 3).
    • (1) Including gains and losses arising from settlements.
    • (2) Excluding interest, which is recorded under "Interest income or expense".

    Download table

    The balance under the heading “Provisions - Pensions and other post-employment defined benefit obligations” of the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 includes €356 million relating to post-employment benefit commitments to former members of the Board of Directors and the Bank’s Management (see Note 54).

    The most significant commitments are those in Spain and Mexico and, to a lesser extent, in Turkey. The remaining commitments are located mostly in Portugal and South America. Unless otherwise required by local regulation, all defined benefit plans have been closed to new entrants, who instead are able to participate in the Group´s defined contribution plans.

    Both the costs and the present value of the commitments are determined by independent qualified actuaries using the “projected unit credit” method. In order to guarantee the good governance of these plans, the Group has established specific benefits committees. These benefit committees include members from the different areas of the business to ensure that all decisions are made taking into consideration all of the associated impacts.

    The following table sets out the key actuarial assumptions used in the valuation of these commitments as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    Actuarial assumptions (%)

    2020 2019 2018
    Spain Mexico Turkey Spain Mexico The
    United
    States
    Turkey Spain Mexico The
    United
    States
    Turkey
    Discount rate 0.53% 8.37% 13.00% 0.68% 9.04% 3.24% 12.50% 1.28% 10.45% 4.23% 16.30%
    Rate of salary increase - 4.00% 11.20% - 4.75% - 9.70% - 4.75% - 14.00%
    Rate of pension increase - 1.94% 9.70% - 2.47% - 8.20% - 2.51% - 12.50%
    Medical cost trend rate - 7.00% 13.90% - 7.00% - 12.40% - 7.00% - 16.70%
    Mortality tables PER 2020 EMSSA09 CSO2001 PERM/F
    2000P
    EMSSA09 RP 2014 CSO2001 PERM/F
    2000P
    EMSSA09 RP 2014 CSO2001

    Download table

    In Spain, the discount rate shown as of December, 31, 2020, corresponds to the weighted average rate, the actual discount rates used are 0% and 0.75% depending on the type of commitment.

    In Mexico, the discount rate shown as of December 31, 2020, corresponds to the weighted average rate, with the discount rates between 6.84% and 8.76% depending on the plan.

    Discount rates used to value future benefit cash flows have been determined by reference to high quality corporate bonds (Note 2.2.12) denominated in Euro in the case of Spain and Mexican peso for Mexico, and government bonds denominated in Turkish Lira for Turkey.

    The expected return on plan assets has been set in line with the adopted discount rate.

    Assumed retirement ages have been set by reference to the earliest age at which employees are entitled to retire, the contractually agreed age in the case of early retirements in Spain or by using retirement rates.

    Changes in the main actuarial assumptions may affect the valuation of the commitments. The table below shows the sensitivity of the benefit obligations to changes in the key assumptions:

    Sensitivity analysis (Millions of Euros)

    Basis points change 2020 2019 2018
    Increase Decrease Increase Decrease Increase Decrease
    Discount rate 50 (354) 390 (367) 405 (298) 332
    Rate of salary increase 50 4 (4) 3 (3) 3 (3)
    Rate of pension increase 50 29 (27) 27 (26) 19 (18)
    Medical cost trend rate 50 145 (129) 169 (133) 115 (91)
    Change in obligation from each additional year of longevity - 211 - 137 - 108 -

    Download table

    The sensitivities provided above have been determined at the date of these consolidated financial statements, and reflect solely the impact of changing one individual assumption at a time, keeping the rest of the assumptions unchanged, thereby excluding the effects which may result from combined assumption changes.

    In addition to the commitments to employees shown above, the Group has other less material long-term employee benefits. These include long-service awards, which consist of either an established monetary award or some vacation days granted to certain groups of employees when they complete a given number of years of service. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the actuarial liabilities for the outstanding awards amounted to €50, €61 million and €62 million, respectively. These commitments are recorded under the heading "Provisions - Other long-term employee benefits" of the accompanying consolidated balance sheet (see Note 24).

    25.1.1 Post-employment commitments and similar obligations

    These commitments relate mostly to pension payments, and which have been determined based on salary and years of service. For most plans, pension payments are due on retirement, death and long term disability.

    In addition, during the year 2020, Group entities in Spain offered certain employees the option to take retirement or early retirement (that is, earlier than the age stipulated in the collective labor agreement in force). This offer was accepted by 781 employees (616 and 489 during years 2019 and 2018, respectively). These commitments include the compensation and indemnities due as well as the contributions payable to external pension funds during the early retirement period. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the value of these commitments amounted to €1,247, €1,486 million and €1,793 million, respectively.

    The change in the benefit plan obligations and plan assets during the year ended December 31, 2020 was as follows:

    Post-employment commitments 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    Spain Mexico The United States Turkey Rest of the world
    Defined benefit obligation
    Balance at the beginning 4,592 664 375 444 460
    Current service cost 5 5 1 18 3
    Interest income or expense 30 50 12 45 7
    Contributions by plan participants - - - 4 -
    Employer contributions - - - - -
    Past service costs (1) 224 (1) - 2 3
    Remeasurements: 136 93 31 (4) 12
    Return on plan assets(2) - - - - -
    From changes in demographic assumptions 60 - (3) - -
    From changes in financial assumptions 79 (19) 34 54 17
    Other actuarial gains and losses (3) 112 - (59) (5)
    Benefit payments (703) (58) (15) (15) (12)
    Settlement payments - - - - -
    Business combinations and disposals - - (371) - -
    Effect on changes in foreign exchange rates - (87) (32) (126) (9)
    Conversions to defined contributions - - - - -
    Other effects 3 - (1) - (1)
    Balance at the end 4,288 666 - 367 465
    Of which: Vested benefit obligation relating to current employees 4198
    Of which: Vested benefit obligation relating to retired employees 90
    Plan assets
    Balance at the beginning 266 592 323 359 422
    Current service cost - - - - -
    Interest income or expense 2 44 10 37 6
    Contributions by plan participants - - - 4 -
    Employer contributions - 86 - 14 1
    Past service costs(1) - - - - -
    Remeasurements: 41 31 35 (23) 26
    Return on plan assets (2) 41 31 35 (23) 26
    From changes in demographic assumptions - - - - -
    From changes in financial assumptions - - - - -
    Other actuarial gains and losses - - - - -
    Benefit payments (60) (57) (13) (8) (11)
    Settlement payments - - - - -
    Business combinations and disposals - 19 (327) - -
    Effect on changes in foreign exchange rates - (77) (27) (100) (5)
    Conversions to defined contributions - - - - -
    Other effects (3) - - (1) - (1)
    Balance at the end 249 638 - 282 439
    Net liability (asset)
    Balance at the beginning 4,326 72 52 86 38
    Current service cost 5 5 1 18 3
    Interest income or expense 28 6 2 8 1
    Contributions by plan participants - - - - -
    Employer contributions - (86) - (14) (1)
    Past service costs (1) 224 (1) - 2 3
    Remeasurements: 95 62 (4) 18 (14)
    Return on plan assets (2) (41) (31) (35) 23 (26)
    From changes in demographic assumptions 60 - (3) - -
    From changes in financial assumptions 79 (19) 34 54 17
    Other actuarial gains and losses (3) 112 - (59) (5)
    Benefit payments (643) (1) (2) (6) (1)
    Settlement payments - - - - -
    Business combinations and disposals - (19) (44) - -
    Effect on changes in foreign exchange rates - (10) (5) (26) (4)
    Conversions to defined contributions - - - - -
    Other effects (3) 3 - - - -
    Balance at the end 4,039 28 - 85 27
    • (1) Including gains and losses arising from settlements.
    • (2) Excluding interest, which is recorded under "Interest income or expense".

    Download table

    The change in net liabilities (assets) during the years ended 2019 and 2018 was as follows:

    Post-employment commitments (Millions of Euros)

    2019: Net liability (asset) 2018: Net liability (asset)
    Spain Mexico The United States Turkey Rest of the world Spain Mexico The United States Turkey Rest of the world
    Balance at the beginning 4,547 71 39 83 36 5.122 (18) 51 96 36
    Current service cost 4 4 - 20 3 4 5 - 21 4
    Interest income or expense 42 9 - 11 3 59 (2) - 8 2
    Contributions by plan participants - - - - - - - - - 1
    Employer contributions - (47) (3) (14) (1) - - (2) (13) (18)
    Past service costs (1) 190 15 - 3 2 148 (1) - 2 2
    Remeasurements: 231 9 16 2 (1) (28) 88 (11) 3 14
    Return on plan assets (2) (67) (90) (28) 5 (50) 4 70 17 21 11
    From changes in demographic assumptions - - - (13) (2) - - (1) - 15
    From changes in financial assumptions 239 87 42 (41) 52 - (9) (28) (45) (12)
    Other actuarial gain and losses 59 12 2 51 (1) (32) 27 1 29 -
    Benefit payments (702) (1) (2) (11) (3) (763) - (2) (11) (3)
    Settlement payments - - - - - - - - - -
    Business combinations and disposals - 7 3 - - - - 2 - -
    Effect on changes in foreign exchange rates - 5 - (9) 1 - (1) 2 (26) (1)
    Conversions to defined contributions - - - - - - - - - -
    Other effects 14 - (1) - 0 5 (0) (1) - -
    Balance at the end 4,326 72 52 86 38 4.547 71 39 83 36
    • (1) Includes gains and losses from settlements.
    • (2) Excludes interest which is reflected in the line item “Interest income and expense”.

    Download table

    In Spain, local regulation requires that pension and death benefit commitments must be funded, either through a qualified pension plan or an insurance contract.

    In the Spanish entities these commitments are covered by insurance contracts which meet the requirements of the accounting standard regarding the non-recoverability of contributions. However, a significant number of the insurance contracts are with BBVA Seguros, S.A. – a consolidated subsidiary and related party – and consequently these policies cannot be considered plan assets under IAS 19. For this reason, the liabilities insured under these policies are fully recognized under the heading "Provisions – Pensions and other postemployment defined benefit obligations" of the accompanying consolidated balance sheet (see Note 24), while the related assets held by the insurance company are included within the Group´s consolidated assets (recorded according to the classification of the corresponding financial instruments). As of December 31, 2020 the value of these separate assets was €2,572 million, (€2,620 and €2,543 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively) representing direct rights of the insured employees held in the consolidated balance sheet, hence these benefits are effectively fully funded.

    On the other hand, some pension commitments have been funded through insurance contracts with insurance companies not related to the Group. In this case the accompanying consolidated balance sheet reflects the value of the obligations net of the fair value of the qualifying insurance policies. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the value of the aforementioned insurance policies (€249, €266 and €260 million, respectively) exactly match the value of the corresponding obligations and therefore no amount for this item has been recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

    Pension benefits are paid by the insurance companies with whom BBVA has insurance contracts and to whom all insurance premiums have been paid. The premiums are determined by the insurance companies using “cash flow matching” techniques to ensure that benefits can be met when due, guaranteeing both the actuarial and interest rate risk.

    In Mexico, there is a defined benefit plan for employees hired prior to 2001. Other employees participate in a defined contribution plan. External funds/trusts have been constituted locally to meet benefit payments as required by local regulation.

    In 2008, the Turkish government passed a law to unify the different existing pension systems under a single umbrella Social Security system. Such system provides for the transfer of the various previously established funds.

    The financial sector is in this stage at present, maintaining these pension commitments managed by external pension funds (foundations) established for that purpose.

    The foundation that maintains the assets and liabilities relating to employees of Garanti BBVA in Turkey, as per the local regulatory requirements, has registered an obligation amounting to €250 million as of December 31, 2020 pending future transfer to the Social Security system.

    Furthermore, Garanti BBVA has set up a defined benefit pension plan for employees, additional to the social security benefits, reflected in the consolidated balance sheet.

    25.1.2 Medical benefit commitments

    The change in defined benefit obligations and plan assets during the years 2020, 2019 and 2018 was as follows:

    Medical benefits commitments

    2020 2019 2018
    Defined benefit obligation Plan assets Net liability (asset) Defined benefit obligation Plan assets Net liability (asset) Defined benefit obligation Plan assets Net liability (asset)
    Balance at the beginning 1,580 1,532 48 1,114 1,146 (32) 1,204 1,114 91
    Current service cost 21 - 21 21 - 21 27 - 27
    Interest income or expense 117 120 (3) 119 123 (4) 116 109 8
    Contributions by plan participants - - - - - - - - -
    Employer contributions - 22 (22) - - - - 71 (71)
    Past service costs(1) (8) - (8) - - - (42) - (42)
    Remeasurements: 95 66 30 298 224 74 (210) (164) (47)
    Return on plan assets(2)

    - 66 (66) - 224 (224) - (164) 164
    From changes in demographic assumptions - - - - - - - - -
    From changes in financial assumptions 110 - 110 311 - 311 (182) - (182)
    Other actuarial gain and losses (15) - (15) (13) - (13) (28) - (28)
    Benefit payments (37) (37) - (39) (39) (1) (34) (33) (1)
    Settlement payments - - - - - - - - -
    Business combinations and disposals - (19) 19 - 7 (7) - - -
    Effect on changes in foreign exchange rates (207) (201) (6) 68 71 (2) 62 59 3
    Other effects - - - (1) - (1) (9) (9) -
    Balance at the end 1,562 1,484 77 1,580 1,532 48 1,114 1,146 (32)
    • (1) Including gains and losses arising from settlements.
    • (2) Excluding interest, which is recorded under "Interest income or expense".

    Download table

    In Mexico, there is a medical benefit plan for employees hired prior to 2007. New employees from 2007 are covered by a medical insurance policy. An external trust has been constituted locally to fund the plan, in accordance with local legislation and Group policy.

    In Turkey, employees are currently provided with medical benefits through a foundation in collaboration with the Social Security system, although local legislation prescribes the future unification of this and similar systems into the general Social Security system itself.

    The valuation of these benefits and their accounting treatment follow the same methodology as that employed in the valuation of pension commitments.

    25.1.3 Estimated benefit payments

    As of December 31, 2020, the estimated benefit payments over the next ten years for all the entities in Spain, Mexico and Turkey are as follows:

    Estimated benefit payments (Millions of Euros)

    2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026-2030
    Commitments in Spain 556 474 388 313 257 856
    Commitments in Mexico 111 110 114 121 129 774
    Commitments in Turkey 16 18 16 18 22 180
    Total 683 602 518 452 408 1,810

    Download table

    25.1.4 Plan assets

    The majority of the Group´s defined benefit plans are funded by plan assets held in external funds/trusts legally separate from the Group sponsoring entity. However, in accordance with local regulation, some commitments are not externally funded and covered through internally held provisions, principally those relating to early retirements.

    Plan assets are those assets which will be used to directly settle the assumed commitments and which meet the following conditions: they are not part of the Group sponsoring entities assets, they are available only to pay post-employment benefits and they cannot be returned to the Group sponsoring entity.

    To manage the assets associated with defined benefit plans, BBVA Group has established investment policies designed according to criteria of prudence and minimizing the financial risks associated with plan assets.

    The investment policy consists of investing in a low risk and diversified portfolio of assets with maturities consistent with the term of the benefit obligation and which, together with contributions made to the plan, will be sufficient to meet benefit payments when due, thus mitigating the plans‘ risks.

    In those countries where plan assets are held in pension funds or trusts, the investment policy is developed consistently with local regulation. When selecting specific assets, current market conditions, the risk profile of the assets and their future market outlook are all taken into consideration. In all the cases, the selection of assets takes into consideration the term of the benefit obligations as well as short-term liquidity requirements.

    The risks associated with these commitments are those which give rise to a deficit in the plan assets. A deficit could arise from factors such as a fall in the market value of plan assets, an increase in long-term interest rates leading to a decrease in the fair value of fixed income securities, or a deterioration of the economy resulting in more write-downs and credit rating downgrades.

    The table below shows the allocation of plan assets of the main companies of the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    Plan assets breakdown (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Cash or cash equivalents 38 56 26
    Debt securities (government bonds) 2,707 2,668 2,080
    Mutual funds 1 2 2
    Insurance contracts 140 142 132
    Total 2,887 2,869 2,241
    Of which: Bank account in BBVA 4 4 3
    Of which: Debt securities issued by BBVA - - -
    Of which: Property occupied by BBVA - - -

    Download table

    In addition to the above there are plan assets relating to the previously mentioned insurance contracts in Spain and the foundation in Turkey.

    The following table provides details of investments in listed securities (Level 1) as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    Investments in listed markets

    2020 2019 2018
    Cash or cash equivalents 38 56 26
    Debt securities (Government bonds) 2,707 2,668 2,080
    Mutual funds 1 2 2
    Total 2,747 2,727 2,109
    Of which: Bank account in BBVA 4 4 3
    Of which: Debt securities issued by BBVA - - -
    Of which: Property occupied by BBVA - - -

    Download table

    The remainders of the assets are mainly invested in Level 2 assets in in accordance with the classification established under IFRS 13 (mainly insurance contracts). As of December 31, 2020, almost all of the assets related to employee commitments corresponded to fixed income securities.

    25.2 Defined contribution plans

    Certain Group entities sponsor defined contribution plans. Some of these plans allow employees to make contributions which are then matched by the employer.

    Contributions are recognized as and when they are accrued, with a charge to the consolidated income statement in the corresponding year. No liability is therefore recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet (see Note 44.1).

    26. Common stock

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, BBVA’s common stock amounted to €3,267,264,424.20 divided into 6,667,886,580 fully subscribed and paid-up registered shares, all of the same class and series, at €0.49 par value each, represented through book-entries. All of the Bank shares carry the same voting and dividend rights, and no single stockholder enjoys special voting rights. Each and every share is part of the Bank’s common stock.

    The Bank’s shares are traded on the stock markets of Madrid, Barcelona, Bilbao and Valencia through the Sistema de Interconexión Bursátil Español (Mercado Continuo), as well as on the London and Mexico stock markets. BBVA American Depositary Shares (ADSs) traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker “BBVA”.

    Additionally, as of December 31, 2020, the shares of Banco BBVA Peru, S.A., BBVA Banco Provincial, S.A., Banco BBVA Colombia, S.A., Banco BBVA Argentina, S.A., and Garanti BBVA A.S., were listed on their respective local stock markets. Banco BBVA Argentina, S.A. was also quoted in the Latin American market (Latibex) of the Madrid Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange. Also, the Depositary Receipts (“DR”) of Garanti BBVA, A.S. are listed in the London Stock Exchange. BBVA is also currently included, amongst other indexes, in the IBEX 35® Index, which is made up by the 35 most liquid securities traded on the Spanish Market and, technically, it is a price index that is weighted by capitalization and adjusted according to the free float of each company comprised in the index.

    As of December 31, 2020, State Street Bank and Trust Co., The Bank of New York Mellon SA NV and Chase Nominees Ltd in their capacity as international custodian/depositary banks, held 10.94%, 1.31%, and 8.36% of BBVA common stock, respectively. Of said positions held by the custodian banks, BBVA is not aware of any individual shareholders with direct or indirect holdings greater than or equal to 3% of BBVA common stock outstanding..

    On April 18, 2019, Blackrock, Inc. reported to the Spanish Securities and Exchange Commission (CNMV) that, it had an indirect holding of BBVA common stock totaling 5.917%, of which 5.480% are voting rights attributed to shares and 0.437% are voting rights through financial instruments.

    On February 3, 2020, Norges Bank reported to the Spanish Securities and Exchange Commission (CNMV) that it had an indirect holding of BBVA S.A. common stock totaling 3.366%, of which 3.235% are voting rights attributed to shares, and 0.131% are voting rights through financial instruments.

    On the other hand, BBVA is not aware of any direct or indirect interests through which control of the Bank may be exercised. Furthermore, BBVA has not received any information on stockholder agreements including the regulation of the exercise of voting rights at its annual general meetings or restricting or placing conditions on the free transferability of BBVA shares. No agreement is known that could give rise to changes in the control of the Bank.

    BBVA banking subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures worldwide, are subject to supervision and regulation from a variety of regulatory bodies in relation to, among other aspects, the satisfaction of minimum capital requirements. The obligation to satisfy such capital requirements may affect the ability of such entities to transfer funds in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances. In addition, under the laws of the various jurisdictions where such entities are incorporated, dividends may only be paid out through funds legally available for such purpose. Even when the minimum capital requirements are met and funds are legally available, the relevant regulators or other public administrations could discourage or delay the transfer of funds to the Group in the form of cash, dividends, loans or advances for prudential reasons.

    Resolutions adopted by the Annual General Meeting
    Capital increase

    BBVA’s AGM held on March 17, 2017 resolved, under agenda item four, to confer authority on the Board of Directors to increase Bank’s share capital, on one or several occasions, within the legal term of five years of the approval date of the authorization, up to the maximum amount corresponding to 50% of Bank’s share capital at the time on which the resolution was adopted, likewise conferring authority to the Board of Directors to totally or partially exclude shareholders’ pre-emptive subscription rights over any specific issue that may be made under such authority.

    However, the power to exclude pre-emptive subscription rights was limited, such that the nominal amount of the capital increases resolved or effectively carried out with the exclusion of pre-emptive subscription rights in use of the referred authority and those that may be resolved or carried out to cover the conversion of mandatory convertible issues that may also be made with the exclusion of pre-emptive subscription rights in use of the authority to issue convertible securities conferred by the AGM held on March 17, 2017, under agenda item five (without prejudice to the anti-dilution adjustments and this limit not being applicable to contingent convertible issues) shall not exceed the nominal maximum overall amount of 20% of the share capital of BBVA at the time of the authorization.

    As of the date of this document, the Bank’s Board of Directors has not exercised the authority conferred by the AGM.

    Convertible and/or exchangeable securities:

    Note 22.4 introduces the details of the convertible and/or exchangeable securities.

    27. Share premium

    As of December 31 2020, 2019 and 2018, the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets was €23,992 million.

    The amended Spanish Corporation Act expressly permits the use of the share premium balance to increase capital and establishes no specific restrictions as to its use (see Note 26).

    28. Retained earnings, revaluation reserves and other reserves

    28.1 Breakdown of the balance

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Retained earnings, revaluation reserves and other reserves. Breakdown by concepts (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Legal reserve 653 653 653
    Restricted reserve 120 124 133
    Reserves for regularizations and balance revaluations - - 3
    Voluntary reserves 8,117 8,331 8,010
    Total reserves holding company (*) 8,890 9,108 8,799
    Consolidation reserves attributed to the Bank and subsidiary consolidated companies. 21,454 20,161 18,018
    Total 30,344 29,269 26,028
    • (*) Total reserves of BBVA, S.A. (See Appendix IX).

    Download table

    28.2 Legal reserve

    Under the amended Spanish Corporations Act, 10% of any profit made each year must be transferred to the legal reserve. The transfer must be made until the legal reserve reaches 20% of the common stock.

    The legal reserve can be used to increase the common stock provided that the remaining reserve balance does not fall below 10% of the increased capital. While it does not exceed 20% of the common stock, it can only be allocated to offset losses exclusively in the case that there are not sufficient reserves available.

    28.3 Restricted reserves

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Bank’s restricted reserves are as follows:

    Restricted reserves. Breakdown by concepts (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Restricted reserve for retired capital 88 88 88
    Restricted reserve for parent company shares and loans for those shares 30 34 44
    Restricted reserve for redenomination of capital in euros 2 2 2
    Total 120 124 133

    Download table

    The restricted reserve for retired capital resulted from the reduction of the nominal par value of the BBVA shares made in April 2000.

    The second heading corresponds to restricted reserves related to the amount of shares issued by the Bank in its possession at each date, as well as the amount of customer loans outstanding at those dates that were granted for the purchase of, or are secured by, the parent company shares.

    Finally, pursuant to Law 46/1998 on the Introduction of the Euro, a restricted reserve is recognized as a result of the rounding effect of the redenomination of the parent company common stock in euros.

    28.4 Retained earnings, Revaluation reserves and Other reserves by entity

    The breakdown, by company or corporate group, under the headings “Retained earnings”, “Revaluation reserves” and “other reserves” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Retained earnings, revaluation reserves and other reserves. Breakdown by company or corporate group (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Retained earnings (losses) and revaluation reserves
    Holding Company 15,014 16,623 14,698
    BBVA Bancomer Group 12,890 10,645 10,014
    Garanti BBVA Group 2,509 1,985 1,415
    BBVA Banco Provincial Group 1,731 1,736 1,745
    BBVA Argentine Group 1,302 1,148 1,220
    BBVA Colombia Group 1,287 1,130 998
    Corporación General Financiera S.A. 920 932 1,084
    BBVA Perú Group 984 848 756
    BBVA Chile Group 619 597 168
    BBVA Paraguay 160 130 119
    Pecri Inversión S.L. 114 (50) (74)
    Bilbao Vizcaya Holding, S.A. 77 62 49
    Compañía de Cartera de Inversiones, S.A. 59 47 108
    Gran Jorge Juan, S.A. 42 27 (33)
    Banco Industrial de Bilbao, S.A. (12) (13) -
    BBVA Seguros, S.A. (35) (99) (127)
    BBVA Suiza, S.A. (47) (52) (53)
    BBVA Portugal Group (52) (59) (66)
    Anida Grupo Inmobiliario (594) (587) 363
    Sociedades inmobiliarias Unnim (617) (594) (587)
    BBVA USA Bancshares Group (1,078) (317) (586)
    Anida Operaciones Singulares, S.A. (5,409) (5,375) (5,317)
    Other 644 624 172
    Subtotal 30,508 29,388 26,066
    Other reserves or accumulated losses of investments in joint ventures and associates
    ATOM Bank PLC (91) (56) (28)
    Metrovacesa, S.A. (84) (75) (61)
    Other 11 12 51
    Subtotal (164) (119) (38)
    Total 30,344 29,269 26,028

    Download table

    For the purpose of allocating the reserves and accumulated losses to the consolidated entities and to the parent company, the transfers of reserves arising from the dividends paid and transactions between these entities are taken into account in the period in which they took place.

    29. Treasury shares

    In the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 the Group entities performed the following transactions with shares issued by the Bank:

    Treasury shares (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Number
    of Shares
    Millions
    of Euros
    Number of
    Shares
    Millions of
    Euros
    Number of
    Shares
    Millions of
    Euros
    Balance at beginning 12,617,189 62 47,257,691 296 13,339,582 96
    + Purchases 234,691,887 807 214,925,699 1,088 279,903,844 1,683
    - Sales and other changes (232,956,244) (830) (249,566,201) (1,298) (245,985,735) (1,505)
    +/- Derivatives on BBVA shares - 7 - (23) - 23
    +/- Other changes - - - - - -
    Balance at the end 14,352,832 46 12,617,189 62 47,257,691 296
    Of which:
    Held by BBVA, S.A. 592,832 9 - - - -
    Held by Corporación General Financiera, S.A. 13,760,000 37 12,617,189 62 47,257,691 296
    Held by other subsidiaries - - - - - -
    Average purchase price in Euros 3.44 - 5.06 - 6.11 -
    Average selling price in Euros 3.63 - 5.20 - 6.25 -
    Net gains or losses on transactions (Shareholders' funds-Reserves) - 13 (24)

    Download table

    The percentages of treasury shares held by the Group in the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

    Treasury Stock

    2020 2019 2018
    Min Max Closing Min Max Closing Min Max Closing
    % treasury stock 0.008% 0.464% 0.215% 0.138% 0.746% 0.213% 0.200% 0.850% 0.709%

    Download table

    The number of BBVA shares accepted by the Group in pledge of loans as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

    Shares of BBVA accepted in pledge

    2020 2019 2018
    Number of shares in pledge 39,407,590 43,018,382 61,632,832
    Nominal value 0.49 0.49 0.49
    % of share capital 0.59% 0.65% 0.92%

    Download table

    The number of BBVA shares owned by third parties but under management of a company within the Group as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

    Shares of BBVA owned by third parties but managed by the Group

    2020 2019 2018
    Number of shares owned by third parties 18,266,509 23,807,398 25,306,229
    Nominal value 0.49 0.49 0.49
    % of share capital 0.27% 0.36% 0.38%

    Download table

    30. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Accumulated other comprehensive income (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss (2,815) (1,875) (1,284)
    Actuarial gains (losses) on defined benefit pension plans (1,474) (1,498) (1,245)
    Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale (65) 3 -
    Share of other recognized income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates - - -
    Fair value changes of equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 13.4 (1,256) (404) (155)
    Hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges for equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income - - -
    Fair value changes of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in their credit risk (21) 24 116
    Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss (11,541) (8,351) (8,939)
    Hedge of net investments in foreign operations (effective portion) (62) (896) (218)
    Of which: US Dollar - (432) (432)
    Of which: Mexican peso (362) (588) (78)
    Of which: Turkish lira 317 163 322
    Of which: other exchanges (18) (38) (29)
    Foreign currency translation (14,185) (9,147) (9,630)
    Of which: US Dollar (16) 1,565 1,326
    Of which: Mexican peso (5,220) (3,557) (4,205)
    Of which: Turkish lira (4,960) (3,750) (3,326)
    Of which: Argentine peso (1,247) (1,124) (1,118)
    Of which: Venezuelan Bolívar (1,860) (1,854) (1,862)
    Of which: other exchanges (882) (427) (445)
    Hedging derivatives. Cash flow hedges (effective portion) 10 (44) (6)
    Fair value changes of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income 13.4 2,069 1,760 943
    Hedging instruments (non-designated items) - - -
    Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale (*) 644 (18) 1
    Share of other recognized income and expense of investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates (17) (5) (29)
    Total (14,356) (10,226) (10,223)

    (*) The variation for the year 2020 corresponds, mainly, to the BBVA USA sale agreement (see Notes 21).

    Download table

    The balances recognized under these headings are presented net of tax.

    The main changes in 2020 are explained as a result of the depreciation of the main currencies of the geographies where the Group operates against the euro. The main depreciations against the euro have been: US dollar (-8.5%), Mexican peso (-13.1%), Turkish lira (-26.7%), Peruvian sol (-16.3%), Colombian peso (-12.6%) and Argentine peso (-34.8%).

    31. Non-controlling interest

    The table below is a breakdown by groups of consolidated entities of the balance under the heading “Minority interests (non-controlling interest)” of total equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Non-controlling interests: breakdown by subgroups (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Garanti BBVA 3,692 4,240 4,058
    BBVA Peru 1,171 1,334 1,167
    BBVA Argentina 416 422 352
    BBVA Colombia 70 76 67
    BBVA Venezuela 65 71 67
    Other entities 56 57 53
    Total 5,471 6,201 5,764

    Download table

    These amounts are broken down by groups of consolidated entities under the heading “Attributable to minority interests (non-controlling interests)” in the accompanying consolidated income statements:

    Profit attributable to non-controlling interests (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Garanti BBVA 579 524 585
    BBVA Peru 126 236 227
    BBVA Argentina 38 60 (18)
    BBVA Colombia 6 11 9
    BBVA Venezuela 2 (1) (5)
    Other entities 5 4 30
    Total 756 833 827

    Download table

    Dividends distributed to non-controlling interest of the Group during the year 2020 are:

    BBVA Banco Continental Group €79 million, BBVA Garanti Group €31 million, BBVA Colombia Group €4 million, and other Group entities accounted for €4 million.

    32. Capital base and capital management

    32.1 Capital base

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, own funds is calculated in accordance to the applicable regulation of each year on minimum capital requirements for Spanish credit institutions –both as individual entities and as consolidated group– that establish how to calculate them, as well as the various internal capital adequacy assessment processes they should have in place and the information they should disclose to the market.

    With respect to the capital requirement the ECB, in its announcement on March 12, 2020, in reaction to COVID-19, has allowed the banks to use additional Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital instruments to meet partially the Pillar II (P2R) requirements for 2021, which is known as "Pillar 2 tiering." This measure has been reinforced by the relaxation of the Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB) announced by various national macroprudential authorities and by other complementary measures published by the ECB. All of this has resulted in a reduction of 66 basis points in the fully-loaded CET1 requirement for BBVA, with that requirement standing at 8.59% and the requirement in terms of total capital at 12.75%, both requirements at consolidated level. The reduction in the requirement at the total ratio level is only around 2 basis points, as a result of the lower applicable countercyclical buffer

    From 2021 onwards, the BBVA Group has set the objective of maintaining a fully-loaded CET1 ratio at a consolidated level of between 11.5% -12.0%, increasing the target distance to the minimum requirement (currently at 8.59 %) at 291-341 basis points. At closing of the financial year 2020, the fully-loaded CET1 ratio is within this target management range.

    A reconciliation of the main figures between the accounting and regulatory own funds as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is shown below:

    Eligible capital resources (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020(*) 2019(**) 2018(**)
    Capital 26 3,267 3,267 3,267
    Share premium 27 23,992 23,992 23,992
    Retained earnings, revaluation reserves and other reserves 28 30,344 29,269 26,028
    Other equity instruments, net 42 56 50
    Treasury shares 29 (46) (62) (296)
    Profit (loss) attributable to the parent company 6 1,305 3,512 5,400
    Interim dividend - (1,084) (1,109)
    Total equity   58,904 58,950 57,333
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) 30 (14,356) (10,226) (10,223)
    Non-controlling interest 31 5,471 6,201 5,764
    Shareholders' equity   50,020 54,925 52,874
    Goodwill and other intangible assets   (3,455) (6,803) (8,199)
    Indirect and synthetic treasury shares   (320) (422) (135)
    Deductions   (3,774) (7,225) (8,334)
    Differences from solvency and accounting perimeter   (186) (215) (176)
    Equity not eligible at solvency level   (186) (215) (176)
    Other adjustments and deductions (1)   (3,129) (3,832) (4,049)
    Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1)   42,931 43,653 40,313
    Additional Tier 1 before Regulatory Adjustments   6,667 6,048 5,634
    Total Regulatory Adjustments to Additional Tier 1   - - -
    Tier 1   49,597 49,701 45,947
    Tier 2   8,549 8,304 8,756
     
    Total Capital (Total Capital=Tier 1 + Tier 2)   58,147 58,005 54,703
    Total Minimum equity required   45,042 46,540 41,576
    • (*) Provisional data.
    • (**) December 31, 2019 and 2018 figures have been restated for comparative purposes (see note 1.3)
    • (1) Other adjustments and deductions includes the amount of minority interest not eligible as capital, amount of dividends not distributed and other deductions and filters set by the CRR. In addition it includes other remuneration to shareholders (see Note 4)

    Download table

    The Group’s own funds in accordance with the aforementioned applicable regulation as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are shown below:

    Amount of capital CC1 (Millions of Euros)

    2020 (*) 2019 (**) 2018 (**)
    Capital and share premium 27,259 27,259 27,259
    Retained earnings and equity instruments 29,974 29,127 25,896
    Other accumulated income and other reserves (14,023) (10,133) (10,130)
    Minority interests 3,656 4,404 3,809
    Net interim attributable profit 1,253 1,316 3,188
    Common Equity Tier I (CET1) before other regulatory adjustments 48,119 51,974 50,022
    Goodwill and intangible assets (3,455) (6,803) (8,199)
    Direct and indirect holdings in own Common Equity Tier I instruments (366) (484) (432)
    Deferred tax assets (1,478) (1,420) (1,463)
    Other deductions and filters (***) 110 386 386
    Total common equity Tier 1 regulatory adjustments (5,189) (8,321) (9,709)
    Common equity TIER 1 (CET1) 42,931 43,653 40,313
    Capital instruments and share premium accounts classified as liabilities and qualifying as Additional Tier I 6,130 5,400 5,005
    Qualifying Tier 1 capital included in consolidated AT1 capital issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties 537 648 629
    Additional Tier 1 (CET 1) before regulatory adjustments 6,667 6,048 5,634
    Transitional CET 1 adjustments - - -
    Total regulatory adjustments to additional Tier 1 - - -
    Additional Tier 1 (AT1) 6,667 6,048 5,634
    Tier 1 (Common equity TIER 1+ additional TIER 1) 49,597 49,701 45,947
    Capital instruments and share premium accounted as Tier 2 4,540 3,242 3,768
    Qualifying Tier 2 capital included in consolidated T2 capital issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties 3,410 4,512 4,409
    Credit risk adjustments 606 631 579
    Tier 2 before regulatory adjustments 8,556 8,385 8,756
    Tier 2 regulatory adjustments (7) (82) -
    Tier 2 8,549 8,304 8,756
    Total capital (Total capital=Tier 1 + Tier 2) 58,147 58,005 54,703
    Total RWA's 353,272 364,448 348,264
    CET 1 (phased-in) 12.2% 12.0% 11.6%
    Tier 1 (phased-in) 14.0% 13.6% 13.2%
    Total capital (phased-in) 16.5% 15.9% 15.7%
    • (*) Provisional data.
    • (**) According to EBA Standards published in June 2020 (EBA / ITS / 2020/04), the table has been adapted according to the format established by the EBA in those rows that are applicable to the date of the report, between which is the transitory impact by IFRS 9 in CET1, which has been reclassified from the row "Common Equity Tier 1 before regulatory adjustments" as a regulatory adjustment of Common Equity Tier 1 capital, within the row "Other deductions and filters ". Likewise, the information corresponding to December 2019 and December 2018 has been restated for comparative purposes (see Note 1.3)
    • (***) Additionally, it includes other shareholder remuneration (see Note 4).

    Download table

    As of December 2020 Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) phased-in ratio stood at 12.15% which represented and in increase of +17 basis points with respect to 2019. In terms of CET1 fully loaded, the consolidated ratio stood at 11.73% (which represents a reduction of 1 basis point compared to 2019). The difference is mainly explained by the effect of the transitory adjustments for the treatment in the solvency ratios of the impacts of IFRS 9 and subsequent modifications in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

    This evolution had been affected by the positive BBVA´s organic profit generation which has it made possible to cover the growth of risk weighted assets (RWA) and the relative stabilization of the financial markets during the second half of the year, largely motivated by the measures to stimulate the economy and the announced guaranteed programs by the different national and supranational authorities and the approval by the Parliament and the European Council of regulation 2020/873 (known as CRR quick fix).

    Regarding the shareholder remuneration proposal in relation to the Group's 2020 result, explained in Note 4, this amount has been anticipated as a prudential buffer in the Group's capital ratios, with an impact of 11 basis points

    Phased-in additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) stood at 1, 89% at the end of December 2020, an improvement of +23 basis points compared to the previous year. In this respect, in July 2020, the first green CoCo from a financial institution worldwide was issued for an amount of €1,000 million, with a coupon of 6% and an option for early amortization in five and a half years. Moreover, a CoCo of €1,500 million (coupon of 6.75%) was amortized in February, on the first date of the early amortization option; in January 2021, the early amortization options were implemented for two preferential issuances, issued by BBVA International Preferred and Caixa Sabadell Preferents for 31 million pounds sterling and €90m respectively; and finally, for a third preferential issuance issued by Caixa Terrassa Societat de Participacions Preferents, the bondholders' meeting has approved its early amortization on January 29, 2021 (versus the amortization option date of August 10, 2021). As of December 31, 2020, these issuances do not form part of the Group's capital adequacy ratios.

    The phased-in Tier 2 ratio stood at 2.42%, an increase of +14 basis points over the previous years. Two Tier 2 issuances were issued in 2020: an issuance of €1,000 million in January, with a maturity of 10 years and an amortization option from the fifth year, with a coupon of 1%; and another issuance of 300 million pounds sterling in July, with a maturity of 11 years and with an early amortization option from the sixth year, with a coupon of 3.104%.

    Regarding the MREL (Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities) requirements, BBVA has continued its issuance plan during 2020 by closing two public issuances of non-preferred senior debt, one in January 2020 for €1,250m with a maturity of seven years and a coupon of 0.5%, and another in February 2020 for CHF 160m with a maturity of six and a half years and a coupon of 0.125%. In May 2020, the first issuance of a COVID-19 social bond by a private financial institution in Europe was completed. This is a five-year senior preferred bond, for €1,000 million and a coupon of 0.75%. Finally, in order to optimize the MREL requirement, in September BBVA issued preferred senior debt of USD 2,000 million in two tranches, with maturities of three and five years, for USD 1,200 million and USD 800 million and coupons of 0.875% and 1.125% respectively.

    The Group estimates that, following the entry into force of Regulation (EU) No. 2019/877 of the European Parliament and of the Council of May 20 (which, among other matters, establishes the MREL in terms of RWAs and new periods for said requirement's transition and implementation), the current structure of shareholders’ funds and admissible liabilities enables compliance with the MREL.

    32.2 Leverage ratio

    The leverage ratio (LR) is a regulatory measure complementing capital designed to guarantee the soundness and financial strength of institutions in terms of indebtedness. This measurement can be used to estimate the percentage of the assets and off-balance sheet arrangements financed with Tier 1 capital, being the carrying amount of the assets used in this ratio adjusted to reflect the bank’s current or potential leverage of a given balance-sheet position (Leverage ratio exposure).

    Breakdown of leverage ratio as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, calculated according to CCR, is as follows:

    Leverage ratio

    2020 (*) 2019 2018
    Tier 1 (millions of euros) (a) 49,597 49,701 45,947
    Exposure (millions of euros) (b) 735,697 731,087 705,299
    Leverage ratio (a)/(b) (percentage) 6.74% 6.80% 6.51%
    • (*) Provisional data.

    Download table

    32.3 Capital management

    The aim of capital management within BBVA and the Group is to ensure that both BBVA and the Group have the necessary capital at any given time to develop the corporate strategy reflected in the Strategic Plan, in line with the risk profile set out in the Group Risk Appetite Framework (RAF).

    In this regard, BBVA's capital management is also part of the most relevant forward-looking strategic decisions in the Group's management and monitoring, which include the Annual Budget and the Liquidity and Funding Plan, with which it is coordinated — all with the aim of achieving the Group's overall strategy.

    Capital must be allocated optimally in order to meet the need to preserve the solvency of BBVA and the Group at all times. Together with the Group's solvency risk profile included in the RAF, this optimal allocation serves as a guide for the Group's capital management and means a continuous need for a solid capital position that makes it possible to:

    • Anticipate ordinary and extraordinary consumption that may occur, even under stress;
    • Promote the development of the Group's business and align it with capital and profitability objectives by allocating resources appropriately and efficiently;
    • (Cover all risks—including potential risks—to which it is exposed¬;
    • Comply with regulatory and internal management requirements at all times; and
    • Remunerate BBVA shareholders in accordance with the Shareholder Remuneration Policy in force at any given time.

    The areas involved in capital management in the Group shall follow and respect the following principles in their respective areas of responsibility:

    • Ensuring that capital management is integrated and consistent with the Group's Strategic Plan, RAF, Annual Budget and other strategic-prospective processes, to help achieve the Group's long-term sustainability.
    • Taking into account both the applicable regulatory and supervisory requirements and the risks to which the Group is—or may be—exposed when conducting its business (economic vision), when establishing a target capital level, all while adopting a forward-looking vision that takes adverse scenarios into consideration.
    • Carrying out efficient capital allocation that promotes good business development, ensuring that expectations for the evolution of activity meet the strategic objectives of the Group and anticipating the ordinary and extraordinary consumption that may occur.
    • Ensuring compliance with the solvency levels, including the minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL), required at any given time.
    • Compensating BBVA shareholders in an adequate and sustainable manner.
    • Optimizing the cost of all instruments used for the purpose of meeting the target capital level at any given time

    To achieve the aforementioned principles, capital management will be based on the following essential elements:

    • An adequate governance and management scheme, both at the corporate body level and at the executive level.
    • Planning, managing and monitoring capital properly, using the measurement systems, tools, structures, resources and quality data necessary to do so.
    • A set of metrics, which is duly updated, to facilitate the tracking of the capital situation and to identify any relevant deviations from the target capital level.
    • A transparent, correct, consistent and timely communication and dissemination of capital information outside the Group.
    • An internal regulatory body, which is duly updated, including the regulations and procedures that, ensure adequate capital management

    33. Commitments and guarantees given

    The breakdown of the balance under these headings in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

    Commitments and guarantees given (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Loan commitments given 7.2.2 132,584 130,923 118,959
    Of which: defaulted   265 270 247
    Central banks   - - -
    General governments   2,919 3,117 2,318
    Credit institutions   11,426 11,742 9,635
    Other financial corporations   5,862 4,578 5,664
    Non-financial corporations   71,011 65,475 58,405
    Households   41,366 46,011 42,936
    Financial guarantees given 7.2.2 10,665 10,984 16,454
    Of which: defaulted (*)   290 224 332
    Central banks   1 - 2
    General governments   132 125 159
    Credit institutions   339 995 1,274
    Other financial corporations   587 583 730
    Non-financial corporations   9,376 8,986 13,970
    Households   231 295 319
    Other commitments given 7.2.2 36,190 39,209 35,098
    Of which: defaulted (*)   477 506 408
    Central banks   124 1 2
    General governments   199 521 248
    Credit institutions   5,285 5,952 5,875
    Other financial corporations   2,902 2,902 2,990
    Non-financial corporations   27,496 29,682 25,723
    Households   182 151 261
    Total 7.2.2 179,440 181,116 170,511
    • (*) Non-performing financial guarantees given amounted to €767, €731 and €740 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

    Download table

    As of December 31, 2020, the provisions for loan commitments given, financial guarantees given and other commitments given, recorded in the consolidated balance sheet amounted €280 million, €182 million and 266€ million, respectively (see Note 24).

    Since a significant portion of the amounts above will expire without any payment being made by the consolidated entities, the aggregate balance of these commitments cannot be considered to be the actual future requirement for financing or liquidity to be provided by the BBVA Group to third parties.

    In the years 2020, 2019 and 2018, no issuance of debt securities carried out by associates of the BBVA Group, joint venture entities or non-Group entities have been guaranteed,

    34. Other contingent assets and liabilities

    As of December, 2020, 2019 and 2018 there were no material contingent assets or liabilities other than those disclosed in the accompanying Notes to the consolidated financial statements.

    35. Purchase and sale commitments and future payment obligations

    The purchase and sale commitments of the BBVA Group are disclosed in Notes 10, 14 and 22.

    Future payment obligations mainly correspond to leases payable derived from operating lease contracts, as detailed in Note 22.5, and estimated employee benefit payments, as detailed in Note 25.1.3.

    36. Transactions on behalf of third parties

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 the details of the relevant transactions on behalf of third parties are as follows:

    Transactions on behalf of third parties. Breakdown by concepts (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Financial instruments entrusted to BBVA by third parties 357,022 693,497 689,157
    Conditional bills and other securities received for collection 10,459 13,133 13,484
    Securities lending 5,285 7,129 4,866
    Total 372,766 713,759 707,508

    Download table

    37. Net interest income

    37.1 Interest and other income

    The breakdown of the interest and other income recognized in the accompanying consolidated income statement is as follows:

    Interest and other income. Breakdown by origin (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Financial assets held for trading 1,189 2,037 2,055
    Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss 8 5 4
    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 1,392 1,629 1,620
    Financial assets at amortized cost 18,357 22,741 22,029
    Insurance activity 1,021 1,079 1,141
    Adjustments of income as a result of hedging transactions (112) (72) (162)
    Other income (*) 534 343 268
    Total 22,389 27,762 26,954
    • (*)Includes accrued interest following TLTRO III transactions in 2020 and 2019 (see Note 22).

    Download table

    The amounts recognized in consolidated equity in connection with hedging derivatives for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and the amounts derecognized from the consolidated equity and taken to the consolidated income statements during those years are included in the accompanying “Consolidated statements of recognized income and expenses”.

    37.2 Interest expense

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

    Interest expense. Breakdown by origin (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Financial liabilities held for trading 742 1,229 1,210
    Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss 61 6 41
    Financial liabilities at amortized cost 6,346 9,953 9,757
    Adjustments of expense as a result of hedging transactions (413) (250) (351)
    Insurance activity 721 753 832
    Cost attributable to pension funds 57 85 71
    Other expense 284 196 108
    Total 7,797 11,972 11,669

    Download table

    38. Dividend income

    The balances for this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements correspond to dividends on shares and equity instruments other than those from shares in entities accounted for using the equity method (see Note 39), as can be seen in the breakdown below:

    Dividend Income (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss 15 26 19
    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income 122 126 126
    Total 137 153 145

    Download table

    39. Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method

    Results from “Share of profit or loss of entities accounted for using the equity method” resulted in a negative impact of €39 million as of December 31, 2020, compared with the negative impact of €42 and the negative impact of €7 million recorded as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

    40. Fee and commission income and expense

    The breakdown of the balance under these headings in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

    Fee and commission income. Breakdown by origin (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Bills receivables 27 39 39
    Demand accounts 322 301 249
    Credit and debit cards and ATMs 2,089 2,862 2,690
    Checks 136 198 188
    Transfers and other payment orders 555 623 595
    Insurance product commissions 159 158 169
    Loan commitments given 185 187 183
    Other commitments and financial guarantees given 349 377 374
    Asset management 1,100 1,026 986
    Securities fees 367 294 301
    Custody securities 135 123 123
    Other fees and commissions 556 599 564
    Total 5,980 6,786 6,462

    Download table

    The breakdown of fee and commission expense under these heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

    Fee and commission expense. Breakdown by origin (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Demand accounts 5 6 11
    Credit and debit cards 1,130 1,566 1,403
    Transfers and other payment orders 97 81 36
    Commissions for selling insurance 54 54 48
    Custody securities 52 30 29
    Other fees and commissions 519 548 531
    Total 1,857 2,284 2,059

    Download table

    41. Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities, hedge accounting and exchange differences, net

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading, by source of the related items, in the accompanying consolidated income statement is as follows:

    Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities, hedge accounting and exchange differences, net. Breakdown by heading (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Gains (losses) on derecognition of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net 139 186 191
    Financial assets at amortized cost 106 44 37
    Other financial assets and liabilities 33 141 155
    Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net 777 419 640
    Reclassification of financial assets from fair value through other comprehensive income - - -
    Reclassification of financial assets from amortized cost - - -
    Other gains (losses) 777 419 640
    Gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net 208 143 96
    Reclassification of financial assets from fair value through other comprehensive income - - -
    Reclassification of financial assets from amortized cost - - -
    Other gains (losses) 208 143 96
    Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, net 56 (98) 139
    Gains (losses) from hedge accounting, net 7 55 69
    Subtotal gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities 1,187 705 1,136
    Exchange differences, net 359 581 13
    Total 1,546 1,286 1,148

    Download table

    The breakdown of the balance (excluding exchange rate differences) under this heading in the accompanying income statements by the nature of financial instruments is as follows:

    Gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities. Breakdown by nature of the financial instrument (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Debt instruments 848 945 354
    Equity instruments (28) 1,336 (253)
    Trading derivatives and hedge accounting 277 (1,133) 858
    Loans and advances to customers 128 78 (190)
    Customer deposits (79) (26) 239
    Other 42 (497) 127
    Total 1,187 705 1,136

    Download table

    The breakdown of the balance of the impact of the derivatives (trading and hedging) under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

    Derivatives - Hedge accounting (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Derivatives
    Interest rate agreements 269 (85) 61
    Securities agreements (36) (1,072) 298
    Commodity agreements 1 5 (2)
    Credit derivative agreements (89) 74 (109)
    Foreign-exchange agreements 88 (75) 565
    Other agreements 37 (35) (24)
    Subtotal 270 (1,187) 790
    Hedging derivatives ineffectiveness
    Fair value hedges 5 55 68
    Hedging derivative (151) (36) (135)
    Hedged item 156 91 203
    Cash flow hedges 2 - 1
    Subtotal 7 55 69
    Total 277 (1,133) 858

    Download table

    In addition, in the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, under the heading “Exchange differences, net" in the accompanying consolidated income statements negative amounts of €57 million, €225 million and €113 million, respectively, were recognized for transactions with foreign exchange trading derivatives.

    42. Other operating income and expense

    The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Other operating income” in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

    Other operating income (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Gains from sales of non-financial services 244 258 458
    Hyperinflation adjustment (*) 94 146 120
    Other operating income 154 235 351
    Total 492 639 929

    (*) See Note 2.2.19.

    Download table

    The breakdown of the balance under the heading “Other operating expense” in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

    Other operating expense (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Change in inventories 124 107 292
    Contributions to guaranteed banks deposits funds 800 746 670
    Hyperinflation adjustment (*) 348 538 494
    Other operating expense 390 551 565
    Total 1,662 1,943 2,021

    (*) See Note 2.2.19

    Download table

    43. Income and expense from insurance and reinsurance contracts

    The detail of the headings “Income and expense from insurance and reinsurance contracts” in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

    Income and expense from insurance and reinsurance contracts (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Income on insurance and reinsurance contracts 2,497 2,890 2,949
    Expense on insurance and reinsurance contracts (1,520) (1,751) (1,894)
    Total 977 1,138 1,055

    Download table

    The table below shows the contribution of each insurance product to the Group´s income for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

    Income by type of insurance product (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Life insurance 497 631 682
    Individual 439 477 486
    Savings 92 116 56
    Risk 346 361 430
    Group insurance 59 154 196
    Savings 5 26 39
    Risk 54 127 157
    Non-Life insurance 480 508 373
    Home insurance 91 90 110
    Other non-life insurance products 389 418 263
    Total 977 1,138 1,055

    Download table

    44. Administration costs

    44.1 Personnel expense

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

    Personnel expense (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Wages and salaries 3,610 4,103 4,031
    Social security costs 671 725 670
    Defined contribution plan expense 25 72 95 72
    Defined benefit plan expense 25 49 49 58
    Other personnel expense 293 379 373
    Total 4,695 5,351 5,205

    Download table

    44.1.1 Share-based employee remuneration

    The amounts recognized under the heading “Administration costs - Personnel expense - Other personnel expense” in the consolidated income statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, corresponding to the remuneration plans based on equity instruments in each year, amounted to €16 million, €31 million and €29 million, respectively. These amounts have been recognized with a corresponding entry under the heading “Shareholders’ funds - Other equity instruments” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, net of tax effect.

    The characteristics of the Group's remuneration plans based on equity instruments are described below.

    System of Variable Remuneration in Shares

    BBVA has a specific remuneration system applicable to those employees whose professional activities may have a material impact on the risk profile of the Group (hereinafter “Identified Staff”), designed within the framework of applicable regulations to credit institutions and considering best practices and recommendations at the local and international levels in this matter.

    In 2020, this remuneration scheme is reflected in the following remuneration policies:

    • BBVA Group Remuneration Policy, approved by the Board of Directors on November 29, 2017, that applies in general to all employees of BBVA and of its subsidiaries that form part of the consolidated group. This policy includes in a specific chapter the remuneration system applicable to the members of BBVA Group Identified Staff, including Senior Management.
    • BBVA Directors’ Remuneration Policy, approved by the Board of Directors and by the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on March 15, 2019, that it’s applicable to BBVA Directors. The remuneration system for executive directors corresponds, generally, with the applicable system to the Identified Staff, to which they belong, incorporating some particularities of their own, derived from their condition of directors.

    The Annual Variable Remuneration for the Identified Staff members is subject to specific rules for settlement and payment established in their corresponding remuneration policies, specifically:

    • Variable remuneration for Identified Staff members for each financial year will be subject to ex ante adjustments, so that it shall be reduced at the time of the performance assessment in the event of negative performance of the Group’s results or other parameters such as the level of achievement of budgeted targets, and it shall not accrue or it will accrue in a reduced amount, should certain level of profits and capital ratios not be achieved.
    • 60% of the Annual Variable Remuneration will be paid, if conditions are met, in the year following that to which it corresponds (the “Upfront Portion”). For executive directors, members of the Senior Management and Identified Staff members with particularly high variable remuneration, the Upfront Portion will be 40% of the Annual Variable Remuneration. The remaining portion will be deferred in time (hereinafter, the “Deferred Component”) for a 5 year-period for executive directors and members of the Senior Management, and 3 years for the remaining Identified Staff.
    • 50% of the Annual Variable Remuneration, both the Upfront Portion and the Deferred Component, shall be established in BBVA shares. As regards executive directors and Senior Management, 60% of the Deferred Component shall be established in shares.
    • Shares received as Annual Variable Remuneration shall be withheld for a one-year period after delivery, except for the transfer of those shares required to honor the payment taxes.
    • The Deferred Component of the Annual Variable Remuneration may be reduced in its entirety, but never increased, based on the result of multi-year performance indicators aligned with the Group’s core risk management and control metrics related to the solvency, capital, liquidity, profitability or to the share performance and the recurring results of the Group.
    • Resulting cash portions of the Deferred Component of Annual Variable Remuneration and subject to the multi-year performance indicators, finally delivered, shall be updated following the Consumer Price Index (CPI), measured as the year-on-year change prices, as agreed by the Board of Directors.
    • The entire Annual Variable Remuneration shall be subject to malus and clawback arrangements during the whole deferral and withholding period, both linked to a downturn in the financial performance of the Bank as a whole, of a specific unit or area, or of exposure generated by an Identified Staff member, when such a downturn in financial performance arises from any of the circumstances expressly named in the remuneration policies.
    • No personal hedging strategies or insurances shall be used in connection with remuneration or liability that may undermine the effects of alignment with sound risk management.
    • The variable component of the remuneration for a financial year shall be limited to a maximum amount of 100% of the fixed component of the total remuneration, unless the General Meeting resolves to increase this percentage up to a maximum of 200%.

    In this regard, the General Meeting held on March, 13, 2020 resolved to increase this limit to a maximum level of 200% of the fixed component of the total remuneration for a given number of the Identified Staff members, in the terms indicated in the report issued for this purpose by the Board of Directors dated February 10, 2020.

    According to the settlement and payment scheme indicated, during 2020, a total amount of 5,754,101 BBVA shares corresponding to the Upfront Portion of 2019 Annual Variable Remuneration has been delivered to the Identifies Staff.

    Additionally, according to the Remuneration Policy applicable in 2016, during 2020 a total amount of 4,220,900 BBVA shares corresponding to the Deferred Component of 2016 Variable Remuneration has been delivered to the Identifies Staff. This amount has been subject to a downward adjustment due to multi-year performance indicators evaluation.

    Likewise, the aforesaid policy established that the deferred amounts in shares of the Annual Variable Remuneration finally vested, subject to multi-year performance indicators, will be updated in cash, based on the terms established by the Board of Directors. In this regard, during 2020 a total amount of 3,085,476 euros has been delivered to the Identified Staff as updates of the corresponding shares of the Deferred Component of 2016 Annual Variable Remuneration.

    Detailed information on the delivery of shares to executive directors and Senior Management is included in Note 54.

    Lastly, in line with specific regulation applicable in Portugal and Brazil, BBVA IFIC and BBVA Brazil Banco de Investimento have identified respectively the staff in these countries whose Annual Variable Remuneration should be subject to a specific settlement and payment scheme, more specifically:

    • A percentage of the Annual Variable Remuneration is subject to a three years deferral that shall be paid yearly over the mentioned period.
    • 50% of the Annual Variable Remuneration, both the Upfront Portion and Deferred Component, shall be established in BBVA Shares.
    • In BBVA IFIC, resulting cash portions of the Deferred Component of Annual Variable Remuneration and subject to multi-year performance indicators, finally delivered, shall be updated following the Consumer Price Index (CPI) measured as year-on-year price variation.
    • In BBVA Brasil Banco de Investimento, both the cash amounts and share amounts of the Deferred Component may be subject to update adjustments in cash.

    According to this remuneration scheme, during financial year 2020 a total of 18,879 BBVA shares corresponding to the Upfront Portion of 2019 Annual Variable Remuneration have been delivered to this staff in Portugal and Brazil.

    Additionally, during 2020 there have been delivered to this staff in Portugal and Brazil a total of 5,083 BBVA shares corresponding to the first third of the Deferred Component of 2018 Annual Variable Remuneration, as well as 1,323 euros as adjustments for updates. A total of 9,558 BBVA shares corresponding to the second third of the Deferred Component of 2017 Annual Variable Remuneration and 4,873 euros as adjustments for updates; and a total of 12,142 BBVA shares corresponding to the last third of the Deferred Component of 2016 Annual Variable Remuneration and 8,873 euros as adjustments for updates.

    44.2 Other administrative expense

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

    Other administrative expense (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Technology and systems 1,088 1,060 1,000
    Communications 172 181 193
    Advertising 186 250 265
    Property, fixtures and materials 404 477 865
    Taxes other than income tax 344 378 395
    Surveillance and cash courier services 161 188 177
    Other expense 749 885 921
    Total 3,105 3,418 3,816

    Download table

    45. Depreciation and amortization

    The breakdown of the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements for the years ended December 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

    Depreciation and amortization (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Tangible assets 17 781 876 533
    For own use 453 523 529
    Right-of-use assets 324 349
    Investment properties and other 3 3 5
    Intangible assets 18.2 507 510 500
    Total 1,288 1,386 1,034

    Download table

    46. Provisions or reversal of provisions

    For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the net provisions recognized in this income statement line item were as follows:

    Provisions or (reversal) of provisions (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Pensions and other post employment defined benefit obligations 25 210 213 125
    Commitments and guarantees given (*) 192 96 (27)
    Pending legal issues and tax litigation 208 171 135
    Other provisions 136 133 162
    Total 746 614 395
    • (*) In 2020, the amount of commitments and guarantees given includes the negative impact of the update of the macroeconomic scenario following the COVID-19 pandemic (see Notes 1.5 and 7.2).

    Download table

    47. Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss or net gains by modification

    The breakdown of impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss or net gains by modification by the nature of those assets in the accompanying consolidated income statements is as follows:

    Impairment or reversal of impairment on financial assets not measured at fair value through profit or loss or net gains by modification (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019(*) 2018(*)
    Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income - Debt securities 19 82 1
    Financial assets at amortized cost (*) 5,160 3,470 3,680
    Of which: recovery of written-off assets 7.2.5 (339) (919) (589)
    Total 5,179 3,552 3,681
    • (*) In 2020, the amount includes the negative impact of the update of the macroeconomic scenario following the COVID-19 pandemic (see Notes 1.5 and 7.2).

    Download table

    48. Impairment or reversal of impairment of investments in joint ventures and associates

    The heading “Impairment or reversal of the impairment of investments in joint ventures or associates" resulted in a loss of €190 and 46 million euros for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. There was no impairment recorded for the year ended December 31, 2018 (see Note 16.3).

    49. Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets

    The impairment losses on non-financial assets broken down by the nature of those assets in the accompanying consolidated income statements are as follows:

    Impairment or reversal of impairment on non-financial assets (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Tangible assets 17 125 94 4
    Intangible assets 19 12 83
    Others 9 23 50
    Total 153 128 137

    Download table

    50. Gains (losses) from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations

    The main items included in the balance under this heading in the accompanying consolidated income statements are as follows:

    Gains (losses) from non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale not qualifying as discontinued operations (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 2018
    Gains on sale of real estate 116 86 126
    Impairment of non-current assets held for sale 21 (103) (72) (206)
    Gains (losses) on sale of investments classified as non-current assets held for sale (*) 431 10 894
    Gains on sale of equity instruments classified as non-current assets held for sale - - -
    Total 444 23 815
    • (*) The variation in year 2020 is mainly due to the transfer of half plus one share in BBVA Allianz Seguros y Reaseguros, S.A. (see Note 3). The variation in year 2018 is mainly due to the sale of the BBVA stake in BBVA Chile (see Note 3).

    Download table

    51. Consolidated statements of cash flows

    The mapping of the heading cash and equivalents in the consolidated statement of cash flows has been modified, and this modification is not relevant to the consolidated condensed interim financial statements as a whole. In order for the information to be comparable, the information for the 2019 and 2018 financial years has been restated.

    The variation between 2020, 2019 and 2018 of the financial liabilities from financing activities is the following:

    Liabilities from financing activities. December 2020 (Millions of Euros)

    December
    31, 2019
    Cash flows Non-cash changes December
    31, 2020
    Acquisition Disposal Disposals by companies held for sale (**) Foreign exchange movement Fair value changes
    Liabilities at amortized cost: Debt certificates 63,963 3,003 - - (3,160) (2,026) - 61,780
    Of which: Issuances of subordinated liabilities (*) 17,675 (8) - - - (419) - 17,248
    • (*) Additionally, there are €12 million of issuances of subordinated liabilities as of December 2020 (see Note 22 and Appendix VI). The subordinated issuances of BBVA Paraguay and of the BBVA USA sale perimeter as of December 31, 2020 are recorded in the heading "Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale" of the consolidated balance which amount to €37 and €735 million, respectively.
    • (**) The amount is mainly due to the sale of the stake in BBVA USA (see Note 3).

    Download table

    Liabilities from financing activities. December 2019 (Millions of Euros)

    December 31, 2018 Cash flows Non-cash changes December 31, 2019
    Acquisition Disposal Foreign exchange movement Fair value changes
    Liabilities at amortized cost: Debt certificates 61,112 2,643 - - 209 - 63,963
    Of which: Issuances of subordinated liabilities (*) 17,635 (190) - - 229 - 17,675
    • (*) Additionally, there are €384 million of issuances of subordinated liabilities as of December 2019 (see Note 22 and Appendix VI). Subordinated liabilities corresponding to BBVA Paraguay as of December 2019 were recorded in the heading "Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale" amounting to €40 million.

    Download table

    Liabilities from financing activities. December 2018 (Millions of Euros)

    December
    31, 2017
    Cash flows Non-cash changes December
    31, 2018
    Acquisition Disposal Foreign exchange movement Fair value changes
    Liabilities at amortized cost: Debt certificates 61,649 2,152 - (1,828) (862) - 61,112
    Of which: Issuances of subordinated liabilities (*) 17,443 857 - (694) 29 - 17,635
    • (*) Additionally, there are subordinated deposits for 411 million euros as of December 31, 2018 (see Note 22 and Annex VI). The subordinated issues of BBVA Chile as of December 31, 2017 are recorded under the line "Liabilities included in disposal groups of items that have been classified as held for sale" on the consolidated balance sheet with a balance of 574 million euros.

    Download table

    52. Accountant fees and services

    The details of the fees for the services contracted by entities of the BBVA Group for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 with their respective auditors and other audit entities are as follows:

    Fees for Audits conducted and other related services (Millions of euros) (**)

    2020 2019 2018
    Audits of the companies audited by firms belonging to the KPMG worldwide organization and other reports related with the audit (*) 27.7 28.1 26.1
    Other reports required pursuant to applicable legislation and tax regulations issued by the national supervisory bodies of the countries in which the Group operates, reviewed by firms belonging to the KPMG worldwide organization 1.3 1.5 1.5
    Fees for audits conducted by other firms 0.2 - 0.1
    • (*) Including fees pertaining to annual legal audits (€23.6, €24.1 and €22.4 million as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively).
    • (**) Regardless of the billed year.

    Download table

    In the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, certain entities in the BBVA Group contracted other services (other than audits) as follows:

    Other services rendered (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Firms belonging to the KPMG worldwide organization 0.4 0.3 0.3

    Download table

    This total of contracted services includes the detail of the services provided by KPMG Auditores, S.L. to BBVA, S.A. or its controlled companies at the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements as follows:

    Fees for Audits Conducted (*) (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Legal audit of BBVA,S.A. or its companies under control 6.5 6.5 6.7
    Other audit services of BBVA, S.A. or its companies under control 5.4 5.5 5.9
    Limited Review of BBVA, S.A. or its companies under control 0.9 0.9 1.1
    Reports related to issuances 0.3 0.3 0.3
    Assurance services and other required by the regulator 0.9 0.8 0.9
    Other - - -
    • (*) Services provided by KPMG Auditores, S.L. to companies located in Spain, to the branch of BBVA in New York and to the branch of BBVA in London.

    Download table

    The services provided by the auditors meet the independence requirements of the external auditor established under Audit of Accounts Law (Law 22/2015) and under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

    53. Related-party transactions

    As financial institutions, BBVA and other entities in the Group engage in transactions with related parties in the normal course of their business. These transactions are not relevant and are carried out under normal market conditions. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 the following are the transactions with related parties:

    53.1 Transactions with significant shareholders

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were no shareholders considered significant (see Note 26).

    53.2 Transactions with BBVA Group entities

    The balances of the main captions in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets arising from the transactions carried out by the BBVA Group with associates and joint venture entities accounted for using the equity method are as follows:

    Balances arising from transactions with entities of the Group (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Assets
    Loans and advances to credit institutions 148 26 132
    Loans and advances to customers 1,743 1,682 1,866
    Liabilities
    Deposits from credit institutions - 3 2
    Customer deposits 791 453 521
    Debt certificates - - -
    Memorandum accounts -
    Financial guarantees given 132 166 152
    Other contingent commitments given 1,400 1,042 1,358
    Loan commitments given 11 106 78

    Download table

    The balances of the main aggregates in the accompanying consolidated income statements resulting from transactions with associates and joint venture entities that are accounted for under the equity method are as follows:

    Balances of consolidated income statement arising from transactions with entities of the Group (Millions of Euros)

    2020 2019 2018
    Income statement
    Interest and other income 20 19 55
    Interest expense 1 1 2
    Fee and commission income 5 4 5
    Fee and commission expense 34 53 48

    Download table

    There were no other material effects in the consolidated financial statements arising from dealings with these entities, other than the effects from using the equity method (see Note 2.1) and from the insurance policies to cover pension or similar commitments (see Note 25) and the derivatives transactions arranged by BBVA Group with these entities, associates and joint ventures.

    In addition, as part of its normal activity, the BBVA Group has entered into agreements and commitments of various types with shareholders of subsidiaries and associates, which have no material effects on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

    53.3 Transactions with members of the Board of Directors and Senior Management

    The amount and nature of the transactions carried out with members of the Board of Directors and Senior Management of BBVA, as well as their respective related parties is given below. All of these transactions belong to the Bank's normal course of business, are not material and have being carried out under normal market conditions.

    As of December 31, 2020, there were no loans or credits granted by the Group’s entities to the members of the Board of Directors. As of December 2019 and 2018, the amount availed against the loans and credits granted by the Group’s entities to the members of the Board of Directors amounted to €607 and €611 thousand, respectively. On those same dates, there were no loans or credits granted to parties related to the members of the Board of Directors.

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the amount availed against the loans granted by the Group’s entities to the members of Senior Management (excluding executive directors) amounted to €5,349, €4,414 and €3,783 thousand, respectively. On those same dates, the amount availed against the loans granted by the Group’s entities to parties related to members of Senior Management amounted to €580, €57 and €69 thousand, respectively.

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 no guarantees had been granted to any member of the Board of Directors or their related parties.

    The amount availed against guarantees arranged with members of Senior Management as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 amounted to €10, €10, and €38 thousand, respectively.

    As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the amount availed against guarantees and commercial loans arranged with parties related to the members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and Senior Management amounted to €25 thousand, on both dates. As of December 31, 2018, no guarantees and commercial loans have been granted to parties related to the members of Senior Management.

    The information on the remuneration of the members of the BBVA Board of Directors and Senior Management is included in Note 54.

    53.4 Transactions with other related parties

    As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Group has not carried out operations with other related parties that do not belong to the line of business or ordinary traffic of its activity, that are not carried out under normal market conditions and that are not of low relevance; understanding by such those whose information is not necessary to give the true image of the assets, the financial situation and the results, consolidated, of the BBVA Group.

    54. Remuneration and other benefits for the Board of Directors and members of the Bank's Senior Management

    • Remuneration received by non-executive directors in 2020

    The remuneration paid to non-executive members of the Board of Directors during the 2020 financial year is indicated below, individualized and itemized:

    Remuneration for non-executive directors (Thousands of Euros)

    Board of Directors Executive Committee Audit Committee Risk and Compliance Committee Remunerations Committee Appointments and Corporate Governance Committee Technology and Cybersecurity Committee Other positions (1) Total
    José Miguel Andrés Torrecillas 129 111 66 36 115 50 507
    Jaime Caruana Lacorte 129 167 165 107 567
    Raúl Galamba de Oliveira (2) 107 71 32 211
    Belén Garijo López 129 66 107 46 349
    Sunir Kumar Kapoor 129 43 172
    Lourdes Máiz Carro 129 66 43 238
    José Maldonado Ramos 129 167 46 342
    Ana Peralta Moreno 129 66 43 238
    Juan Pi Llorens 129 214 46 43 80 512
    Ana Revenga Shanklin (2) 97 71 168
    Susana Rodríguez Vidarte 129 167 107 46 449
    Carlos Salazar Lomelín (2) 97 29 125
    Jan Verplancke 129 29 43 200
    Total (3) 1,588 611 431 606 250 301 161 130 4,078
    • (1) Amounts received during the 2020 financial year by José Miguel Andrés Torrecillas, in his capacity as Deputy Chair of the Board of Directors, and by Juan Pi Llorens, in his capacity as Lead Director.
    • (2) Directors appointed by the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on 13 March 2020. Remunerations paid based on the date on which the position was accepted.
    • (3) Includes remuneration paid for membership on the Board and its various committees during the 2020 financial year. The composition of these committees was amended by resolution of the Board of Directors dated 29 April 2020.

    Download table

    Also, during 2020 financial year, €95 thousand was paid out in casualty and healthcare insurance premiums for non-executive members of the Board of Directors.

    In addition, Tomás Alfaro Drake and Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo, who left their roles as directors on 13 March 2020, received a total of €54 thousand and €111 thousand, respectively, for their membership of the Board and of the various Board Committees during the first quarter of the financial year. The Bank has also paid out a total of €18 thousand in casualty and healthcare insurance premiums.

    • Remuneration received by executive directors in 2020

    During the 2020 financial year, the executive directors received the amount of the Annual Fixed Remuneration corresponding to such financial year, established for each director in the Remuneration Policy for BBVA Directors, which was approved by the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on 15 March 2019.

    In addition, the executive directors received their Annual Variable Remuneration (“AVR”) for the 2019 financial year, which, in accordance with the settlement and payment system set out in the remuneration policy applicable to such year, was due to be paid to them during the 2020 financial year.

    In application of this settlement and payment system:

    • 40% of the 2019 Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to executive directors was paid in the 2020 financial year (the Upfront Portion); in equal parts in cash and BBVA shares.
    • The remaining 60% of the Annual Variable Remuneration has been deferred (40% in cash and 60% in shares) for a period of five years (the Deferred Portion), and its accrual and payment will be subject to compliance with a series of multi-year indicators. The application of these indicators, calculated over the first three years of deferral, may lead to the reduction or even forfeit of the Deferred Portion, even in its entirety, but in no event may it be increased. Provided that the relevant conditions are met, the resulting amount will then be paid, in cash and in BBVA shares, according to the following payment schedule: 60% in 2023, 20% in 2024 and the remaining 20% in 2025.
    • All of the shares delivered to the executive directors as AVR, including both as part of the Upfront Portion and the Deferred Portion, will be withheld for a one year lock-up period after delivery, except for the shares transferred to honor the payment of taxes accruing on the shares received.
    • The Deferred Portion of the Annual Variable Remuneration payable in cash will be subject to updating under the terms established by the Board of Directors.
    • Executive directors may not use personal hedging strategies or insurance in connection with the remuneration and responsibility that may undermine the effects of alignment with prudent risk management.
    • Over the entire deferral and withholding period, the Annual Variable Remuneration for the executive directors will be subject to variable remuneration reduction and recovery arrangements ("malus" and "clawback").
    • The variable component of the remuneration for executive directors corresponding to the 2019 financial year is limited to a maximum amount of 200% of the fixed component of the total remuneration, as agreed by the General Shareholders’ Meeting held during such financial year.

    Additionally, upon receipt of the shares, executive directors will not be allowed to transfer a number equivalent to twice their Annual Fixed Remuneration for at least three years after their delivery.

    In 2020, the Group Executive Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer likewise received the deferred portion of their Annual Variable Remuneration due that year for the 2016 financial year (50% of the Annual Variable Remuneration), after being adjusted downwards following the results of the multi-year performance indicators. This remuneration was paid in equal parts in cash and in shares, together with the corresponding update in cash, thus concluding the payment of the Annual Variable Remuneration to the executive directors for the 2016 financial year.

    In accordance with the above, the remunerations paid to executive directors during the 2020 financial year are indicated below, individualized and itemized:

    Annual Fixed Remuneration for 2020 (thousands of euro)

    Group Executive Chairman 2,453
    Chief Executive Officer 2,179
    Total 4,632

    Download table

    In addition, in accordance with the current Remuneration Policy for BBVA Directors, during the 2020 financial year, the Chief Executive Officer has received €654 thousand for the cash in lieu of pension item (equivalent to 30% of his Annual Fixed Remuneration)—given that he does not have a retirement pension (see the Pension commitments section of this Note)—and €600 thousand for the mobility allowance item.

    2019 Annual Variable Remuneration (Upfront payment)

    In cash (1) (thousands of euro) In shares (1)
    Group Executive Chairman 636 126,470
    Chief Executive Officer 571 113,492
    Total 1,207 239,962
    • (1) Remuneration corresponding to the Upfront Portion (40%) of the AVR for the 2019 financial year (50% in cash and 50% in BBVA shares).

    Download table

    2016 Deferred Annual Variable Remuneration (Deferred Portion)

    In cash (1) (thousands of euro) In shares (1)
    Group Executive Chairman 656 89,158
    Chief Executive Officer 204 31,086
    Total

    861

    120,244

    • (1) Remunerations corresponding to deferred AVR for the 2016 financial year (50% of the AVR for 2016, in equal parts in cash and shares), payment of which was due in 2020, together with its corresponding update in cash, and after a downwards adjustment following the results of the multi-year performance indicators. In the case of both the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, this remuneration is associated with their previous positions.

    Download table

    In addition, the executive directors received remuneration in kind during the 2020 financial year, including insurance and other premiums, amounting to a total of €360 thousand of which €228 thousand corresponds to the Group Executive Chairman and €132 thousand to the Chief Executive Officer.

    As Head of Global Economics & Public Affairs (Head of GE&PA), former executive director José Manuel González-Páramo Martínez-Murillo, who left his role of director on 13 March 2020, received €168 thousand as fixed remuneration; €174 thousand and 28,353 BBVA shares corresponding to the Upfront Portion (40%) of the AVR for the 2019 financial year and to the Deferred Portion of the AVR for the 2016 financial year, payment of which was due in the 2020 financial year, including the corresponding cash update; as well as €33 thousand as remuneration in kind.

    • Remuneration received by Senior Management in 2020

    During the 2020 financial year, the members of Senior Management, excluding executive directors, received the amount of the Annual Fixed Remuneration corresponding to such financial year.

    In addition, they received the Annual Variable Remuneration for the 2019 financial year, which, in accordance with the settlement and payment system set out in the remuneration policy applicable for such financial year, was due to be paid to them during the 2020 financial year.

    Under this settlement and payment system, the same rules as set out above for executive directors are applicable. These include, among other things: 40% of the Annual Variable Remuneration, in equal parts cash and in BBVA shares, will be paid in the financial year following the year to which it corresponds (the Upfront Portion), and the remaining 60% will be deferred (40% in cash and 60% in shares) for a five-year period, with its accrual and payment being subject to compliance with a series of multi-year indicators (the Deferred Portion), applying the same payment schedule established for executive directors. The shares received will be withheld for a one year lock-up period (this will not apply to those shares transferred to honor the payment of taxes arising therefrom). Likewise, senior management may not use personal hedging strategies or insurance in connection with the remuneration; the variable component of the remuneration for senior management corresponding to the 2019 financial year will be limited to a maximum amount of 200% of the fixed component of the total remuneration; and over the entire deferral and withholding period, the Annual Variable Remuneration will be subject to reduction and recovery (malus and clawback) arrangements.

    Similarly, in accordance with the remuneration policy for this group applicable in 2016 and in application of the settlement and payment system of the Annual Variable Remuneration for said financial year, the members of Senior Management who were beneficiaries of such remuneration received in 2020 the deferred portion of the Annual Variable Remuneration for the 2016 financial year, after being adjusted downwards following the results of the multi-year performance indicators. This remuneration has been paid in equal parts in cash and in shares, along with its update in cash, concluding the payment of this remuneration to the members of Senior Management for the 2016 financial year.

    In accordance with the above, the remuneration paid during the 2020 financial year to all members of Senior Management as a whole, who held that position as of 31 December, 2020 (15 members, excluding executive directors), is indicated and itemized below:

    Annual Fixed Remuneration for 2020 (thousands of Euros)

    Senior Management total 14,101

    Download table

    2019 Annual Variable Remuneration (Upfront Portion)

    In cash
    (thousands of Euros)
    In shares
    Senior Management total 1,402 280,055
    • (1) Remuneration corresponding to the Upfront Portion (40%) of the AVR for the 2019 financial year (paid 50% in cash and 50% in BBVA shares), as well as the upfront portion of the retention plans for two members of Senior Management

    Download table

    2016 Annual Variable Remuneration (Deferred Portion)

    In cash
    (thousands of Euros)
    In shares
    Senior Management total 1,380 182,461
    • (1) Remuneration corresponding to deferred AVR for the 2016 financial year (50% of the AVR for 2016, in equal parts in cash and in shares), payment of which was due in 2020, together with its corresponding update in cash, and after being adjusted downwards following the results of the multi-year performance indicators.

    Download table

    In addition, all members of Senior Management, excluding executive directors, have received remuneration in kind during the 2020 financial year, including insurance and other premiums, amounting to a total of €1,086 thousand.

    Remuneration of executive directors due in 2021 and subsequent financial years
    • Annual Variable Remuneration for executive directors for the 2020 financial year

    In view of the exceptional circumstances arising from the COVID-19 crisis, the two executive directors have voluntarily waived the generation of the whole of the Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to the 2020 financial year, so they will not accrue any remuneration in this respect.

    • Deferred Annual Variable Remuneration for executive directors for the 2017 financial year

    Following the end of 2020 financial year, the amount corresponding to the deferred Annual Variable Remuneration of executive directors for the 2017 financial year has been determined, with delivery in 2021, if conditions are met in accordance with the conditions set out in the remuneration policies applicable to the 2017 financial year and applicable to each of them.

    Thus, based on the result of each of the multi-year performance indicators set by the Board of Directors in 2017 to calculate the deferred portion of this remuneration, and in application of the corresponding scales of achievement and their corresponding targets and weightings, the final amount of the deferred Annual Variable Remuneration for the 2017 financial year has been determined.

    As a result, the remuneration has been determined in an amount of €411 thousand and 83,692 BBVA shares, in the case of the Group Executive Chairman and €307 thousand and 39,796 BBVA shares, in the case of the Chief Executive Officer, which includes in both cases the corresponding updates.

    • Outstanding deferred Annual Variable Remuneration for executive directors

    At year-end 2020, in accordance with the conditions established in the remuneration policies applicable in previous years, in addition to 40% of the 2017 deferred AVR of the Group Executive Chairman, 60% of the Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to financial years 2018 and 2019 of both executive directors, remains deferred and is pending payment to them, and will be received in future years if the applicable conditions are met.

    Remunerations of Senior Management due in 2021 and subsequent financial years
    • Annual Variable Remuneration for Senior Management for the 2020 financial year

    In view of the exceptional circumstances arising from the COVID-19 crisis, the members of Senior Management have, like the executive directors, voluntarily waived the generation of the whole of the Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to the 2020 financial year, so they will not accrue any remuneration in this respect.

    • Deferred Annual Variable Remuneration for Senior Management for the 2017 financial year

    Following the end of the 2020 financial year, the amount corresponding to the deferred Annual Variable Remuneration of members of Senior Management (15 members as at 31 December, 2020, excluding executive directors) for the 2017 financial year has been determined, with delivery in 2021, if conditions are met, in accordance with the payment schedule set out in the remuneration policies applicable to the 2017 financial year and applicable to each of them.

    Thus, based on the result of each of the multi-year performance indicators set by the Board of Directors in 2017 to calculate the deferred portion of this remuneration, and in application of the corresponding scales of achievement and their corresponding targets and weightings, the amount of the deferred portion of the 2017 Annual Variable Remuneration for members of Senior Management, with delivery in 2021, has been determined in the aggregate total amount, excluding executive directors, of €610 thousand and 107,740 BBVA shares, including the corresponding updates.

    • Outstanding deferred Annual Variable Remuneration for the members of Senior Management

    At year-end 2020, in accordance with the conditions established in the remuneration policies applicable in previous years, in addition to 40% of the 2017 deferred AVR in the case of some members of Senior Management, 60% of the Annual Variable Remuneration corresponding to financial years 2018 and 2019 remains deferred and is pending payment to all members of Senior Management, and will be received in future years if the applicable conditions are met.

    • Fixed remuneration system with deferred delivery of shares for non-executive directors

    BBVA has a fixed remuneration system in shares with deferred delivery for its non-executive directors, which was approved by the General Shareholders' Meeting held on 18 March 2006 and extended by resolutions of the General Shareholders' Meetings held on 11 March 2011 and 11 March 2016 for a further five year period in each case.

    This system is based on the annual allocation to non-executive directors of a number of "theoretical shares" of BBVA equivalent to 20% of the total remuneration in cash received by each director in the previous financial year, calculated according to the average closing prices of BBVA shares during the 60 trading sessions prior to the dates of the Annual General Shareholders' Meetings approving the corresponding financial statements for each financial year.

    These shares will be delivered to each beneficiary, where applicable, after they leave directorship for any reason other than serious breach of their duties.

    The “theoretical shares” allocated to non-executive directors who are beneficiaries of the remuneration system in shares with deferred delivery in the 2020 financial year, corresponding to 20% of the total remuneration received in cash by each of them in the 2019 financial year, were as follows:

    Theoretical shares allocated in 2020 Theoretical shares accumulated as at 31 December 2020
    José Miguel Andrés Torrecillas 20,252 75,912
    Jaime Félix Caruana Lacorte 22,067 31,387
    Raúl Galamba de Oliveira - -
    Belén Garijo López 14,598 62,126
    Sunir Kumar Kapoor 7,189 22,915
    Lourdes Máiz Carro 10,609 44,929
    José Maldonado Ramos 14,245 108,568
    Ana Peralta Moreno 10,041 15,665
    Juan Pi Llorens 20,676 92,817
    Ana Revenga Shanklin - -
    Susana Rodríguez Vidarte 18,724 141,138
    Carlos Salazar Lomelín - -
    Jan Verplancke 7,189 12,392
    Total (1) 145,590 607,849
    • (1) Furthermore, 8,984 “theoretical shares” were assigned to Tomás Alfaro Drake and 18,655 “theoretical shares” were assigned Carlos Loring Martínez de Irujo, who left their roles as directors on 13 March 2020. After leaving their roles, both directors received a number of BBVA shares equivalent to the total number of “theoretical shares” that each of them had accumulated until that date (102,571 and 135,046 BBVA shares, respectively) by application of the system.

    Download table

    • Pension commitments with executive directors and Senior Management

    The Bank has not made pension commitments with non-executive directors.

    With regard to the Group Executive Chairman, the Remuneration Policy for BBVA Directors establishes a pension framework whereby he is eligible, provided that he does not leave his position as a result of a serious breach of his duties, to receive a retirement pension, paid as a lump sum or in instalments, when he reaches the legally established retirement age. The amount of this pension will be determined by the annual contributions made by the Bank, together with their corresponding accumulated yields at that date.

    The annual contribution to cover the retirement contingency for the Group Executive Chairman's defined-contribution system, as established in the Remuneration Policy for BBVA Directors approved by the General Shareholders’ Meeting in 2019, was determined as a result of the conversion of his previous defined-benefit rights into a defined-contribution system, in the annual amount of €1,642 thousand. The Board of Directors may update this amount during the term of the Policy, in the same way and under the same terms as it may update the Annual Fixed Remuneration.

    15% of the aforementioned agreed annual contribution will be based on variable components and considered “discretionary pension benefits”, and therefore subject to the conditions regarding delivery in shares, retention and clawback established in the applicable regulations.

    In the event the Group Executive Chairman’s contract terminates before reaching retirement age for reasons other than serious breach of duties, the retirement pension due to the Group Executive Chairman upon reaching the legally established age will be calculated based on the funds accumulated through the contributions made by the Bank under the terms set out, up to that date, plus the corresponding accumulated yield, with no additional contributions to be made by the Bank in any event from the time of termination.

    With respect to the commitments to cover the contingencies for death and disability benefits for the Group Executive Chairman, the Bank will undertake the payment of the corresponding annual insurance premiums in order to top up the coverage of these contingencies.

    In line with the above, during the 2020 financial year, the following amounts have been recorded to meet the pension commitments for the Group Executive Chairman: an amount of €1,642 thousand with regard to the retirement contingency and an amount of €377 thousand for the payment of premiums for the death and disability contingencies, as well as an upwards adjustment of €15 thousand for “discretionary pension benefits” for the 2019 financial year, which were declared at such financial year-end and had to be registered in the accumulated fund in 2020.

    As of 31 December, 2020, the total accumulated amount of the fund to meet the retirement commitments for the Group Executive Chairman amounts to €23,057 thousand.

    With regard to the agreed annual contribution to the retirement contingency corresponding to the 2020 financial year, 15% (€246 thousand) was registered in this financial year as “discretionary pension benefits”. Following year-end, the amount was adjusted applying the same criteria used to determine the Annual Variable Remuneration for the rest of the Bank's staff. Thus, the “discretionary pension benefits” for the 2020 financial year were determined in an amount of €148 thousand, following a downwards adjustment of €98 thousand. These “discretionary pension benefits” will be included in the accumulated fund in the 2021 financial year and will be subject to the conditions established for these benefits in the Remuneration Policy for BBVA Directors.

    With regard to the Chief Executive Officer, in accordance with the provisions of the current Remuneration Policy for BBVA Directors approved by the General Shareholders’ Meeting and his contract, the Bank is not required to make any contributions to a retirement pension, although he is entitled to an annual cash sum instead of a retirement pension equal to 30% of his Annual Fixed Remuneration. However, the Bank does have pension commitments to cover the death and disability contingencies, for which purpose the corresponding annual insurance premiums are paid.

    In accordance with the above, in the 2020 financial year, the Bank paid the Chief Executive Officer the fixed-remuneration amount set out for cash in lieu of pension in the 'Remuneration received by executive directors in 2020' section of this Note and furthermore, €253 thousand was recorded for the payment of the annual insurance premiums to cover the death and disability contingencies.

    In the case of the former executive director, the Head of GE&PA, €89 thousand were registered as contributions to fulfil the pension commitments undertaken in proportion to the time he spent in office during the 2020 financial year. This corresponds to: the sum of the annual contribution made to cover the retirement pension and the adjustment made to the “discretionary pension benefits`” for the 2019 financial year that fell due in the 2020 financial year once the AVR for the year 2019 had been determined (€52 thousand); and to the death and disability premiums (€37 thousand).

    As of the date on which he left his position, the total accumulated fund to meet the retirement commitments for the former executive director Head of GE&PA amounted to €1,404 thousand, with no additional contributions to be made by the Bank from that point on.

    In accordance with the same criteria used in the case of the Group Executive Chairman, the “discretionary pension benefits” for the 2020 financial year of the former executive director Head of GE&PA (calculated in proportion to the time he remained in office in 2020) were determined in an amount of €5 thousand, following a downwards adjustment of €3 thousand, and will be included in the accumulated fund in the 2021 financial year, subject to the conditions established in the Remuneration Policy for BBVA Directors.

    Furthermore, in the 2020 financial year, to meet the pension commitments for members of Senior Management (15 members holding that position as at 31 December, 2020, excluding executive directors) it was recorded an amount of €2,739 thousand corresponding to the contribution to the retirement contingency and of €978 thousand corresponding to premiums to cover the death and disability contingencies, as well as an upwards adjustment of €12 thousand for “discretionary pension benefits” for the 2019 financial year, which were declared at 2019 year-end and had to be registered in the accumulated fund in 2020.

    As at 31 December, 2020, the total accumulated amount of the fund to meet the retirement commitments for members of Senior Management amounts to €22,156 thousand.

    As for the executive directors, 15% of the agreed annual contributions for members of Senior Management to cover retirement contingencies will be based on variable components and considered “discretionary pension benefits”, and are therefore subject to the conditions regarding delivery in shares, retention and clawback established in the applicable regulations, as well as any other conditions concerning variable remuneration that may be applicable in accordance with the remuneration policy applicable to members of Senior Management.

    For this purpose, with regard to the annual contribution for the retirement contingency registered in the 2020 financial year, an amount of €405 thousand was registered in the 2020 financial year as “discretionary pension benefits” and, following the end of the 2020 financial year, as for the Group Executive Chairman, this amount was adjusted applying the same criteria used to determine the Annual Variable Remuneration for the rest of the Bank's staff, taking into account as well the area and individual results of each senior manager established to this effects by the executive area. Accordingly, the “discretionary pension benefits” for such financial year, corresponding to all members of Senior Management, were determined to amount to a total of €255 thousand, following a downwards adjustment of €150 thousand. These “discretionary pension benefits” will be included in the accumulated fund in the 2021 financial year, and will be subject to the conditions established for these benefits in the remuneration policy applicable to members of Senior Management, in accordance with the regulations applicable to BBVA on this matter.

    • Payments for the extinction of the contractual relationship

    In accordance with the Remuneration Policy for BBVA Directors, the Bank has no commitments to pay severance benefits to executive directors.

    The contractual framework defined for the executive directors, in accordance with the Remuneration Policy for BBVA Directors, establishes a post-contractual non-compete clause for executive directors, effective for a period of two (2) years after they leave their role as BBVA executive directors, provided that they do not leave due to retirement, disability or serious breach of duties. In compensation for this agreement, the Bank shall award them remuneration of an amount equivalent to their Annual Fixed Remuneration for each year of the non-compete agreement, which will be awarded monthly over the course of the two years.

    Accordingly, the former executive director Head of GE&PA, who left his role on 13 March 2020, received for this concept, €625 thousand during the 2020 financial year.

    With regard to Senior Management, excluding executive directors, during the 2020 financial year, the Bank paid out a total of €2,185 thousand resulting from the extinction of the contractual relationship with one member of Senior Management and in fulfilment of the provisions of the member’s contract (for the payment of legal severance benefits and notice). This contract includes the right to receive the corresponding legal severance pay, provided that the member of Senior Management does not leave of his own will, for retirement, disability or due to a serious breach of duties, which will be calculated in accordance with the provisions of applicable labor regulations, and a notice clause. In addition, the contract establishes a non-compete clause, effective for a period of one (1) year after the member leaves the role as a senior manager of BBVA, provided that the member does not leave due to retirement, disability or serious breach of duties. In compensation for this agreement, the member of Senior Management received a total of €898 thousand during 2020.

    These payments comply with the conditions set out in the regulations applicable to the group of employees with a material impact on the Group's risk profile, to which members of Senior Management belong.

    55. Other information

    55.1 Environmental impact

    Given the activities BBVA Group entities engage in, the Group has no environmental liabilities, expenses, assets, provisions or contingencies that could have a significant effect on its consolidated equity, financial situation and profits. Consequently, as of December 31, 2020, there is no item included that requires disclosure in an environmental information report pursuant to Ministry JUS/318/2018, of March 21, by which the new model for the presentation in the Commercial Register of the consolidated annual accounts of the subjects obliged to its publication is approved.

    55.2 Reporting requirements of the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (CNMV)

    Dividends paid

    The table below presents the dividends per share paid in cash during 2020, 2019 and 2018 (cash basis dividend, regardless of the year in which they were accrued). See Note 4 for a complete analysis of all remuneration awarded to the shareholders in 2020, 2019 and 2018.

    Dividends paid

    2020 2019 2018
    % Over Nominal Euros per Share Amount (Millions of Euros) % Over Nominal Euros per Share Amount (Millions of Euros) % Over Nominal Euros per Share Amount (Millions of Euros)
    Ordinary shares 32.65% 0.16 1,067 53.06% 0.26 1,734 51.02% 0.25 1,667
    Rest of shares - - - - - - - - -
    Total dividends paid in cash 32.65% 0.16 1,067 53.06% 0.26 1,734 51.02% 0.25 1,667
    Dividends with charge to income 32.65% 0.16 1,067 53.06% 0.26 1,734 51.02% 0.25 1,667
    Dividends with charge to reserve or share premium - - - - - - - - -
    Dividends in kind - - - - - - - - -
    Flexible payment - - - - - - - - -

    Download table

    Ordinary income and attributable profit by operating segment

    The detail of the consolidated ordinary income and profit for each operating segment is as follows as of December 2020 and 2019:

    Ordinary income and attributable profit by operating segment (Millions of Euros)

    Income from ordinary activities (1) Profit/ (loss) (2)
    2020 2019 2020 2019
    Spain 8,564 9,736 606 1,386
    The United States (3) 3,941 4,516 429 590
    Mexico 11,026 13,131 1,759 2,699
    Turkey 6,594 8,868 563 506
    South America 5,621 6,786 446 721
    Rest of Eurasia 642 685 137 127
    Subtotal operating segments 36,387 43,721 3,940 6,029
    Corporate Center (241) (696) (2,635) (2,517)
    Total 36,146 43,026 1,305 3,512
    • (1) The line comprises interest income; dividend income; fee and commission income; gains (losses) on derecognition of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss, net; gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities held for trading, net; gains (losses) on non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, net; gains (losses) on financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss, net; gains (losses) from hedge accounting, net; other operating income; and income from insurance and reinsurance contracts.
    • (2) See Note 6.
    • (3) In accordance with IFRS 5, information on the operating segment of The United States (classified as non-current asset held for sale) is presented following IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” (see Note 6).

    Download table

    Interest income by geographical area

    The breakdown of the balance of “Interest income and similar income” in the accompanying consolidated income statements by geographical area is as follows:

    Interest income. Breakdown by geographical area (Millions of Euros)

    Notes 2020 2019 (*) 2018 (*)
    Domestic 4,677 4,884 4,872
    Foreign 17,712 22,878 22,082
    European Union 400 470 509
    Eurozone 243 304 391
    Not Eurozone 157 166 117
    Other countries 17,312 22,408 21,573
    TOTAL 37.1 22,389 27,762 26,954
    • (*) Amounts in December 2019 and 2018 have been restated (see Note 1.3).
    • Download table

      Number of employees

      The detail of the average number of employees is as follows as of December 2020, 2019 and 2018:

      Average number of employees

      2020 2019 2018
      Men 57,814 58,365 59,547
      Women 67,076 67,778 69,790
      Total 124,891 126,143 129,336

      Download table

      The breakdown of the average number of employees in the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

      Average number of employees

      2020 2019 2018
      Spanish banks
      Management Team 1,013 1,049 1,047
      Other line personnel 20,955 21,438 21,840
      Clerical staff 2,192 2,626 2,818
      Branches abroad 979 1,000 589
      Subtotal 25,138 26,114 26,294
      Companies abroad
      Mexico 33,753 33,377 31,655
      The United States 9,758 9,712 9,786
      Turkey 21,946 22,026 22,322
      Venezuela 2,227 2,806 3,631
      Argentina 6,048 6,193 6,074
      Colombia 5,326 5,301 5,185
      Perú 6,149 5,976 5,879
      Other 1,612 1,605 3,767
      Subtotal 86,819 86,995 88,299
      Pension fund managers 435 396 395
      Other non-banking companies 12,499 12,638 14,349
      Total 124,891 126,143 129,336

      Download table

      The breakdown of the number of employees in the BBVA Group as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 by category and gender is as follows:

      Number of employees at the year end. Professional category and gender

      2020 2019 2018
      Male Female Male Female Male Female
      Management team 2,195 1,015 2,200 989 1,197 339
      Other line personnel 34,518 34,240 37,337 39,108 37,461 38,918
      Clerical staff 20,268 30,938 19,194 28,145 19,315 28,397
      Total 56,981 66,193 58,731 68,242 57,973 67,654

      Download table

      55.3 Mortgage market policies and procedures

      The information on “Mortgage market policies and procedures” (for the granting of mortgage loans and for debt issues secured by such mortgage loans) required by Bank of Spain Circular 5/2011, applying Royal Decree 716/2009, dated April 24 (which developed certain aspects of Act 2/1981, dated March 25, on the regulation of the mortgage market and other mortgage and financial market regulations), can be found in Appendix X.

      56. Subsequent events

      On January 22, 2021 and after obtaining all required authorizations, BBVA has completed the sale to Banco GNB Paraguay, S.A., an affiliate of Grupo Gilinski, of its 100% direct and indirect stake share capital in Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria Paraguay, S.A. (“BBVA Paraguay”).

      The amount received by BBVA amounts to approximately USD250 million (€210 million). The transaction results in a capital loss of approximately €9 million net of taxes. A positive impact on BBVA Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 (fully loaded) of approximately 6 basis points is estimated to be recognized during the first half of 2021 (see Note 3).

      On January 29, 2021, it was announced that a cash distribution in the amount of €0.059 gross per share as shareholder remuneration in relation to the Group’s result in the 2020 financial year was expected to be submitted to the relevant governing bodies of BBVA for consideration (see Note 4).

      From January 1, 2021 to the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements, no other subsequent events not mentioned above in these financial statements have taken place that could significantly affect the Group’s earnings or its equity position.

      57. Explanation added for translation into English

      These accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented on the basis of IFRS, as adopted by the European Union. Certain accounting practices applied by the Group that conform to EU-IFRS may not conform to other generally accepted accounting principles.

      Translation of the Consolidated Financial Statements originally issued in Spanish and prepared in accordance with EU-IFRS, as adopted by the European Union (see Notes 1 to 56). In the event of a discrepancy, the Spanish-language version prevails.